新世纪研究生英语公共教材听力原文及课题答案
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力原文及课题答案之欧阳音创编
欧阳音创编 2021.03.11 欧阳音创编2021.03.11新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力全文主编:李玉璞上海外语教育出版社Table of ContentsKEYS TO EXERCISES欧阳音创编 2021.03.11 欧阳音创编LESSON ONE Resources and EnergyPART A1.W: Could you mail these letters for me, please?M: More letters? Your friends are going to be very happy to hear from you.Q: What does the man imply about the woman?She is written a lot of letters recently2.W: Does Professor Ford always come to class?M: Is ice cold?Q: What do you learn about Professor Ford?She never misses class3.W: Would you have some time this week to go over these questions with me?M: How does tomorrow sound?Q: What does the man mean?They can work together the next day4.M: Hey? John! John!W: Save your breath. He's out of earshot.Q: What is true about John, according to the woman?John is too far away to hear5. W: You only have water to serve your guests?M: This isn't just water. This is imported mineral water.Q: What is the implication of the woman?The guests don’t want to be served water6. M: Could I borrow a twenty to tide me over till payday next Tuesday?W: You are in luck. I just cashed the check.Q: What will the woman probably do next?Lend the man some money7. M: Jean, didn't you get my messages? I left two on your answering machine.W: Hmm? Oh, sorry, Tom. I've been meaning to get back in touch with you. It just slipped my mind.Q: Why didn’t the woman return the man’s calls?She forgot to call him8. W: I'm sorry, sir, but you're allowed only one piece of luggage on the plane. You'll have to check in one of your suitcases at the package counter.M: Actually, one of these belongs to the woman up ahead. I'm justgiving her a hand.Q: Why is the man carrying an extra suitcase?The extra suitcase he is carrying belongs to someone else9. W: We need to drive to the city tonight, but the doctor said this medicine might make me drowsy.M: In that case, I'd better drive.Q: What does the man think the woman should do?Avoid driving after taking her medicine10. M: Look at all the pollution going into the air from those factories. Do you think they'll ever get under control?W: With the new laws and social awareness, we'll turn things around.Q: What does the woman predict will happen?The situation will improve with the new changes11. W: Aren't you cold? Why aren't you wearing a jacket?M: I overslept this morning, so I ran out of the house without listening to the forecast.Q: Why isn’t the man wearing a jacket?He did not know it would be cold12. M: prof. Jones, last night when I was putting the finishing touches on my paper that electrical storm completely wiped out my computer files. Do you think I could have another day to retype it? W: I'm sorry, Steven. I’m leaving for a conference tomorrow, and I'll be away for 2 weeks. I suppose you could send it to me there.Q: What will the professor probably allow the student to do?Mail her the paper after the deadline13. W: Do you know if Mary has come by the office this morning? M: I just got here myself, so I'm not the one to ask.Q: What does the woman want to know?She wants to know if mart has come by this morning14. M: I really enjoyed that TV special about "wealth" last night. Did you get to home in time to see it?W: Well, yes. But I wish I could have stayed awake long enough to see the whole thing.Q: What does the woman mean?She fell asleep before the program ended15. W: Take two of these pills three times a day and you shouldn't take them on an empty stomach.M: What if I don't have an appetite?Q: What can be inferred about the man?He may not be able to wake upPART BPassage I:The population of the world has been increasing faster and faster. In 10,000 B.C., there were probably 10 million people. In A.D. 1, there were 300 million. It took 1750 years for the population to reach 625 million, a little more than double the A.D. 1 figure. In 1990, there were 5.3 billion people. By the year 2000, the world's population was over 6 billion, and by 2050, it is expected to reach 10 billion. Does the earth have enough natural resources to support this many people? Different scientists give different answers to this question. Some say that there are enough resources to support more than 6 billion people. However, the richest countries, with a small percentage of the world's population, use most of the resources. If these resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enough for everyone. Other scientists say that we must limit population growth because our resources are limited. Only 10 percent of the earth's land can be used for farming and another 20 percent for raising animals. It is possible to increase the amount of farmland, but only a little. Some land in developing countries could be more productive if people started using modern farming methods, but this would not increase worldwide production by much, We all know that there is a limited amount of petroleum. There are also limits to the amounts of metals. There is a limit to the amount of water we can use since most of the earth's water is salt water, and most of the fresh water is frozen at the North and South Poles. It is difficult to say how many people the earth can support, but it will help everyone if we can limit population growth before serious shortages develop. The problem is how to do it.1.Between 1990 and 2000, what changes did the world populationhave?It had increased by almost a billion2.According to some scientists, which of the following is true?The world’s resources are adequate but not evently distributed 3.Why can't most of the earth's water be used?It is mostly salt or frozen at the North and South Poles4.In developing countries, what does the use of medern farmingmethods result in?5. According to the author, what can you infer from the passage?II 1.There were probably 10 million people.2.It is expected to be 10 billion.3.If the resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enoueh for everyone.4.Only 10 percent.5. It is how to limit population growth.Passage II:Fresh water, life itself, has never come easy in the Middle East. Ever since the Old Testament when God punished man with 40 days and 40 nights of rain, water supplies here have been dwindling. The rainfall only comes in winter and drains quickly through the semiarid land, leaving the soil to bake and to thirst for next November. The region's accelerating population growth, expanding agriculture, industrialization, and higher living standards demand more fresh water. Drought and pollution limit its availability. War and mismanagement squander it. Nations like Israel and Jordan are swiftly sliding into that zone where they are using all the water resources available to them. They have only 15 to 20 years left before their agriculture, and ultimately their food security, is threatened. Even amid the scarcity there are haves and have-nots. Compared with the United States, which has a freshwater potential of 10,000 cubic meters a year for each citizen. Iraq has 5,500. Turkey has 4,000, and Syria has little more than 2,800. Egypt's potential is only 1,100. Israel has 460, and Jordan has less than 260. But these are not firm figures, because upstream use of river water can dramatically alter the potential downstream. Scarcity is only one e lement of the Middle East’s water crisis. Inefficiency is another, as is the reluctance of some water-poor nations to change priorities from agriculture to less water-intensive enterprises. Some experts suggest that if these nations would share both water technology and resources, they could satisfy the region's population, currently 159 million. But in this patchwork of ethnic and religious rivalries, the water crisis is not a clear-cut issue. It is entangled in the politics that keep people from trusting and seeking help from one another. Here, where water, like truth, is precious, each nation tends to find its own water and supply its own truth.1. When does the rainfall come in the Middle East?2. What is the cause of the water crisis?3. How many years are left for Israel and Jordan before their agriculture is threatened?4. What is the current population in the Middle East according to the passage?5. According to some experts' suggestion, what should the nations do in order to avoid a water crisis ?II 1) 10,000 2) 5,500 4) More than 2,8003) 4,000 5) Egypt6) 460 7) Less than 260Part D1) award, 3) profit, 5) dedication, 7) moment, 9) physical, 11) conflict, 13)worth, 15) heart, 17) compassion, 19) lust,2) glory, 4) trust, 6) significance, 8) anguish, 10) spirit, 12) alone, 14) room, 16) honor, 18) curse, 20) valueLesson Two Crime and PunishmentPart A1.M: Hello?W: Hello. This is Dr. Grey's office. We are calling to remind you of your 4:15 appointment for your annual checkup tomorrow.M: Oh, thanks. It's a good thing you called. I thought it was 4:15 today.Q: Why is the office calling the man?2. W: How wonderful! You won the scholarship. Can you believe it? M: No. It's almost too good to be true.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: Excuse me, Professor Davidson. But I was hoping to talk to you about my class project for economics.M: I have a class in a few minutes. Why don't you come and see me during office hours tomorrow?Q: When will the woman discuss her project with Professor Davidson?4. M: How are you feeling? W: The stuff the nurse gave me seemed to have helped. But it's making me awfully drowsy.Q: What do you learn about the woman?5. M: Bill Smith has volunteered to write a summary of the proposals we've agreed on. W: Will I have a chance to review it?Q: What does the woman want to know?6.M: The view is spectacular. Could you take a picture of me with the mountains in the background?W: I'm afraid I just ran out of film.Q: What problem does the woman have?7. W: Excuse me, we're ready to order now.M: I'll be with you in just a minute.Q: What does the man mean?8. W: I think I forgot my umbrella. Did you notice if it is raining outside?M: Yeah, it is. And I just realized I left my car window open.Q: What will the man probably do next?9. W: How does your daughter like her new school?M: Fine. She seems to have made new friends in no time.Q: What can be inferred about the man's daughter?10. W: There's an article here in this magazine you might find interesting. It's about buying running shoes.M: If it's not chemistry and it's not on the final exam, I can't read it now.Q: What is the man probably doing?11. M: You're washing your car even on vacation. It makes me feel guilty.W: You shouldn’t, it’s just tha t I have nothing better to do at this moment.Q: What do you think of the woman?12. M: My doctor told me I need to go for some expensive treatments for my injured knee.W: Are you sure? Maybe you need a second opinion.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?13. W: Hello. Could you fit me in for an appointment today? I need a stylist who is good at cutting curly hair.M: Julia is good at that. She is the owner. How about noon?Q: What will the woman probably do?14. W: There's nothing I like more than a good mystery novel when I've got some spare time.M: I like to read, too. But I prefer non-fiction, history, social commentary and stuff like that.Q: What does the man imply?15. M: I'm not an expert, but that noise in your refrigerator doesn't sound good. Maybe you should call and have it checked out.W: You're right. And I suppose I've put it off long enough.Q: What will the woman probably do?Part BPassage IPurse snatching is an increasingly common crime. There are estimated 50 to 100 purse snatchings each month in the New York City subways, the number often swinging widely because of the depredations of a single teenager. When such a professional is in custody, the snatches can decrease by more than 50 a month. One of the favored techniques is to stand between two subway cars and, as a train starts pulling out of the station, reach out and pull free a woman's purse.Recently, a crime analysis officer for the New York PoliceDepartment found that purse stealing in Manhattan's top restaurants was up 35 percent over the previous year. When a woman puts her purse on an empty chair at a table or at her feet beside her chair, she is inviting a purse snatcher to take it. Purse snatchers often work in pairs. When a target in a restaurant is seen, one of them will create some kind of disturbance to gain the victim's attention. While the woman is looking away from her table, the actual snatcher will lift the purse. A popular technique is for the thief to carry an umbrella with the curved handle down. The umbrella handle suddenly hooks the bag and in an instant it is on the thief's wrist, or under the coat over his arm if he is a man, and on its way out of the restaurant. Police advise that women in restaurants keep their purse either on their laps or on the floor between their legs.Other purse snatchers who operate in theaters are called "seat tippers", victimizing women who put their purses down on a neighboring empty seat. Others specialize in snatching purses from ladies' rooms. When a woman is in a toilet stall, her purse should never be placed on the floor or hung on the coat hook on the door. Thieves simply dive under the door and grab the purse on the floor, or stand on the toilet in the next stall and reach over and take the purse off the hook. The snatcher has enough time to escape since the victim can't immediately pursue the thief.I. 1. When does the number of purse snatchings decrease most dramatically?2. Where does a purse snatcher like to commit crimes in subway stations?3. When women are in restaurants, where are they advised to put their purses?4. What does a thief often use to snatch purses in restaurants?5. According to this passage, where does purse snatching not usually occur?II. crime analysis officer; take it; purses; in pairs; top restaurants; an empty chair; to some kind of disturbance; coat hook; snatching never be placed; in the next stall; enough time to escapePassage IIOn the afternoon of July4,1995, Mrs.Beatrice Weinberger brought her one-month old baby back from an outing. She left the pram outside her house and hurried inside to get the baby a clean nappy. When she returned a few moments later, the pram was empty and a scrawled note was lying where her baby had been. The note said: "Attention. I badly need money, and can't get it any other way. Don't tell the police about this, otherwise I will kill the baby." "Just put $2,000 in small bills in a brown envelope, and place it next to the road lamp at the corner of Albamarle Rd. at exactly 10 o'clocktomorrow (Thursday) morning." "If everything goes smooth, I will bring the baby back and leave him on the same corner 'safe and happy' at exactly 12 noon. No excuse, I can not wait! Your baby-sitter." Despite the kidnapper's warning, Mrs. Weinbarger contacted the police. A small parcel containing broken pieces of newspaper was placed on the comer the following morning. But the kidnapper did not show up. He failed to keep two other” appointments" with the Weinbergers, and left a second note signed "Your baby-sitter'. By then, the police felt that the baby was no longer alive. The FBI was called in, and the handwriting experts set to work to try to track down the kidnapper. In both notes an unusual z-shaped stroke was placed at the front of the y in words such as "money" and "baby". Starting with the New York State Police Office, the experts spent the next six weeks carefully going over local records at police offices, factories, hotels, clubs and schools and examining handwriting samples and comparing them with the writing on the kidnapper's notes. Then, in the middle of August, the experts' hard efforts paid off. The handwriting of John Rush Blake matched that of the kidnapper's, especially in the peculiar formation of the y's. Not long after, John Blake was arrested for making illegal alcohol. On being shown the handwriting samples, he confessed to kidnapping the baby. He told the police that he had left the baby alive and well in a nearby park on the day after the kidnapping. But when officers hurried to the place, all they found was the baby's dead body. The criminal was later put into New York's Sing Sing Prison. Even if John Blake had tried to disguise his handwriting he would still have been caught. No matter how hard someone may try to disguise his handwriting characteristics, the "individuality" of the writer shows through, the very angle at which he or she holds a pen, the way a t is crossed and an i is dotted, the height and size of capital and small letters, the amount of space between words, the use (or misuse) of punctuation marks. All these can identify a person as surely as fingerprints.I. 1. What happened to Mrs. Weinberger on the afternoon of July 4th, 1995?2. According to the message left by the kidnapper, on what condition could Mrs. Weinberger have her baby back?3. What did Mrs. Weinberger do after reading the note?4. How did the FBI catch the criminal?5. Which of the following words can best describe people's handwriting characteristics?II. 1. ( T ) When Mrs. Weinberger came back from an outing something terrible happened to her.2. ( T ) Someone kidnapped her baby because he lacked money.3. ( F ) The kidnapper did not confess to die kidnapping of the baby in the face of the handwriting sample.4. ( T ) It was the handwriting expert that broke the case.5. ( F ) At last, the police found the baby and he was safe and happy. Passage III.Timothy McVaigh placed a powerful bomb near a federal government building in Oklahoma City in 1995. The explosion killed 168 people, including 19 children. Arguments are increasing in the United States both for and against the death penalty. The increasing death penalty debate is caused by the planned execution of convicted murderer McVeigh. He is to be the first person executed by the federal government since 1963. 38 states permit the death sentence. Last year 85 people were executed in the United States. Recent public opinion studies show that more than 75 percent of Americans supper McVeigh's execution. These include many Americans who usually oppose the death sentence. Kent Scheidegger is with the Criminal Justice Legal Foundation in Califomia. It is a victim's rights organization that supports the death penalty. Mr. Scheidegger says McVeigh is a perfect example of why there is a need for a federal death penalty. He says anything less than the death of McVeigh would show a complete lack of justice. Groups opposed to the death penalty say the approval of the execution of McVeigh does not show an increase in general public support for the death penalty. Opinion studies show that support for the death penalty has decreased. Studies show 77 percent of Americans supported it five years ago, now only about 63 percent do, Opponents of the death penalty have always argued that it was unfair. They say poor people who can not pay for good legal help receive the death penalty more often than others. And they say courts order the death penalty more often when the accused is a member of a racial minority group.Part D1)generous 2)company 3)hospitality 4)reception 5)reputation6)anniversary7)suspicion8)mutual9)vastest10)communication 11)commerce 12)contact 13)1975 14)openness 15)potential 16)secure 17)lure 18)astonish 19)reach 20)confidentLesson Three Computers and the InternetPart A1.M: This report is due tomorrow. Would you be able to work on it with me tonight?W: Unfortunately, I have another commitment.Q: What is the woman saying?2. W: I wonder where the books I ordered are. I expected to receive the package several days ago.M: Maybe you'd better check it out with the company. They could be temporarily out of stock.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?3. M: I just have to type this last page and then I'm through.W: By then, I'll be done, too.Q: What can be learned about the woman?4. W: Did you read the editorial in the paper about the mayor's speech?M: I sure did. But I think they twisted the meaning of what he said. Q: What does the man say about the editorial?5. W: Why don't we go to see a movie tonight? A good comedy might cheer you up.M: I would. But the reason that I've been so down is all this work I have to do.Q: What can be inferred about the man?6. W: So, are you going to see the students' play tonight?M: I doubt it. I'm still getting over the flu.Q: What is true about the man?7. M: Gordon needs to find another place to live. The apartment he rents now has been sold to a new owner.W: He'd better start looking right away. When all the students come back in a few weeks, he won't find any near the campus.Q: What does the woman suggest Gordon do?8. W: Mind if I borrow your Spanish workbook?M: Not as long as I have it back in time to take to class this evening. Q: What does the man mean?9. W: You don't believe in diets, do you?M: There is nothing wrong with them per se but they have to be combined with exercise to do any good.Q: What is the man's attitude towards diets ?10. W: I don't know which color folder to use, white or brown.M: What difference does it make? It's the content that's important. Q: What is the implication of the man?11. W: You know, I've heard that Professor Martin's Introduction to Chemistry class is too demanding for first year students. They say it's the most difficult course for graduate students.M: Yeah, but a lot of students will tell you otherwise. Go talk to anyone who has gone to an advanced course, like Organic Chemistry, or who studied chemistry in graduate school. They're really glad they started out with Professor Martin.Q: What does the man imply about Professor Martin?12. W: Hey, Mark. Have you been able to sell your old piano, yet? M: Hmm, you were right. Just posting notices on bulletin boards at a couple of supermarkets wasn't enough. I think I'll have to place an advertisement in the local newspaper.Q: Which of the following is true according to the conversation? 13. W: I'm amazed that you still haven't gotten to know your neighbors.M: They tend to keep to themselves.Q: Why hasn't the man gotten to know his neighbors?14. W: Hi! Um, I think something is wrong with the washing machine. It works, and I just did my laundry, but it makes some strange noises. Maybe you should call someone to fix it.M: Oh, don't worry. Someone from the repair shop is already on the way over to take a look at it.Q: What is the implication of the man?15. W: It's so thoughtful of you to offer to drop me off at the train station. Are you sure it's not out of your way?M: Not at all. The station is really close to where I'm going.Q: What can be learned about the man?Part BPassage IThe Application of Computers in Education The best method for improving educational standards is to utilize every tool available, including state-of-the-art technology. Computers and the internet have expanded the way in which information can be delivered to the students of today. Today's networking technologies provide a valuable opportunity to practise new learning techniques. Educators are discovering that computers are facilitating learning. Computer-based communications, or telecommunications, can offer many educational opportunities; therefore, educators will need to adapt current teaching methods to incorporate this new media into the classroom. Computers have made a fundamental impact on most industries, providing a competitive advantage that has come to be essential to many businesses. Therefore, schools must also usetechnology to improve the educational process. School systems often consider purchasing a computer network, and justify its purchase by applying it to routine administrative tasks, such as attendance records and grading. While these tasks are very important, they only show a small part of what technology can do for a school. Technology must go further than simply keeping attendance; it must focus on keeping students interested and productive. Since computers and the Internet have expanded the ways in which education can be delivered to students, it is currently possible to engage in "distance education" through the Internet. Distance education involves audio and video links between teachers and students in remote areas. Video conferencing allows groups to communicate with each other. Desktop video conferencing promises to bring students together from geographic and cultural distances face to face via computer. Not only will the teacher talk to the students, but the students will be able to interact with each other. This will make students more interested in learning.I. 1. According to the passage, what are educators discovering?2. What do schools usually purchase computer networks for?3. According to the author, what should computers be mainly used for?4. Which of the following is NOT a feature of video conferencing?5. Which of the following is true according to the passage?II. fundamental impact; be essential; improve the educational process; justify its purchase; attendance records; what technology can doPassage IIE-Commerce The Internet, as a means for commerce, did not become reality until the 1990s. Before this time, it was mainly a tool for the army, and a research device for some American universities. Its popularity grew when it proved to be a fast and efficient means to conduct long distance transactions, as well as an effective way to distribute information. The first advantage that e-commerce possesses is speed. With increased speeds of communication, the delivery time is expedited and that makes the whole transaction from start to finish more efficient. Also, you can find practically any product available for sale on the Internet. Even more significant is the fact that information appearing on the Internet can be changed rapidly. This gives business owners the ability to inform customers of any changes to the service that they are offering. The second advantage of electronic commerce is the opportunity it offers to save on costs. By using the Internet, marketing, distribution, personnel, phone, postage and printing costs, among many others, can be reduced. You can start doing business in cyberspace for as little as$100. The savings, therefore, are tremendous. These funds can then be diverted to marketing and advertising your product or service. Cyberspace knows no national boundaries. That means you can do business all over the world as easily as you can in your own neighborhood. Since the Internet connects everyone in cyberspace, information is transmitted at the speed of sound or the speed of light, depending on your connection. Either way, distance becomes meaningless, which enables you to link to nearly anyone on the globe, and anyone on the globe can link to you. The ability to establish links makes doing business on the Internet attractive to customers in any part of the world. A potential source of trouble is customer concerns with privacy and security. Anything sent over the Internet is sent through several different computers before it reaches its final destination. The concern regarding Internet security and privacy is that unscrupulous hackers can capture credit card or check account data as it is transferred or break into computers that hold the same information. Making a customer feel safe is important when doing business on the Internet. Even though no one can guarantee 100% security when transferring financial information over the Internet, e-commerce is still safer than using credit cards at an actual store or restaurant, or paying for something with the use of a 1-800 number."I. l. Before being used for commerce, what was the Internet mainly used for?2. Which one of the following is NOT a factor that can make transactions more efficient on the Internet?3. Why does distance become meaningless in e-commerce?4. What do customers worry about in e-commerce?5. What is the main idea of this passage?II. source; privacy; security; destination; credit card; transferred; feel safe; guarantee; safer than; paying forPassageIIIComputerized SystemsIt was pointed out by a computer wag that a computerized system consists of three subsystems: hardware, software, and jellyware. Hardware is the computer itself -- the collection of slightly impure chunks of silicon dioxide and other metal oxides that sometimes conduct electricity and sometimes don't, but never conduct it very well. Basically, hardware is mostly sand with some metal and some organic plastic material to hold it together. Software consists of the instructions necessary in order for the hardware to do things. The instructions are nothing more than signals indicating that certain pieces of hardware are to turn themselves on or off in specific sequences at specific times in specific areas of the hardware. The basic instructions are written or given in binary terms -- on or off--。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说学生用书听力原文上
LESSON ONEMusic1. M: By the way, Jane, did you talk to the consultant顾问about our new health program?W: I contacted联系his office but his secretary said he would (be out for)试图得到lunch until two.Q: What does the woman mean?2. W: We need to let everyone know about the charity[?t??riti] n. 慈爱concert, but we don't have much money for advertising.M: How about using the school radio station? They broadcast free public service服务announcements.通告Q: What does the man suggest they do?3. W: I don't understand why this self-study自学book doesn't have answers to the questions.M: But it does. You can find them at the back of the book.Q: What does the man say about the self-study book?4. M: The new sales manager says he has never met you before.W: We've been introduced about three times. He seems a little forgetful.Q: What do we learn about the new sales manager?5. M: Have you had the brakes[breik] n制动器; 闸; 刹车. and tires checked? And do you have enough money?W: I have taken care of everything. And I'm sure it's going to be a wonderful极好的, 精彩的, 绝妙的trip.Q: What's the woman going to do?g. M: I've had my new stereo立体声for a whole week, but I haven't yet figured out想到how to record music.W: Didn't an instruction manual[?m?nju?l] 手册形式的,像手册的;教范性质的come with it?Q: What does the woman imply?7. W: I want to pay you for that long-distance call I made. But, I suppose you haven't gotten your phone bill yet,M: Oh, but I have.Q: What does the man mean?8. M: Professor Smith assigned us three more novels to read.W: He must think you don't have any other classes.Q: What can be inferred about Professor Smith?9. M: Let's go watch the fireworks烟花tonight.W: I have tickets to the theater.Q: What does the woman mean?10. M: I am exhausted筋疲力尽的. I stayed up熬夜the whole night studying for my history midterm exam.W: Why do you always wait till the last minute?Q: What can be inferred about the man?11. M: I'll be coming straight from work, so I'll have to pack包装;捆扎 a change of clothes.W: It's only a barbecue[?bɑ:bikju:] (常用于室外的)金属烤架. Jeans and T-shirts will be fine.Q: What does the woman imply?12. W: I'm going to the snack [sn?k] 小吃; 点心; 快餐bar for a cup of coffee. Would you like me to bring you back something?M: Not from the snack bar, but could you pick up a paper for me?Q: What does the man mean?13. M: I don't understand how this budget was calculated[?k?lkjuleit]计算, 估计, 核算.W: Let me have a look, OK?Q: What does the woman mean?14. W: We need a fourth player for tennis this morning. Do you want to join us?M: I've got a class at nine, but Carol is free and she is really good.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?15. W: Have you saved enough to buy that new printer for your computer yet?M: You know, money seems to be burning a hole in my pocket lately. Maybe next month.Q: What does the man mean?Passage 1 American MusicOne of America's most important exports is her modern music. American music is played all over the world. It is enjoyed by people of all ages in every country. Although the lyrics are in English, people who don't speak English can enjoy it too. The reasons for its popularity are its fast pace and rhythmic beat.Music has many origins in the United States. Country music, coming from the rural areas in the southern United States, is one source. Count music features simple themes and melodies describing day-to-day situations and the feelings of country people. Many people appreciate this music because of the emotions expressed by country music songs.A second origin of American pop music is the blues. It depicts mostly sad feeling reflecting the difficult lives of American blacks. It is usually played and sung by black musicians, but it is popular with all Americans.Rock music is a newer form of music. This music style, featuringfast and repetitious rhythms, was influenced by the blues and country music. It was first known as rock-and-roll in the 1950s. Since then, there have been many forms of rock music: hard rock, soft rock and others. Many performers of rock music are young musicians.American pop music is marketed to a demanding audience. Now pop songs are heard on the radio several times a day. Some songs have become popular all over the world. People hear these songs sung in their original English or sometimes translated into other languages. The words may differ but the enjoyment of the music is universal.Passage 2 Music in Different CulturesIn western culture, music is regarded as good by birth, and sounds that are welcome are said to be "music to the ears". In some other cultures, for example, the lslamic culture, it is of little value, associated with sinand evil, In the West and in the high cultures of Asia, it is said that there are three types of music. First classical music, composed and performed by trained professionals originally under the support of courts and religious establishments; second, folk music, shared by the population at large and passed on orally; and third, popular music, performed by professionals, spread through radio, television, records, film, and print,and consumed by the mass public.Music is a major component in religious services, theater, and entertainment of all sorts. The most universal use of music is as a part of religious rituals. In some tribal societies, music appears to serve as aspecial form of communication with supernatural beings, and its prominent use in modern Christian and Jewish services may be the leftover of just such an original purpose. Another less obvious function of music is social adherence. For most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol. Members of most societies share keen feelings as to what kind of music they "belong to": Indeed, some minorities including,in the U.S.A., black Americans and Euro-American groups use music as a major symbol of group identity. Music also symbolizes military, patriotic and funerary moods and events. In a more general sense, music may express fifes central social values of a society. In western culture, the interrelationship of conductor and orchestra symbolizes the need for strong cooperation among various kinds of specialists in a modern industrial society.Passage 3Music comes in many forms; many countries have a style of their own. Poland has its folk music. Hungary has its czardas. Argentina is famous for the tango. The U.S. is known for just a type of music that has gained worldwide popularity.Jazz is American's contribution to popular music. While classical music follows formal European tradition, jazz is a rather free form. It is full of energy, expressing the moods, interests, and emotions of the people. In the 1920s jazz sounded like America. And so it does today.The origins of jazz are as interesting as the music itself. Jazz was invented by black Americans, who were brought to the southern states as slaves. They were sold to farm owners and forced to work long hours in the cotton and tobacco fields. The work was hard and life was short, When a slaver died his friends and relatives would gather and carry the body to have a ceremony before they buried him.There was always a band with them. On the way to the ceremony, the band played slow solemn music suitable for the situation. But on the way home, the mood changed. Spirits lifted. Everyone was happy. Death had removed one of their members, but the living were glad to be alive. The band played happy music. This music made everyone want to dance. This was an early form of jazz.Music has always been important to African-Americans. The people, who were unwillingly brought to America from West Africa, had a rich musical tradition. In the fields, they made up work songs. Singing made the hard work go faster. And when they accepted Christianity, thesesongs became lovely spirituals, which have become an everlasting part of American music.LESSON two1. M: Do you still want to go to the graduate研究生的school after you get out of college?W: I've changed my mind about that. I want to start working before I go back to school.Q: What does the woman mean?2. M: We've got a whole hour before the Browns come by来串门, 来访to pick us up安排接取; 使搭乘; 搭救.W: Yeah. But we'd better get moving赶快;快些开始.Q: What does the woman suggest they do?3. M: I'm thinking of getting a new printer.W: I'd invest in在…上投资, 在…投入(时间、精力等) a laser[?leiz?激光] printer. The print quality is much better.Q: What does the woman mean?4. W: I've got a coupon[?ku:p?n]配给券;(购物)票证;(购物)优惠券for half-off五折dinner at that new restaurant down the street. I think I'll use it when my cousin[?k?zn]堂[表]兄弟[姊妹] comes for a visit this weekend.M: Where did you get it? I wouldn't mind(trying that place out too)试验.Q: What does the man want to know?5. W: What's Laura doing here today? I thought she was supposed 料想; 猜想; 以为to be out of离开了the office on Mondays.W: She decided she'd rather have Fridays off instead.Q: What can be inferred about Laura?6. M: I need to find a new roommate <英>室友,住在同室的人.W: So John's going to California after all.Q: What can be inferred from the conversation?7. M: My math assignment's工作, 任务due 到期的tomorrow morning andI haven't even started it yet.W: I'll miss想念, 惦记you at the party tonight.8. W: Those packages包, 包裹, 包在一起的东西took forever长久地;(与动词进行时连用)老是,没完没了地to arrive.M: But they did arrive, didn't they?Q: What does the man say about the packages?9. M: My parents are coming to see our apartment一套房间, 一户this weekend.W: Looks as if I'd better lend you my vacuum[?v?kju?m]〈口〉真空吸尘器cleaner 净化器then.Q: What does the woman imply?10. M: Sarah, did you have a chance to buy that new novel you wanted? W: No, but I had Doris get it for me.Q: What does Sarah say about the novel?11. M: I've been waiting all week for this concert. The philharmonic[filɑ:?m?nik]交响乐团is supposed to be excellent and with our student discoun[?diskaunt]数目, 折扣t the tickets will be really cheap.W: Uh -- uh, I'm afraid I left my student ID in my other purse钱包.12. M: The university bookstore opens at 9 in the morning.W: Oh, dear. I need a textbook教科书, 课本for my eight o'clock class today.Q: What does the woman mean?13. M: The storm暴风雨[雪] last night damaged some of the neighbor's roofs.W: no wonder不足为奇.Q: What does the woman mean?14. M: You've certainly无疑地; 确定地;肯定地been reading that one page for a long time now.W: Well, I'm being tested on it tomorrow.Q: What does the woman imply暗示?15. W: Another thing we need to do is showthe new students around town. You know, show them all the sights视野;风景of the area.M: I don't see why we need to do that ourselves. I understand the visitors' center offers a wonderful bus tour旅行, 观光.Q: What does the man suggest they do?Lesson TwoPassage 1 Holidays in Britain and the UsPeople in the US get a two-week paled vacation from their job every year. Most British people have four or five weeks paid holiday a year. Americans often complain that two weeks are not enough, especially when they hear about the longer holidays that Europeans enjoy. In addition, there are eight days in each European country, which are public holidays (the British call them Bank Holidays) and many of these fall on a Monday, giving people along weekend.What do people do in Britain and the US when they are on holidays? In the US, outdoor vacations are popular, for example, at the Grand Canyon, Yellowstone or other national parks and forests. Young people may go walking or camping in the mountains. Many people have small trailers in which to travel, or if they have a car, they may stay at motets on the journey, Disneyland and Disneyworld are also popular. In addition, people can go skiing in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, Wyoming and Montana. Some children go to summer camp for a holiday during the summer vacation from school, where they do special activities, such as sports or crafts. WhenAmericans want a holiday for fun in the sun, they usually go to Florida, Hawaii, Mexico or the Caribbean. They may go to Europefor culture, for example, to see art, plays, and places of historic interest.In Britain, many people like to go to the seaside for holidays. There are places near the sea, such as Black pool, Scarborough and Bournemouth, where there is plenty to do, even when it rains. People also like to go to the countryside, especially to walk, in places like Scotland, Wales and the Lake District. When the British go abroad they usually want to go somewhere warm. Spain and the Spanish islands of Majorea and Lbiza are popular, as are other places in southern Europe. For skiing, people often go to the Alps.Passage 2 Welcoming the New YearEvery country in the world celebrates New '(ear but not everyone does it on the same day. The countries of North and South America and Europe welcome the New Year on January l, This practice’ began with the Romans. Julius Caesar, a Raman ruler, changed the date of the New Year from the first day of March to the first day of January. In the Middle East, New Year is on the day when springbegins. People in China celebrate it on the Spring Festival, which is the first day of their lunar calendar. The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19. Rosh Hashanah, which is the Jewish New Year, comes at the end of summer.In all of these cultures, there is a tradition of making noise. People made noise in ancient times to drive away the evil spirits from home. Today many people do it with fireworks. In Japan, people go from house to house making noise with drums and bamboo sticks. Young people in Denmark throw broken pieces of jars or pots against the sides of friends' houses.In the United States, many people stay up until midnight on New Year's Eve to watch the clock pass from one year to the next. Friends often gather together at a party on New Year's Eve, and when the New Year comes, all ring bells, blow horns, blow whistles, and kiss each other.In many European countries, families start the new year by first attending church service, which is followed by paying calls to friends and relatives. Italian boys and girls receive gifts of money on New Year's Day.。
(完整word版)新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说学生用书听力原文上
LESSON ONEMusic1。
M: By the way,Jane, did you talk to the consultant顾问about our new health program?W:I contacted联系his office but his secretary said he would (be out for)试图得到lunch until two。
Q:What does the woman mean?2. W: We need to let everyone know about the charity[ˈtʃæriti]n. 慈爱concert,but we don’t have much money for advertising.M: How about using the school radio station? They broadcast free public service服务announcements。
通告Q:What does the man suggest they do?3. W:I don’t understand why this self-study自学book doesn't have answers to the questions。
M: But it does。
You can find them at the back of the book。
Q:What does the man say about the self-study book?4。
M:The new sales manager says he has never met you before。
W:We've been introduced about three times. He seems a little forgetful.Q: What do we learn about the new sales manager?5。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力原文及答案(完整版)
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力原文及答案Table of ContentsLESSON ONE Resources and Energy (1)PART A (1)PART B (2)Passage I: (2)Passage II: (3)Part D (4)Lesson Two Crime and Punishment (4)Part A (4)Part B (6)Passage I (6)Passage II (7)Passage III (8)Part D (8)Lesson Three Computers and the Internet (9)Part A (9)Part B (10)Passage I (10)Passage II (11)Passage III (12)Part D (12)LESSON FOUR Finance (13)PART A (13)Part B (14)Passage I (14)Passage II. Functions of Money (15)Passage III Credit Cards (16)Part D (16)LESSON FIVE Places to See in Britain (17)Part A (17)Part B (18)Passage I: (18)Passage Ⅱ: (19)Part D (20)LESSON SIX Education (20)Part A (20)Part B (21)Passage I SAT Examination (21)PART II Medical Education (22)LESSON SEVEN Business (23)Part A (23)Part B (25)Passage I How to Increase Business Profits (25)Passage Two (26)LESSON EIGHT Aspects of Life (27)Part A (27)Part B (29)PASSAGE I Tax (29)PASSAGE II Religion (30)LESSON NINE College Life (31)PART A (31)PART B (33)PASSAGE I College Search (33)PASSAGE II How to Get a Master's degree (34)LESSON TEN Women (35)PART A (35)PART B (37)PASSAGE I Women in Southern Europe (37)PASSAGE II American Women (38)LESSON ELEVEN Famous People (39)PART A (39)PART B (41)PASSAGE I William Jefferson Clinton (41)PASSAGE II William Shakespeare (42)LESSON TWELVE Culture (44)PART A (44)Part B (45)Passage I Beijing’s Hutongs (45)Passage II The White Wedding Dress (47)LESSON THIRTEEN Science and Technology (48)PART A (48)PART B (50)PASSAGE I Cloning Mount Vernon's Trees (50)PASSAGE II Dinosaur Noses (50)LESSON FOURTEEN Sports (51)PART A (51)PART B (53)Passage I The Famous Bicycle Racer (53)PASSAGE II The Williams Sisters (54)LESSON FIFTEEN Reform and Development (55)PART A (55)PART B (57)Passage I (57)Passage II (58)LESSON 1 Resources and EnergyPART A1.W: Could you mail these letters for me, please?M: More letters? Your friends are going to be very happy to hear from you.Q: What does the man imply about the woman?She is written a lot of letters recently2.W: Does Professor Ford always come to class?M: Is ice cold?Q: What do you learn about Professor Ford?She never misses class3.W: Would you have some time this week to go over these questions with me?M: How does tomorrow sound?Q: What does the man mean?They can work together the next day4.M: Hey? John! John!W: Save your breath. He's out of earshot.Q: What is true about John, according to the woman?John is too far away to hear5. W: You only have water to serve your guests?M: This isn't just water. This is imported mineral water.Q: What is the implication of the woman?The guests don’t want to be served water6. M: Could I borrow a twenty to tide me over till payday next Tuesday?W: You are in luck. I just cashed the check.Q: What will the woman probably do next?Lend the man some money7. M: Jean, didn't you get my messages? I left two on your answering machine.W: Hmm? Oh, sorry, Tom. I've been meaning to get back in touch with you. It just slipped my mind.Q: Why didn’t the woman return the man’s calls?She forgot to call him8. W: I'm sorry, sir, but you're allowed only one piece of luggage on the plane. You'll have to check in one of your suitcases at the package counter.M: Actually, one of these belongs to the woman up ahead. I'm just giving her a hand. Q: Why is the man carrying an extra suitcase?The extra suitcase he is carrying belongs to someone else9. W: We need to drive to the city tonight, but the doctor said this medicine might make me drowsy.M: In that case, I'd better drive.Q: What does the man think the woman should do?Avoid driving after taking her medicine10. M: Look at all the pollution going into the air from those factories. Do you think they'll ever get under control?W: With the new laws and social awareness, we'll turn things around.Q: What does the woman predict will happen?The situation will improve with the new changes11. W: Aren't you cold? Why aren't you wearing a jacket?M: I overslept this morning, so I ran out of the house without listening to the forecast.Q: Why isn’t the man wearing a jacket?He did not know it would be cold12. M: prof. Jones, last night when I was putting the finishing touches on my paper that electrical storm completely wiped out my computer files. Do you think I could have another day to retype it?W: I'm sorry, Steven. I’m leaving for a conference tomorrow, and I'll be away for 2 weeks. I suppose you could send it to me there.Q: What will the professor probably allow the student to do?Mail her the paper after the deadline13. W: Do you know if Mary has come by the office this morning?M: I just got here myself, so I'm not the one to ask.Q: What does the woman want to know?She wants to know if mart has come by this morning14. M: I really enjoyed that TV special about "wealth" last night. Did you get to home in time to see it?W: Well, yes. But I wish I could have stayed awake long enough to see the whole thing.Q: What does the woman mean?She fell asleep before the program ended15. W: Take two of these pills three times a day and you shouldn't take them on an empty stomach.M: What if I don't have an appetite?Q: What can be inferred about the man?He may not be able to wake upPART BPassage I:The population of the world has been increasing faster and faster. In 10,000 B.C., there were probably 10 million people. In A.D. 1, there were 300 million. It took 1750 years for the population to reach 625 million, a little more than double the A.D. 1 figure. In 1990, there were 5.3 billion people. By the year 2000, the world'spopulation was over 6 billion, and by 2050, it is expected to reach 10 billion. Does the earth have enough natural resources to support this many people? Different scientists give different answers to this question. Some say that there are enough resources to support more than 6 billion people. However, the richest countries, with a small percentage of the world's population, use most of the resources. If these resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enough for everyone. Other scientists say that we must limit population growth because our resources are limited. Only 10 percent of the earth's land can be used for farming and another 20 percent for raising animals. It is possible to increase the amount of farmland, but only a little. Some land in developing countries could be more productive if people started using modern farming methods, but this would not increase worldwide production by much, We all know that there is a limited amount of petroleum. There are also limits to the amounts of metals. There is a limit to the amount of water we can use since most of the earth's water is salt water, and most of the fresh water is frozen at the North and South Poles. It is difficult to say how many people the earth can support, but it will help everyone if we can limit population growth before serious shortages develop. The problem is how to do it.1.Between 1990 and 2000, what changes did the world population have?It had increased by almost a billion2.According to some scientists, which of the following is true?The world’s resources are adequate but not evently distributed3.Why can't most of the earth's water be used?It is mostly salt or frozen at the North and South Poles4.In developing countries, what does the use of medern farming methods result in?5. According to the author, what can you infer from the passage?II 1.There were probably 10 million people.2.It is expected to be 10 billion.3.If the resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enoueh for everyone.4.Only 10 percent.5. It is how to limit population growth.Passage II:Fresh water, life itself, has never come easy in the Middle East. Ever since the Old Testament when God punished man with 40 days and 40 nights of rain, water supplies here have been dwindling. The rainfall only comes in winter and drains quickly through the semiarid land, leaving the soil to bake and to thirst for next November. The region's accelerating population growth, expanding agriculture, industrialization, and higher living standards demand more fresh water. Drought and pollution limit its availability. War and mismanagement squander it. Nations like Israel and Jordan are swiftly sliding into that zone where they are using all the water resources available to them. They have only 15 to 20 years left before theiragriculture, and ultimately their food security, is threatened. Even amid the scarcity there are haves and have-nots. Compared with the United States, which has a freshwater potential of 10,000 cubic meters a year for each citizen. Iraq has 5,500. Turkey has 4,000, and Syria has little more than 2,800. Egypt's potential is only 1,100. Israel has 460, and Jordan has less than 260. But these are not firm figures, because upstream use of river water can dramatically alter the potential downstream. Scarcity is only one element of the Middle East’s water crisis. Inefficiency is another, as is the reluctance of some water-poor nations to change priorities from agriculture to less water-intensive enterprises. Some experts suggest that if these nations would share both water technology and resources, they could satisfy the region's population, currently 159 million. But in this patchwork of ethnic and religious rivalries, the water crisis is not a clear-cut issue. It is entangled in the politics that keep people from trusting and seeking help from one another. Here, where water, like truth, is precious, each nation tends to find its own water and supply its own truth.1. When does the rainfall come in the Middle East?2. What is the cause of the water crisis?3. How many years are left for Israel and Jordan before their agriculture is threatened?4. What is the current population in the Middle East according to the passage?5. According to some experts' suggestion, what should the nations do in order to avoid a water crisis ?II 1) 10,000 2) 5,500 4) More than 2,8003) 4,000 5) Egypt 6) 460 7) Less than 260 Part D1) award, 3) profit, 5) dedication, 7) moment, 9) physical, 11) conflict, 13)worth, 15) heart, 17) compassion, 19) lust,2) glory, 4) trust, 6) significance, 8) anguish, 10) spirit, 12) alone, 14) room, 16) honor, 18) curse, 20) valueLESSON 2 Crime and PunishmentPart A1.M: Hello?W: Hello. This is Dr. Grey's office. We are calling to remind you of your 4:15 appointment for your annual checkup tomorrow.M: Oh, thanks. It's a good thing you called. I thought it was 4:15 today.Q: Why is the office calling the man?2. W: How wonderful! You won the scholarship. Can you believe it?M: No. It's almost too good to be true.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: Excuse me, Professor Davidson. But I was hoping to talk to you about my class project for economics.M: I have a class in a few minutes. Why don't you come and see me during office hours tomorrow?Q: When will the woman discuss her project with Professor Davidson?4. M: How are you feeling? W: The stuff the nurse gave me seemed to have helped. But it's making me awfully drowsy.Q: What do you learn about the woman?5. M: Bill Smith has volunteered to write a summary of the proposals we've agreed on. W: Will I have a chance to review it?Q: What does the woman want to know?6.M: The view is spectacular. Could you take a picture of me with the mountains in the background?W: I'm afraid I just ran out of film.Q: What problem does the woman have?7. W: Excuse me, we're ready to order now.M: I'll be with you in just a minute.Q: What does the man mean?8. W: I think I forgot my umbrella. Did you notice if it is raining outside?M: Yeah, it is. And I just realized I left my car window open.Q: What will the man probably do next?9. W: How does your daughter like her new school?M: Fine. She seems to have made new friends in no time.Q: What can be inferred about the man's daughter?10. W: There's an article here in this magazine you might find interesting. It's about buying running shoes.M: If it's not chemistry and it's not on the final exam, I can't read it now.Q: What is the man probably doing?11. M: You're washing your car even on vacation. It makes me feel guilty.W: You shouldn’t, it’s just that I have nothing better to do at this moment.Q: What do you think of the woman?12. M: My doctor told me I need to go for some expensive treatments for my injured knee.W: Are you sure? Maybe you need a second opinion.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?13. W: Hello. Could you fit me in for an appointment today? I need a stylist who is good at cutting curly hair.M: Julia is good at that. She is the owner. How about noon?Q: What will the woman probably do?14. W: There's nothing I like more than a good mystery novel when I've got some spare time.M: I like to read, too. But I prefer non-fiction, history, social commentary and stuff like that.Q: What does the man imply?15. M: I'm not an expert, but that noise in your refrigerator doesn't sound good. Maybe you should call and have it checked out.W: You're right. And I suppose I've put it off long enough.Q: What will the woman probably do?Part BPassage IPurse snatching is an increasingly common crime. There are estimated 50 to 100 purse snatchings each month in the New York City subways, the number often swinging widely because of the depredations of a single teenager. When such a professional is in custody, the snatches can decrease by more than 50 a month. One of the favored techniques is to stand between two subway cars and, as a train starts pulling out of the station, reach out and pull free a woman's purse.Recently, a crime analysis officer for the New York Police Department found that purse stealing in Manhattan's top restaurants was up 35 percent over the previous year. When a woman puts her purse on an empty chair at a table or at her feet beside her chair, she is inviting a purse snatcher to take it. Purse snatchers often work in pairs. When a target in a restaurant is seen, one of them will create some kind of disturbance to gain the victim's attention. While the woman is looking away from her table, the actual snatcher will lift the purse. A popular technique is for the thief to carry an umbrella with the curved handle down. The umbrella handle suddenly hooks the bag and in an instant it is on the thief's wrist, or under the coat over his arm if he is a man, and on its way out of the restaurant. Police advise that women in restaurants keep their purse either on their laps or on the floor between their legs.Other purse snatchers who operate in theaters are called "seat tippers", victimizing women who put their purses down on a neighboring empty seat. Others specialize in snatching purses from ladies' rooms. When a woman is in a toilet stall, her purse should never be placed on the floor or hung on the coat hook on the door. Thieves simply dive under the door and grab the purse on the floor, or stand on the toilet in the next stall and reach over and take the purse off the hook. The snatcher has enough time to escape since the victim can't immediately pursue the thief.I. 1. When does the number of purse snatchings decrease most dramatically?2. Where does a purse snatcher like to commit crimes in subway stations?3. When women are in restaurants, where are they advised to put their purses?4. What does a thief often use to snatch purses in restaurants?5. According to this passage, where does purse snatching not usually occur?II. crime analysis officer; take it; purses; in pairs; top restaurants; an empty chair; to some kind of disturbance; coat hook; snatching never be placed; in the next stall; enough time to escapePassage IIOn the afternoon of July4,1995, Mrs.Beatrice Weinberger brought her one-month old baby back from an outing. She left the pram outside her house and hurried inside to get the baby a clean nappy. When she returned a few moments later, the pram was empty and a scrawled note was lying where her baby had been. The note said: "Attention. I badly need money, and can't get it any other way. Don't tell the police about this, otherwise I will kill the baby." "Just put $2,000 in small bills in a brown envelope, and place it next to the road lamp at the corner of Albamarle Rd. at exactly 10 o'clock tomorrow (Thursday) morning." "If everything goes smooth, I will bring the baby back and leave him on the same corner 'safe and happy' at exactly 12 noon. No excuse, I can not wait! Your baby-sitter." Despite the kidnapper's warning, Mrs. Weinbarger contacted the police. A small parcel containing broken pieces of newspaper was placed on the comer the following morning. But the kidnapper did not show up. He failed to keep two other” appointments" with the Weinbergers, and left a second note signed "Your baby-sitter'. By then, the police felt that the baby was no longer alive. The FBI was called in, and the handwriting experts set to work to try to track down the kidnapper. In both notes an unusual z-shaped stroke was placed at the front of the y in words such as "money" and "baby". Starting with the New York State Police Office, the experts spent the next six weeks carefully going over local records at police offices, factories, hotels, clubs and schools and examining handwriting samples and comparing them with the writing on the kidnapper's notes. Then, in the middle of August, the experts' hard efforts paid off. The handwriting of John Rush Blake matched that of the kidnapper's, especially in the peculiar formation of the y's. Not long after, John Blake was arrested for making illegal alcohol. On being shown the handwriting samples, he confessed to kidnapping the baby. He told the police that he had left the baby alive and well in a nearby park on the day after the kidnapping. But when officers hurried to the place, all they found was the baby's dead body. The criminal was later put into New York's Sing Sing Prison. Even if John Blake had tried to disguise his handwriting he would still have been caught. No matter how hard someone may try to disguise his handwriting characteristics, the "individuality" of the writer shows through, the very angle at which he or she holds a pen, the way a t is crossed and an i is dotted, the height and size of capital and small letters, the amount of space between words, the use (or misuse) of punctuation marks. All these can identify a person as surely as fingerprints.I. 1. What happened to Mrs. Weinberger on the afternoon of July 4th, 1995?2. According to the message left by the kidnapper, on what condition could Mrs. Weinberger have her baby back?3. What did Mrs. Weinberger do after reading the note?4. How did the FBI catch the criminal?5. Which of the following words can best describe people's handwriting characteristics?II. 1. ( T ) When Mrs. Weinberger came back from an outing something terriblehappened to her.2. ( T ) Someone kidnapped her baby because he lacked money.3. ( F ) The kidnapper did not confess to die kidnapping of the baby in the face of the handwriting sample.4. ( T ) It was the handwriting expert that broke the case.5. ( F ) At last, the police found the baby and he was safe and happy.Passage III.Timothy McVaigh placed a powerful bomb near a federal government building in Oklahoma City in 1995. The explosion killed 168 people, including 19 children. Arguments are increasing in the United States both for and against the death penalty. The increasing death penalty debate is caused by the planned execution of convicted murderer McVeigh. He is to be the first person executed by the federal government since 1963. 38 states permit the death sentence. Last year 85 people were executed in the United States. Recent public opinion studies show that more than 75 percent of Americans supper McVeigh's execution. These include many Americans who usually oppose the death sentence. Kent Scheidegger is with the Criminal Justice Legal Foundation in Califomia. It is a victim's rights organization that supports the death penalty. Mr. Scheidegger says McVeigh is a perfect example of why there is a need for a federal death penalty. He says anything less than the death of McVeigh would show a complete lack of justice. Groups opposed to the death penalty say the approval of the execution of McVeigh does not show an increase in general public support for the death penalty. Opinion studies show that support for the death penalty has decreased. Studies show 77 percent of Americans supported it five years ago, now only about 63 percent do, Opponents of the death penalty have always argued that it was unfair. They say poor people who can not pay for good legal help receive the death penalty more often than others. And they say courts order the death penalty more often when the accused is a member of a racial minority group.Part D1)generous 2)company 3)hospitality 4)reception 5)reputation6)anniversary7)suspicion 8)mutual 9)vastest10)communication 11)commerce 12)contact 13)1975 14)openness 15)potential 16)secure 17)lure 18)astonish 19)reach 20)confidentLESSON 3 Computers and the Internet Part A1.M: This report is due tomorrow. Would you be able to work on it with me tonight? W: Unfortunately, I have another commitment.Q: What is the woman saying?2. W: I wonder where the books I ordered are. I expected to receive the package several days ago.M: Maybe you'd better check it out with the company. They could be temporarily out of stock.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?3. M: I just have to type this last page and then I'm through.W: By then, I'll be done, too.Q: What can be learned about the woman?4. W: Did you read the editorial in the paper about the mayor's speech?M: I sure did. But I think they twisted the meaning of what he said.Q: What does the man say about the editorial?5. W: Why don't we go to see a movie tonight? A good comedy might cheer you up. M: I would. But the reason that I've been so down is all this work I have to do.Q: What can be inferred about the man?6. W: So, are you going to see the students' play tonight?M: I doubt it. I'm still getting over the flu.Q: What is true about the man?7. M: Gordon needs to find another place to live. The apartment he rents now has been sold to a new owner.W: He'd better start looking right away. When all the students come back in a few weeks, he won't find any near the campus.Q: What does the woman suggest Gordon do?8. W: Mind if I borrow your Spanish workbook?M: Not as long as I have it back in time to take to class this evening.Q: What does the man mean?9. W: You don't believe in diets, do you?M: There is nothing wrong with them per se but they have to be combined with exercise to do any good.Q: What is the man's attitude towards diets ?10. W: I don't know which color folder to use, white or brown.M: What difference does it make? It's the content that's important.Q: What is the implication of the man?11. W: You know, I've heard that Professor Martin's Introduction to Chemistry class is too demanding for first year students. They say it's the most difficult course for graduate students.M: Yeah, but a lot of students will tell you otherwise. Go talk to anyone who has gone to an advanced course, like Organic Chemistry, or who studied chemistry in graduate school. They're really glad they started out with Professor Martin.Q: What does the man imply about Professor Martin?12. W: Hey, Mark. Have you been able to sell your old piano, yet?M: Hmm, you were right. Just posting notices on bulletin boards at a couple of supermarkets wasn't enough. I think I'll have to place an advertisement in the local newspaper.Q: Which of the following is true according to the conversation?13. W: I'm amazed that you still haven't gotten to know your neighbors.M: They tend to keep to themselves.Q: Why hasn't the man gotten to know his neighbors?14. W: Hi! Um, I think something is wrong with the washing machine. It works, and I just did my laundry, but it makes some strange noises. Maybe you should call someone to fix it.M: Oh, don't worry. Someone from the repair shop is already on the way over to take a look at it.Q: What is the implication of the man?15. W: It's so thoughtful of you to offer to drop me off at the train station. Are you sure it's not out of your way?M: Not at all. The station is really close to where I'm going.Q: What can be learned about the man?Part BPassage IThe Application of Computers in Education The best method for improving educational standards is to utilize every tool available, including state-of-the-art technology. Computers and the internet have expanded the way in which information can be delivered to the students of today. Today's networking technologies provide a valuable opportunity to practise new learning techniques. Educators are discovering that computers are facilitating learning. Computer-based communications, or telecommunications, can offer many educational opportunities; therefore, educators will need to adapt current teaching methods to incorporate this new media into the classroom. Computers have made a fundamental impact on most industries, providing a competitive advantage that has come to be essential to many businesses. Therefore, schools must also use technology to improve the educational process. School systems often consider purchasing a computer network, and justify its purchase by applying it to routine administrative tasks, such as attendance records and grading. While these tasks are very important, they only show a small part of what technology can do for a school. Technology must go further than simply keeping attendance; it must focus on keeping students interested and productive. Since computers and the Internet haveexpanded the ways in which education can be delivered to students, it is currently possible to engage in "distance education" through the Internet. Distance education involves audio and video links between teachers and students in remote areas. Video conferencing allows groups to communicate with each other. Desktop video conferencing promises to bring students together from geographic and cultural distances face to face via computer. Not only will the teacher talk to the students, but the students will be able to interact with each other. This will make students more interested in learning.I. 1. According to the passage, what are educators discovering?2. What do schools usually purchase computer networks for?3. According to the author, what should computers be mainly used for?4. Which of the following is NOT a feature of video conferencing?5. Which of the following is true according to the passage?II. fundamental impact; be essential; improve the educational process; justify its purchase; attendance records; what technology can doPassage IIE-Commerce The Internet, as a means for commerce, did not become reality until the 1990s. Before this time, it was mainly a tool for the army, and a research device for some American universities. Its popularity grew when it proved to be a fast and efficient means to conduct long distance transactions, as well as an effective way to distribute information. The first advantage that e-commerce possesses is speed. With increased speeds of communication, the delivery time is expedited and that makes the whole transaction from start to finish more efficient. Also, you can find practically any product available for sale on the Internet. Even more significant is the fact that information appearing on the Internet can be changed rapidly. This gives business owners the ability to inform customers of any changes to the service that they are offering. The second advantage of electronic commerce is the opportunity it offers to save on costs. By using the Internet, marketing, distribution, personnel, phone, postage and printing costs, among many others, can be reduced. You can start doing business in cyberspace for as little as $100. The savings, therefore, are tremendous. These funds can then be diverted to marketing and advertising your product or service. Cyberspace knows no national boundaries. That means you can do business all over the world as easily as you can in your own neighborhood. Since the Internet connects everyone in cyberspace, information is transmitted at the speed of sound or the speed of light, depending on your connection. Either way, distance becomes meaningless, which enables you to link to nearly anyone on the globe, and anyone on the globe can link to you. The ability to establish links makes doing business on the Internet attractive to customers in any part of the world. A potential source of trouble is customer concerns with privacy and security. Anything sent over the Internet is sent through several different computers before it reaches its final destination. The concern regarding Internet security and privacy is that unscrupulous hackers can capture credit card or check account data as it is transferred or break into。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说学生用书听力原文上.doc
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说学生用书听力原文上。
第一课音乐1 .顺便问一下,简,你和顾问谈过了吗顾问关于我们新的健康计划?我联系了W:联系他的办公室,但他的秘书说他会出去试图得到午餐直到两点。
女人是什么意思?2.我们需要让每个人都知道慈善机构[·ˈtʃæriti。
慈爱音乐会,但是我们没有很多钱做广告。
使用学校广播站怎么样?他们广播免费公共服务服务公告。
通告男人建议他们做什么?3.我不明白为什么这个自学自学这本书没有这些问题的答案M:但确实如此。
你可以在书的后面找到它们。
这个男人对自学书有什么看法?4.新的销售经理说他以前从未见过你。
我们已经被介绍了大约三次。
他似乎有点健忘。
我们对新的销售经理了解多少?5.[,你有刹车吗制动器;闸;刹车。
轮胎检查过了吗?你有足够的钱吗?我已经处理好了一切。
我相信这将是一场精彩的比赛极好的,精彩的,绝妙的旅行。
这个女人打算做什么?我有了我的新立体声音响立体声整整一周了,但我还没想明白想到如何录制音乐. W:没有使用手册[·ˈmænjuəl]手册形式的,像手册的;教范性质的一起去吗?女人意味着什么?7.我想为我打的长途电话付钱给你。
但是,我想你还没有收到你的电话账单省略部分-e将此表格留在汽车上,驾驶员可以很容易地看到;他通常把它推到一个挡风玻璃雨刷下,这样它就不会被风吹走。
万一在驾车者回来之前下雨,表格会被放在一个小塑料信封里保护它。
当司机回来时,他会得到一个不愉快的惊喜,但把车停在停车计时器前太久是他自己的错。
用键盘1练习。
根据这篇文章,曾经有人建议用什么来解决交通堵塞问题?2.停车计时器的真正功能是什么?3.谁负责停车计时器?4.如果司机支付的时间用完了,他会怎么样?5.根据文章,当司机看到他的车上印着表格时,他会有什么反应?二。
1 .因为每年生产许多汽车,许多人乘车上下班2 .它记录了当司机支付的时间结束时,他已经支付的一定时间 3 .所有的细节,例如汽车的登记号码,它停在哪里,司机必须支付多少,他必须把罚款送到哪里 4 .它被放在一个小塑料信封里保护它。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(上)【全】原文、解析、答案
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(上)听力原文Lesson 1 Music1. M: By the way, Jane, did you talk to the consultant顾问about our new health program?W: I contacted联系his office but his secretary said he would (be out for)试图得到lunch until two.Q: What does the woman mean?B. she couldn’t talk to the consultant before two2. W: We need to let everyone know about the charity [ˈtʃæriti] n. 慈爱concert, but we don't have much money for advertising.M: How about using the school radio station? They broadcast free public service服务announcements. 通告Q: What does the man suggest they do?c. Ask the school radio station for help3. W: I don't understand why this self-study自学book doesn't have answers to the questions.M: But it does. You can find them at the back of the book.Q: What does the man say about the self-study book?d. the book does include the answer4. M: The new sales manager says he has never met you before.W: We've been introduced about three times. He seems a little forgetful.Q: What do we learn about the new sales manager?B. He probably has a poor memory5. M: Have you had the brakes[breik] n制动器; 闸; 刹车. and tires checked? And do you have enough money?W: I have taken care of everything. And I'm sure it's going to be a wonderful极好的, 精彩的, 绝妙的trip.Q: What's the woman going to do?D. spend some time travelling6. M: I've had my new stereo立体声for a whole week, but I haven't yet figured out想到how to record music.W: Didn't an instruction manual [ˈmænjuəl] 手册形式的,像手册的;教范性质的come with it?Q: What does the woman imply?B the man should refer to the instruction manual7. W: I want to pay you for that long-distance call I made. But, I suppose you haven't gotten your phone bill yet,M: Oh, but I have.Q: What does the man mean?A he has received his telephone bill.8. M: Professor Smith assigned us three more novels to read.W: He must think you don't have any other classes.Q: What can be inferred about Professor Smith?B he assigns too much work9. M: Let's go watch the fireworks烟花tonight.W: I have tickets to the theater.Q: What plan does the man has that night?B he’ll go and watch the fireworks10. M: I am exhausted筋疲力尽的. I stayed up熬夜the whole night studying for my history midterm exam.W: Why do you always wait till the last minute?Q: What can be inferred about the man?A he had bad study habits11. M: I'll be coming straight from work, so I'll have to pack包装;捆扎a change of clothes.W: It's only a barbecue [ˈbɑ:bikju:] (常用于室外的)金属烤架. Jeans and T-shirts will be fine.Q: What does the woman imply?D Casual dress will be appropriate12. W: I'm going to the snack [snæk] 小吃; 点心; 快餐bar for a cup of coffee. Would you like me to bring you back something?M: Not from the snack bar, but could you pick up a paper for me?Q: What does the man mean?C he wants her to get him a newspaper13. M: I don't understand how this budget was calculated[ˈkælkjuleit] 计算, 估计, 核算.W: Let me have a look, OK?Q: What does the woman mean?C she’ll try to see what method was used14. W: We need a fourth player for tennis this morning. Do you want to join us?M: I've got a class at nine, but Carol is free and she is really good.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?B ask Carol to play tennis15. W: Have you saved enough to buy that new printer for your computer yet?M: You know, money seems to be burning a hole in my pocket lately. Maybe next month.Q: What does the man likely to do the following month?A he is likely to buy a new printer the following month.Passage II: American MusicOne of America's most important exports出口is her modern music. American music is played all over the world. It is enjoyed by the people of all ages in all countries. Although the lyrics ['liriks] 歌词are English, people not speaking English can enjoy it too. The reasons for its popularity普遍,流行; are its fast pace [peis步子;节奏and rhythmic [ˈrɪðmɪk] 有韵律的, 有节奏的beat[bi:t]节拍, 拍子.The music has many origins [ˈɔridʒin]起点; 来源in the United States. Country music, coming from the rural农村的,乡村的areas in the southern United States, is one source来源, 出处. Country music features以…为物色是…特征simple themes 题目,主题,and melodies 曲调, 歌曲describing day-to-day situations形势; 情况and the feelings of country people. Many people appreciate欣赏, 赏识, this music because of the emotions 情感,感情expressed by country music songs.A second origin of American popular music is the blues[blu:z]布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲. It depicts描述mostly sad feelings reflecting表达; 反映the difficult lives of American blacks. It is usually played and sung by black musicians, but it is popular with all Americans. (Rock music)摇滚音乐is a newer form of music. This music style风格, featuring .以…为物色是…特征fast and repetitious重复的;反复的rhythms节奏, was influenced by the blues布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲and country music. It was first known as rock-and-roll in the 1950s. Since then there have been many forms of rock music: hard rock, soft rock, and others. Many performers of popular music are young musicians. American popular music is marketed在市场上出售某物to a demanding(顾客的)需求、需要audience观众, 听众; 读者. Now popular songs are heard on the radio several times a day. Some songs have become popular all over the world. People hear these songs sung in their original起初的; 原来的English or sometimes translated into other languages. The words may differ but the enjoyment of the music is universal普遍的.1. Which group of people enjoy American music?D All of the above2. Why is American music so popular in all countries?D Because it has a fast pace and rhythmic beat3. What can be learned from the passage?C The blues is usually played by black musicians4. What do you know from the passage?C Rock music was influenced by the blues and country music5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?C The words of songs differ, and so does the enjoyment of American pop musicPassage III: Music in Different CulturesIn western culture music is regarded as good by birth 在血统上,生来, and sounds that are welcome are said to be "music to the ears". In some other cultures文化-- for example, Islamic伊斯兰的,伊斯兰教的culture -- it is of little value, associated (使)发生联系, (使)联合; 结交, 结伙with sin [sin]罪恶, 罪孽and evil罪恶. In the West and in the high cultures of Asia, it is said that there are three types of music. First, classical古典的, 经典的music, composed 组成, 构成and performed bytrained professionals具有某专业资格的人, 专业人士originally最初under the support of courts 宫廷, 宫室and religious宗教的establishments建立, 确立; second, folk music民间音乐, shared by the population at large and passed on传递; 传授orally口头上地,口述地, and third, popular music, performed by professionals, spread (使)传播, (使)散布through radio, television, records, film, and print, and consumed消耗,耗尽by the mass public.Music is a major component成分, 组成部分, 部件, 元件in religious宗教的services, theater剧场,戏院,, and entertainment娱乐, 文娱节目, 表演会of all sorts. The most universal use of music is as a part of religious rituals仪式. In some tribal [ˈtraɪbəl] 部落的societies, music appears to serve as a special form of communication with supernatural超自然的;鬼、神或幻术所引起的beings, and its prominent显著的; 突出的use in modern Christian基督教徒and Jewish犹太人的;犹太教徒的services may be the leftover of just such an original原始的purpose. Another less obvious function of music is social adherence遵守;遵循;坚持. For most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol象征, 标志. Members of most societies share keen热衷的, 热心的, feelings as to what kind of music they "belong to". Indeed, some minorities少数, 小部分including, in the U. S.A., black Americans and Euro-American groups use music as a major symbol of group identity身份. Music also symbolizes象征;作为…的象征military军事的, 军用的;, patriotic [ˌpætriˈɔtik]爱国的, 有爱国心的and funeral葬礼, 丧礼moods心情, 情绪and events. In a more general普遍的, 全面的; sense, music may express the central最重要的, 主要的, 首要social values of a society. In western culture, the interrelationship相互关系of conductor and orchestra [ˈɔ:kistrə]管弦乐队symbolizes the need for strong cooperation合作, 协作among various kinds of specialists 专家, 行家in a modern industrial society. 1. In what culture is music regarded as good by birth?C In Western culture2. Which of the following is performed by professionals?B Classical music and popular music3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?C Music is a special form of communication with supernatural being in Asia4. According to the passage, what is the most universal use of music?D Religious ritual 宗教仪式5. Which of the following is NOT symbolized 象征by music?D FriendshipLesson 2 Holidays1. M: Do you still want to go to the graduate研究生的school after you get out of college?W: I've changed my mind about that. I want to start working before I go back to school.Q: What does the woman mean?B She ‘s not going to graduated school immediately after graduation.2. M: We've got a whole hour before the Browns come by来串门, 来访to pick us up安排接取; 使搭乘; 搭救.W: Yeah. But we'd better get moving赶快;快些开始.Q: What does the woman suggest they do?A Hurry3. M: I'm thinking of getting a new printer.W: I'd invest in在…上投资, 在…投入(时间、精力等) a laser [ˈleizə激光] printer. The print quality is much better.Q: What does the woman mean?C The man should buy a high- quality printer.4. W: I've got a coupon [ˈku:pɔn] 配给券;(购物)票证;(购物)优惠券for half-off五折dinner at that new restaurant down the street. I think I'll use it when my cousin [ˈkʌzn]堂[表]兄弟[姊妹] comes for a visit this weekend.M: Where did you get it? I wouldn't mind(trying that place out too)试验.Q: What does the man want to know?C Where the woman got coupon5. W: What's Laura doing here today? I thought she was supposed 料想; 猜想; 以为to be out of离开了the office on Mondays.W: She decided she'd rather have Fridays off instead. Q: What can be inferred about Laura?A She has changed her schedule6. M: I need to find a new roommate <英>室友,住在同室的人.W: So John's going to California after all.Q: What can be inferred from the conversation?B the man’s current roommate is moving7. M: My math assignment's工作, 任务due 到期的tomorrow morning and I haven't even started it yet. W: I'll miss想念, 惦记you at the party tonight.Q: What does the woman imply?D the man won’t be able to go to the party8. W: Those packages包, 包裹, 包在一起的东西took forever长久地;(与动词进行时连用)老是,没完没了地to arrive.M: But they did arrive, didn't they?Q: What does the man say about the packages?B They eventually arrived9. M: My parents are coming to see our apartment一套房间, 一户this weekend.W: Looks as if I'd better lend you my vacuum[ˈvækjuəm]〈口〉真空吸尘器cleaner 净化器then. Q: What does the woman imply?D The man’s apartment is dirty10. M: Sarah, did you have a chance to buy that new novel you wanted?W: No, but I had Doris get it for me.Q: What does Sarah say about the novel?D Doris purchased it for her11. M: I've been waiting all week for this concert. The philharmonic [filɑ:ˈmɔnik]交响乐团is supposed to be excellent and with our student discoun [ˈdiskaunt]数目, 折扣t the tickets will be really cheap.W: Uh -- uh, I'm afraid I left my student ID in my other purse钱包.Q: What does the woman imply? 暗示, 暗指C She won’t be able to get the student discount12. M: The university bookstore opens at 9 in the morning.W: Oh, dear. I need a textbook教科书, 课本for my eight o'clock class today.Q: What does the woman mean?A She won’t be able to get the book before class13. M: The storm暴风雨[雪] last night damaged some of the neighbor's roofs.W: no wonder不足为奇.Q: What is the woman reaction to the man says?C She isn’t surprised14. M: You've certainly无疑地; 确定地;肯定地been reading that one page for a long time now.W: Well, I'm being tested on it tomorrow.Q: What does the woman imply暗示?C she needs to read the page carefully15. W: Another thing we need to do is show the new students around town. You know, show them all the sights视野;风景of the area.M: I don't see why we need to do that ourselves. I understand the visitors' center offers a wonderful bus tour旅行, 观光Q: What does the man suggest they do?B Send the new students on a bus tour of cityPART BPassage I:People in the US get a two-week paid有报酬的;领取报酬的vacation from their job every year. Most British people have four or five weeks paid holiday a year. Americans often complain抱怨, 诉苦; 投诉that two weeks is not enough especially when they hear about the longer holidays that Europeans enjoy. In addition, there are eight days in each European country, which are public holidays (the British call Bank Holiday) and many of these fall on落到, 轮到a Monday giving people a long weekend.What do people do in Britain and the US when they are on holidays? In the US, outdoor vacations are popular, for example, at the Grand Canyon峡谷or Yellowstone or other national parks or forests. Young people may go walking or camping 宿营, 露营in the mountains. Many people have small trailers拖车, 挂车in which to travel, or if they are in a car, they may stay at motels汽车旅馆on the journey旅行; 行程;. Disneyland and Disney world are also popular and people can go skiing in the Rocky洛矶Mountains of Colorado科罗拉多州, Wyoming怀俄明州and Montana蒙大纳(美国州名). Some children go to summer camp for a holiday during the summer vacation from school, where they do special activities, such as sports or crafts技巧;技能;技艺. When Americans want a holiday for fun in the sun, they usually go to Florida, Hawaii, Mexico or the Caribbean. They may go to Europe for culture, for example, to see art, plays, and places of historic历史上著名(或重要)的interest.In Britain, many people like to go to the seaside for holidays. There are places near the sea, such as Backpool, Scarborough斯卡波罗and Bournemouth伯恩茅斯, where there is plenty充裕, 大量, 富庶to do even when it rains. People also like to go to the country, especially to walk, in places like Scotland, Wales and the Lake湖泊District. When the British go abroad they usually want to go somewhere warm. Spain and the Spanish islands of Majorea and Ibiza伊比沙岛are popular as are other places in southern Europe. For skiing, people often go to the Alps阿尔卑斯山.1. How long a paid vacation can Americans enjoy every year?A Two weeks2. How many days are there about public holidays for Europeans in a year?C Eight days3. Where do Americans usually go for fun in the sun?D Florida4. Where do Americans usually spend their holidays for culture?C Europe5. British people usually go to Spain for holidays. What for?B For skiingPassage II:Every country in the world celebrates New Year but not everyone does it on the same day. The countries of North and South America and Europe welcome the New Yearon January 1. This practice began with the Romans. Julius Caesar, a Roman ruler, changed the date of the New Year from the first day of March to the first day of January. In the Middle East, New Year is on the day when spring begins. People in China celebrate it on the Spring Festival, which is the first day of their lunar[ˈlju:nə] 月的, 月球的;按阴历的calendar[ˈkælində]日历, 月历. The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19. Rosh Hashana犹太新年, which is the Jewish New Year, comes at the end of summer.In all of these cultures, there is a tradition of making noise. People made noise in ancient times to drive away the evil邪恶的, 坏的,恶毒的spirits神灵, 幽灵from home. Today ,many people do it with fire-works. In Japan, people go from house to house making noise with drums 鼓, 鼓状物and bamboo竹, 竹竿sticks棍, 棒. Young people in Denmark丹麦throw broken pieces of jars罐子, 广口瓶or pots against the sides of friends' houses.In the United States, many people stay up until midnight on New Year's Eve前日, 前夕to watch the clock pass from one year to the next. Friends often gather together at a party on New Year's Eve, and when the New Year comes, all ring环状物, 圆圈bells钟, 铃,电铃, blow吹horns[hɔ:n]号, 号角, blow whistle哨子, 汽笛songs, and kiss each other.In many European countries, families start the new year by first attending church services, which is followed by paying calls on friends and relatives. Italian boys and girls receive gifts of money on New Year's Day.New Year's Day is more joyful快乐的, 高兴的than Christmas圣诞节in France and Scotland. In these countries Christmas is a religious holiday only, while the New Year is the time for gifts-giving, parties, and visits.1. Who changed the date of the New Year from March 1 to January 17A Roman ruler2. When does the Jewish New Year begin?D At the end of summer 3. Why did people make noise in ancient times when they celebrated the New Year?D To drive a way evil spirits from their home4. According to the speaker, how do the children in Denmark celebrate the New Year?A They throw broken piece of jars or pots against the sides of friends’ houses5. In which country do children receive gifts of money on New Year's Day?B Italyimportant festival of the year in France.Lesson 3 Economy1. W: The report says all departments are making a profit except the Asian department.M: Well, Mr. Smith seems to be the wrong person to head that department. One more step wrong and he will be removed from that office.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?A.Mr.Smith will be replaced if he makes another mistake.2. W: During the last thunderstorm, I noticed several leaks in my bedroom ceiling and they really caused a mess.M: Maybe you have some broken tiles. I have the phone number of a good roofing company that could do a good repair job for you at a reasonable price.Q: What can we conclude from this conversation?A.The roof of the woman’s house needs to be repaired.3. W: How did you do on the math exam, John?M: I barely made it. It was just a passing score but better than I had expected.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?B.John did better than he thought he was able to.4. M: I wonder what makes Mother so upset these days? W: Father is canceling his vacation trip. He promised to take her abroad last year, but the company is again asking father to postpone his vacation.Q: Why is their mother unhappy?A.Their father is unable to keep his promise.5. W: Friday's speaker is supposed to be wonderful. Are you attending the seminar that day?M: Yes, but I haven't been able to get a ticket yet. Since the lecture is open to the public, I imagine the tickets may have already been sold out.Q: Why is the man afraid he won't be able to attend the seminar?D.He thinks that there might not be an more tickets available.6. M: Could you lend me your biology notes?W: Do you think you'll be able to make out my handwriting?Q: What does the woman imply about the notes?C.They might be hard to read.7. W: Did you pick up my books from Ron's house? M: Sorry. It slipped my mind.Q: What does the man mean?B.He forgot to get the books.8. W: Would you like to go to the movies with us tonight?M: To the movies? Tonight is the biggest concert of the year.Q: What does the man likely to do at that night?A.He is likely to go to the concert.9. M: Just one person in the whole class got an A on the test! YOU!W: ALL RIGHT!!!Q: What does the woman feel on hear what the man says?D.She is very pleased.10. W: We are having a party at our house on the weekend of the 30th. Would you like to join us?M: That sounds like a lot of fun. But I'll need to check my calendar first.Q: What does the man imply?B.He may already have plans.11. M: I've been running a mile every afternoon for the past month. But I still haven't been able to lose more than a pound or two. I wonder if it's worth it.W: Oh, don't give up now. It always seems hard when you are just starting out.Q: What does the man do according to the woman’s advice?D.Continue his exercise program.12. M: I'm going to the vegetable stand today. Can I pick up anything for you?W: No, thanks. I just came back from the market myself.Q: Why does the woman decline the man’s offer?C.She has been to the market.13. M: I don't understand why I received such a low grade on my term paper.W: You should make an appointment with the professor to discuss it.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?A.See his professor about the paper.14. M: The sound of all that traffic is driving me out of my mind.W: It is had. But the highway will reopen tomorrow, then we won't have all those cars passing by any more. Q: What does the woman imply?D.The traffic won’t detour after the following day.15. W: I invited your mother to lunch yesterday. But she said she didn't have any free time.M: Yeah. She just got a new job.Q: What does the man mean?D.His mother’s new job keeps her busy.Passage I:Established on January 1, 1995, World Trade Organization is the successor to the General Agreement on Tariffs(关税)and Trade (GATT). It exists to promote a free-market international trade system. The WTO promotes trade by:1. reducing tariffs;2. prohibiting import or export bans or quotas(定量);3. eliminating discrimination against foreign products and services;4. eliminating other impediments to trade, commonly called "non-tariff trade barriers''.With China's successful entry into WTO in Nov 2001, it currently has 135 member countries, accounting for over 90% of world trade. Over 30 others are negotiating membership. The WTO's top-level decision-making body is the ministerial conference which meets at least once every two years. Over three-quarters of WTO members are developing countries. Special provisions for these members are included in the WTO's agreements. GATT is now the WTO's principal rule-book. Decisions are made by the entire membership by consensus or majority vote. The WTO's agreements have been ratified in all members' parliaments. If a trade barrier is found to be unfair, the WTO can authorize the imposition of trade sanctions to force a change in that country's law. The WTO exempts trade barriers which are designed to conserve natural resources or protect health.Critics say the WTO credits agreements are skewed in favor of rich countries. The west may preach trade liberalization, but it has used negotiations to prize third world market while keeping its own barriers intact.1.When was the World Trade Organization established?B.On January 1,1995.2. What is the aim of establishing the WTO?D.To promote a free-market international trade system.3. According to the passage, how many member countries does the WTO currently have?A.134.4. Which of the following statements is NOT true?C.The WTO’s top level decision-making body meets at least once each year.5. What does the WTO do if a trade barrier is found to be unfair in a certain country?A.The WTO authorizes the imposition of trade sanctions on the country.1.GATT,2.over 90%,3.the ministerial conference,4.conserve natural resources, protect health,5.in favor of rich countries.Passage IIWorld financial circles affirm that this year has witnessed the most forceful economic growth over the past 13 years. The growth rate is expected to reach 4.7 percent, much higher than the 2.5 percent in 1998 and the 3.3 percent in 1999. The average economic growth rate of developed countries may reach 4.2 percent this year. The US economy continues to lead the tide of the world economic growth, with its economic growth rate getting close to 5.2 percent. The European economic situation is also better than that in previous years, and the average growth rate of the 11 countries in the Euro zone is to reach 3.5 percent. The Japanese economy has freed itself from a slump, and its growth rate this year mayreach 1.9 percent, higher than the average growth rate in the past 10 years.The average economic growth rate of the developing countries this year can reach 5.6 percent. The economic development in the Asian developing regions has attracted people's attention. Their growth rate this year may reach 7.1 percent. The Russian economy has had an unexpected, strong recovery from the 1998 crisis, with the growth rate possibly reaching 6 percent.Among the many factors that have boosted world economic growth, the growing information technological industry is playing an increasingly outstanding role. The information technological industry is becoming a leading industry in the national economy and a new economic growth point. According to experts' estimate, file current contribution rate of the information technological industry to the world economic growth is 18.2 percent. Its ratio in the growth of the US economy is even higher, standing at one-third. The information technological industry is currently the world, economic sector experiencing rapid development and is creating ever-more wealth, The integration of the traditional economy and the web economy has become the present development trend of the world economy.1.They affirm that the year 2000 has witnessed the most forceful economic growth over the past 13 years.2.The Russian economy.3.18.2%.4.The information technological industry.5.The present development trend of the world economy is the integration of the traditional economy and the web economy.1) 4.2%, 2) 5.2%, 3) 3.5%, 4) 1.9%, 5) 5.6%, 6) 7.1%, 7) 6%Passage III:President Jiang Zemin said on November 16, 2000 that in the development of a "New Economy", it is essential to take advantage of the latest developments in science and technology. He made this address at the eighth informal meeting of leaders of the APEC forum. He explained that the "New Economy" refers to the kind of economy initiated and sustained by new technologies and hi-tech industries. The advancement of technology, led by IT and biotechnology industries, is giving rise to a new industrial revolution, Jiang said.Developing countries are faced with the difficult task of both transforming their traditional industries and developing new industries, Jiang noted, adding that continued expansion of the 'digital divide" has widened the wealth gap between North and South and may trigger new imbalances in the world economy."Against the background of accelerated economic globalization and the dynamic progress of science and technology, we must facilitate cooperation between developed and developing countries on exchanges of human resources, technology and infrastructure, and we must help countries develop independently to narrow the North-South gap."Today, the development, application and impact of science and technology far transcends national boundaries. For example, every major breakthrough made in the human genome project is a crystallization of cooperation between scientists from a number of countries. Only when applied in a global context can the achievements of science and technology benefit people", Jiang said. He also noted that economic globalization should stress the popularization of scientific and technological knowledge.The protection of intellectual property rights should be guided by market rules in such away that the rules will be helpful to the spread of scientific and technological knowledge, so that all countries may benefit, he added.1.On November 16, 2000.2.It is essential to take advantage of the latest developments in science and technology.3.It refers to the kind of economy initiated and sustained by new technologies and hi-tech industries.4.They are faced with the task of both transforming their traditional industries and developing new industries.5.It should stress the popularization of scientific and technological knowledge.1.the eighth informal meeting of leaders2.bio-technology industries, a new industrial revolution。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材(上)听力原文lesson2
LESSON two1. M: Do you still want to go to the graduate研究生的school after you get out of college?W: I've changed my mind about that. I want to start working before I go back to school.Q: What does the woman mean?2. M: We've got a whole hour before the Browns come by来串门, 来访to pick us up安排接取; 使搭乘; 搭救.W: Yeah. But we'd better get moving赶快;快些开始.Q: What does the woman suggest they do?3. M: I'm thinking of getting a new printer.W: I'd invest in在…上投资, 在…投入(时间、精力等) a laser[ˈleizə激光] printer. The print quality is much better.Q: What does the woman mean?4. W: I've got a coupon[ˈku:pɔn]配给券;(购物)票证;(购物)优惠券for half-off五折dinner at that new restaurant down the street. I think I'll use it when my cousin[ˈkʌzn]堂[表]兄弟[姊妹] comes for a visit this weekend.M: Where did you get it? I wouldn't mind(trying that place out too)试验.Q: What does the man want to know?5. W: What's Laura doing here today? I thought she was supposed 料想; 猜想; 以为to be out of离开了the office on Mondays.W: She decided she'd rather have Fridays off instead.Q: What can be inferred about Laura?6. M: I need to find a new roommate <英>室友,住在同室的人.W: So John's going to California after all.Q: What can be inferred from the conversation?7. M: My math assignment's工作, 任务due 到期的tomorrow morning andI haven't even started it yet.W: I'll miss想念, 惦记you at the party tonight.Q: What does the woman imply?8. W: Those packages包, 包裹, 包在一起的东西took forever长久地;(与动词进行时连用)老是,没完没了地to arrive.M: But they did arrive, didn't they?Q: What does the man say about the packages?9. M: My parents are coming to see our apartment一套房间, 一户this weekend.W: Looks as if I'd better lend you my vacuum[ˈvækjuəm]〈口〉真空吸尘器cleaner 净化器then.Q: What does the woman imply?10. M: Sarah, did you have a chance to buy that new novel you wanted? W: No, but I had Doris get it for me.Q: What does Sarah say about the novel?11. M: I've been waiting all week for this concert. The philharmonic[filɑ:ˈmɔnik]交响乐团is supposed to be excellent and with our student discoun[ˈdiskaunt]数目, 折扣t the tickets will be really cheap.W: Uh -- uh, I'm afraid I left my student ID in my other purse钱包. Q: What does the woman imply?暗示, 暗指12. M: The university bookstore opens at 9 in the morning.W: Oh, dear. I need a textbook教科书, 课本for my eight o'clock class today.Q: What does the woman mean?13. M: The storm暴风雨[雪] last night damaged some of the neighbor's roofs.W: no wonder不足为奇.Q: What does the woman mean?14. M: You've certainly无疑地; 确定地;肯定地been reading that one page for a long time now.W: Well, I'm being tested on it tomorrow.Q: What does the woman imply暗示?15. W: Another thing we need to do is show the new students around town. You know, show them all the sights视野;风景of the area.M: I don't see why we need to do that ourselves. I understand the visitors' center offers a wonderful bus tour旅行, 观光.Q: What does the man suggest they do?PART BPassage I:People in the US get a two-week paid有报酬的;领取报酬的vacation from their job every year. Most British people have four or five weeks paid holiday a year. Americans often complain抱怨, 诉苦; 投诉that two weeks is not enough especially when they hear about the longer holidays that Europeans enjoy. In addition, there are eight days in each Europeancountry, which are public holidays (the British call Bank Holiday) and many of these fall on落到, 轮到a Monday giving people a long weekend.What do people do in Britain and the US when they are on holidays? In the US, outdoor vacations are popular, for example, at the Grand Canyon峡谷or Yellowstone or other national parks or forests. Young people may go walking or camping 宿营, 露营in the mountains. Many people have small trailers拖车, 挂车in which to travel, or if they are in a car, they may stay at motels汽车旅馆on the journey旅行; 行程;. Disneyland and Disney world are also popular and people can go skiingin the Rocky洛矶Mountains of Colorado科罗拉多州, Wyoming怀俄明州and Montana蒙大纳(美国州名). Some children go to summer camp for a holiday during the summer vacation from school, where they do special activities, such as sports or crafts技巧;技能;技艺. When Americans want a holiday for fun in the sun, they usually go to Florida, Hawaii, Mexico or the Caribbean. They may go to Europe for culture, for example, to see art, plays, and places of historic历史上著名(或重要)的interest.In Britain, many people like to go to the seaside for holidays. There are places near the sea, such as Backpool, Scarborough斯卡波罗and Bournemouth伯恩茅斯, where there is plenty充裕, 大量, 富庶to do even when it rains. People also like to go to the country, especially to walk, in places like Scotland, Wales and the Lake湖泊District. When the British go abroad they usually want to go somewhere warm. Spain and the Spanish islands of Majorea and Ibiza伊比沙岛are popular as are other places in southern Europe. For skiing, people often go to the Alps阿尔卑斯山.1. How long a paid vacation can Americans enjoy every year?2. How many days are there about public holidays for Europeans in a year? weeks.3. Where do Americans usually go for fun in the sun?4. Where do Americans usually spend their holidays for culture?5. British people usually go to Spain for holidays. What for?l. ( ) Many of the public holidays are on Friday in Britain.2. ( ) Americans like to have outdoor activities during their vacations.3. ( ) Some American children do some special activities in the summer camps during their vacations.4. ( ) When British people go abroad, they usually go for culture.5. ( ) For the British, the Alps is a skiing resort度假胜地, 旅游胜地. Passage II:Every country in the world celebrates New Year but not everyone does it on the same day. The countries of North and South America and Europe welcome the New Year on January 1. This practice began with the Romans. Julius Caesar, a Roman ruler, changed the date of the New Year from the first day of March to the first day of January. In the Middle East, New Year is on the day when spring begins. People in China celebrate it on the Spring Festival, which is the first day of their lunar [ˈlju:nə] 月的, 月球的;按阴历的calendar[ˈkælində] 日历, 月历. The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19. Rosh Hashana犹太新年, which is the Jewish New Year, comes at the end of summer.In all of these cultures, there is a tradition of making noise. People made noise in ancient times to drive away the evil邪恶的, 坏的,恶毒的spirits神灵, 幽灵from home. Many people do it with fire-works. In Japan, people go from house to house making noise with drums 鼓, 鼓状物and bamboo竹, 竹竿sticks棍, 棒. Young people in Denmark丹麦throw broken pieces of jars罐子, 广口瓶or pots against the sides of friends' houses.In the United States, many people stay up until midnight on New Year's Eve前日, 前夕to watch the clock pass from one year to the next. Friends often gather together at a party on New Year's Eve, and when the New Year comes, all ring环状物, 圆圈bells钟, 铃, 电铃, blow吹horns[hɔ:n]号, 号角, blow whistle哨子, 汽笛songs, and kiss each other.In many European countries, families start the new year by first attending church services, which is followed by paying calls on friends and relatives. Italian boys and girls receive gifts of money on New Year's Day.New Year's Day is more joyful快乐的, 高兴的than Christmas圣诞节in France and Scotland. In these countries Christmas is a religious holiday only, while the New Year is the time for gifts-giving, parties, and visits.1. Who changed the date of the New Year from March 1 to January 172. When does the Jewish New Year begin?3. Why did people make noise in ancient times when they celebrated the New Year?4. According to the speaker, how do the children in Denmark celebrate the New Year?5. In which country do children receive gifts of money on New Year's Day?1. ( ) People in the Middle East welcome the New Year on January 1.2. ( )The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19.3. ( ) On New Year's Day, many people make noise with fireworks.4. ( ) In all European countries, families start the new year by paying calls on friends and relatives.5. ( ) Christmas is the most joyful and important festival of the year in France.Passage 3:Hundreds of years ago in England, many children dressed up as adults on Valentine's Day and they went singing from home to home. In Wales, wooden love spoons were carved and given as gifts on February 14th. Hearts, keys and keyholes were favorite decorations on the spoons. The decoration meant, "You unlock my heart!" In the Middle Ages, young men and women drew names from a bowl to see who their valentines would be. They would wear these names on their sleeves for one week. To wear your heart on your sleeve now means that it is easy for other people to know how you are feeling. In some countries, a young womanmay receive a gift of clothing from a young man. If she keeps the gift, it means she will marry him. Some people used to believe that if a woman saw a robin flying overhead on Valentine's Day, it meant she would marry a sailor. If she saw a sparrow, she would marry a poor man and be very happy. If she saw a goldfinch, she would marry a millionaire.A love seat is a wide chair. It was first made to seat one woman and her wide dress. Later, the love seat or courting seat had two sections, often in an S-shape. In this way, a couple could sit together -- but not too closely! Think of five or six names of boys or girls you might marry. As you twist the stem of an apple, recite the names until the stem comes off. You will marry the person whose name you were saying when the stem fell off. Pick a dandelion that has gone to seed. Take a deep breath and blow the seeds into the wind. Count the seeds that remain on the stem. That is the number of children you will have. If you cut an apple in half and count how many seeds are inside, you will also know how many children you will have.1. According to the passage, who would dress up on Valentine's Day hundreds of years ago in England?2. What are NOT mentioned as the favorite decorations on the carved spoons?3. According to the passage, what kind of person would a woman marry if she saw4. Why was a love seat made?5. According to the passage, when a woman twists the stem of an apple, what does the woman want to see?1.(T) To wear your heart on your sleeve means that it's easy for other people to know how you are feeling.2. (T) If a woman keeps the gift of clothing from a young man, it means that she will marry him.3. (F) A love seat was made in an S-shape for a couple to sit on comfortably.4. (F) Nowadays, we think that if a woman sees a sparrow flying overhead on Valentine's Day, she will marry a poor man and be very happy.5. ( T ) According to the passage, you can guess how many children you will have with the help of an apple or a dandelion.PART C1) 1947 2) Yale Law School 3) a brave face 4) family life 5) stood by 6) on her husband's behalf 7) highlight 8) the White House9) relationship 10) her marriage 11)all Americans 12) the First Lady 13) 1996 14) lawfirm15) public stage 16)everybody 17) the same thing 18) in private 19) public responsibilities 20) a true home。
新世纪研究生公共英语听力lesson1到7课的听力原文
Lesson OnePassage 1 American MusicOne of America's most important exports is her modern music. American music is played all over the world. It is enjoyed by people of all ages in every country. Although the lyrics are in English, people who don't speak English can enjoy it too. The reasons for its popularity are its fast pace and rhythmic beat.Music has many origins in the United States. Country music, coming from the rural areas in the southern United States, is one source. Count music features simple themes and melodies describing day-to-day situations and the feelings of country people. Many people appreciate this music because of the emotions expressed by country music songs.A second origin of American pop music is the blues. It depicts mostly sad feeling reflecting the difficult lives of American blacks. It is usually played and sung by black musicians, but it is popular with all Americans.Rock music is a newer form of music. This music style, featuring fast and repetitious rhythms, was influenced by the blues and country music. It was first known as rock-and-roll in the 1950s. Since then, there have been many forms of rock music: hard rock, soft rock and others. Many performers of rock music are young musicians.American pop music is marketed to a demanding audience. Now pop songs are heard on the radio several times a day. Some songs have become popular all over the world. People hear these songs sung in their original English or sometimes translated into other languages. The words may differ but the enjoyment of the music is universal.Passage 2 Music in Different CulturesIn western culture, music is regarded as good by birth, and sounds that are welcome are said to be "music to the ears". In some other cultures, for example, the lslamic culture, it is of little value, associated with sin and evil, In the West and in the high cultures of Asia, it is said that there are three types of music. First classical music, composed and performed by trained professionals originally under the support of courts and religious establishments; second, folk music, shared by the population at large and passed on orally; and third, popular music, performed by professionals, spread through radio, television, records, film, and print, and consumed by the mass public.Music is a major component in religious services, theater, and entertainment of all sorts. The most universal use of music is as a part of religious rituals. In some tribal societies, music appears to serve as a special form of communication with supernatural beings, and its prominent use in modern Christian and Jewish servicesmay be the leftover of just such an original purpose. Another less obvious function of music is social adherence. For most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol. Members of most societies share keen feelings as to what kind of music they "belong to": Indeed, some minorities including, in the U.S.A., black Americans and Euro-American groups use music as a major symbol of group identity. Music also symbolizes military, patriotic and funerary moods and events. In a more general sense, music may express fifes central social values of a society. In western culture, the interrelationship of conductor and orchestra symbolizes the need for strong cooperation among various kinds of specialists in a modern industrial society. Passage 3Music comes in many forms; many countries have a style of their own. Poland has its folk music. Hungary has its czardas. Argentina is famous for the tango. The U.S. is known for just a type of music that has gained worldwide popularity.Jazz is American's contribution to popular music. While classical music follows formal European tradition, jazz is a rather free form. It is full of energy, expressing the moods, interests, and emotions of the people. In the 1920s jazz sounded like America. And so it does today.The origins of jazz are as interesting as the music itself. Jazz was invented by black Americans, who were brought to the southern states as slaves.They were sold to farm owners and forced to work long hours in the cotton and tobacco fields. The work was hard and life was short, When a slaver died his friends and relatives would gather and carry the body to have a ceremony before they buried him.There was always a band with them. On the way to the ceremony, the band played slow solemn music suitable for the situation. But on the way home, the mood changed. Spirits lifted. Everyone was happy. Death had removed one of their members, but the living were glad to be alive. The band played happy music. This music made everyone want to dance. This was an early form of jazz.Music has always been important to African-Americans. The people, who were unwillingly brought to America from West Africa, had a rich musical tradition. In the fields, they made up work songs. Singing made the hard work go faster. And when they accepted Christianity, these songs became lovely spirituals, which have become an everlasting part of American music.Lesson TwoPassage 1 Holidays in Britain and the UsPeople in the US get a two-week paled vacation from their job every year. Most British people have four or five weeks paid holiday a year. Americans often complain that two weeks are not enough, especially when they hear about the longerholidays that Europeans enjoy. In addition, there are eight days in each European country, which are public holidays (the British call them Bank Holidays) and many of these fall on a Monday, giving people along weekend.What do people do in Britain and the US when they are on holidays? In the US, outdoor vacations are popular, for example, at the Grand Canyon, Yellowstone or other national parks and forests. Young people may go walking or camping in the mountains. Many people have small trailers in which to travel, or if they have a car, they may stay at motets on the journey, Disneyland and Disneyworld are also popular. In addition, people can go skiing in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, Wyoming and Montana. Some children go to summer camp for a holiday during the summer vacation from school, where they do special activities, such as sports or crafts. When Americans want a holiday for fun in the sun, they usually go to Florida, Hawaii, Mexico or the Caribbean. They may go to Europe for culture, for example, to see art, plays, and places of historic interest.In Britain, many people like to go to the seaside for holidays. There are places near the sea, such as Black pool, Scarborough and Bournemouth, where there is plenty to do, even when it rains. People also like to go to the countryside, especially to walk, in places like Scotland, Wales and the Lake District. When the British go abroad they usually want to go somewhere warm. Spain and the Spanish islands of Majorea and Lbiza are popular, as are other places in southern Europe. For skiing, people often go to the Alps.Passage 2 Welcoming the New YearEvery country in the world celebrates New '(ear but not everyone does it on the same day. The countries of North and South America and Europe welcome the New Year on January l, This practice’ began with the Romans. Julius Caesar, a Raman ruler, changed the date of the New Year from the first day of March to the first day of January. In the Middle East, New Year is on the day when spring begins. People in China celebrate it on the Spring Festival, which is the first day of their lunar calendar. The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19. Rosh Hashanah, which is the Jewish New Year, comes at the end of summer.In all of these cultures, there is a tradition of making noise. People made noise in ancient times to drive away the evil spirits from home. Today many people do it with fireworks. In Japan, people go from house to house making noise with drums and bamboo sticks. Young people in Denmark throw broken pieces of jars or pots against the sides of friends' houses.In the United States, many people stay up until midnight on New Year's Eve to watch the clock pass from one year to the next. Friends often gather together at a party on New Year's Eve, and when the New Year comes, all ring bells, blow horns,blow whistles, and kiss each other.In many European countries, families start the new year by first attending church service, which is followed by paying calls to friends and relatives. Italian boys and girls receive gifts of money on New Year's Day.New Year's Day is more joyful than Christmas in France and Scotland. In these countries Christmas is a religious holiday only, while the New Year is the time for gift-giving, parties, and visits.Passage 3 The Spring FestivalThe Spring Festival is the most important festival for the Chinese. It comes on the first day of the first month according to Chinese lunar calendar. It marks the beginning of a new year. It is also an occasion for family reunion. Family members and relatives get together to say goodbye to the old year and greet the new one. Guonian means "passing the year. People start preparing for it half a month before it comes. They clean their houses thoroughly, decorate them and even paint them; they buy new clothes for children, and they prepare food for the big feast on the eve of the festival. On the eve of the festival, the whole extended family comes together for a big dinner.Dumplings are a must for this festival dinner in northern China, while for southerners niangao - a sticky sweet rice pudding - is the traditional food for this occasion. People stay up until midnight chatting, playing mahjong or watching TV. At the turn of the old and the New Year, people used to let off firecrackers to greet the arrival of the New Year, In the old days people believed setting off firecrackers could drive away the evil spirits.But now, people make phone calls or send messages on mobile phones to exchange New Year's greetings. Early in the morning, children greet their parents and are given Hongbao - cash tucked inside red envelopes. The Lantern Festival, on the 15th of the first month according to the lunar calendar, is considered the formal end of the Spring Festival. It is an occasion of lantern displays and folk dances everywhere. One typical food is Yuanxiao - dumplings made of sweet rice rolled into balls with all sorts of filling. The Spring Festival is a national holiday. For most people, it lasts seven days. In the past, people stayed with their families at home. Few traveled during the holiday. Nowadays things have changed.Lesson ThreePassage 1 World Trade OrganizationEstablished on January l, 1995, World Trade Organization is the successor to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). It exists to promote a free-market international trade system. The WTO promotes trade by:1. reducing tariffs;2. prohibiting import or export bans or quotas;3. eliminating discrimination against foreign products and services;4. eliminating other impediments to trade, commonly called "non-tariff trade barriers".The WTO currently has 134 member countries, accounting for over 90% of world trade. Over 30 0thers are negotiating membership. The WTO's top level decision-making body is the ministerial conference which meets at least once ever3r two years, Over three-quarters of WTO members are developing countries. Special provisions for these members are included in the WTO agreements. GATT is now the WTO's principal rule book.Decisions are made by the entire membership by consensus or majority vote. The WTO's agreements have been ratified in all members' parliaments. If a trade barrier is found to be unfair, the WTO can authorize the imposition of trade sanctions to force a change in that country's law. The WTO exempts trade barriers which are designed to conserve natural resources or protect health.Critics say the WTO agreements are skewed in favor of rich countries. The West may preach trade liberalization, but it has used negotiations to prize third world markets while keeping its own barriers intact.Passage 2President Jiang Zemin said on November 16, 2000 that in the development of a “New Economy”, it is essential to take advantage of the latest developments in science and technology. He made this address at the eighth informal meeting of leaders of the APEC forum. He explained that the "New Economy" refers to the kind of economy initiated and sustained by new technologies and hi-tech industries. "The advancement of technology, led by IT and bio-technology industries, is giving rise to a new industrial revolution", Jiang said.Developing countries are faced with the difficult tasks of both transforming their traditional industries and developing new industries, Jiang noted, adding that the continued expansion of the "digital dude" has widened the wealth gap between North and South and may trigger new imbalances in the world economy."Against the background of accelerated economic globalization and the dynamic progress of science and technology, we must facilitate cooperation between developed and developing countries on exchanges of human resources, technology and infrastructure, and we must help countries develop independently to narrow the North-South gap.""Today, the development, application and impact of science and technology far transcend national boundaries. For example, every major breakthrough made in the human genome projects a crystallization of cooperation between scientists from a number of countries. Only when applied in a global context can the achievements ofscience and technology benefit people", Jiang said. He also noted that economic globalization should stress the popularization of scientific and technological knowledge.The protection of intellectual property rights should be guided by market rules in such a way that the rules will be helpful to the spread of scientific and technological knowledge, so that all countries may benefit, he added.Passage 3 The American Economic SystemAn important factor in a market-oriented economy is the mechanism by which consumer demands can be expressed and responded to by producers. In the American economy, this mechanism is provided by a price system, a process in which prices rise and fall in response to the relative demands of consumers and the supplies offered by seller-producers. If the product is in short supply relative to the demand, the price will be a bit up and some consumers will be eliminated from the market. If, on the other hand, producing more of a commodity results in reducing its cost, this will tend to increase the supply offered by seller-producers, which in turn will lower the price and permit more consumers to buy the product. Thus, price is the regulating mechanism in the American economic system.The important factor in an economy of private ownership is that individuals are allowed to own productive resources (private property), and they are permitted to hire labor, gain control over natural resources, and produce goods and sew ices for sale at a profit. In the American economy, the concept of private property embraces not only the ownership of productive resources but also certain rights, including the right to determine the price of a product or to make a free contract with another private individual.Lesson 4Passage 1 Higher Education in the United StatesSince 1945 more than one million students from all over the world have studied in the United States. In a recent single year, there were more than 150,000 foreign students who came to the United States' institutions of higher learning. They were welcomed and most were successful in their academic studies. Foreign students who study in the United States benefit a lot from the American educational system.Three developments that today's students are benefiting from started more than a century ago following the Civil War. The first of these was the rapid growth of technological and professional education to meet the urgent demands of a complex industrial and urban society. New schools of technology, engineering architecture, law and medicine flourished, The second was the provision for graduate study, suchas what had long existed in France and Germany. Harvard and John Hopkins Universities quickly took the lead in this field, but the state universities did not lag far behind. The third was the increased provision for the education of women. This included the establishment of new women's colleges, such as Vassar, Wellesley and Smith, and the adoption of co-education in all the new state universities as well as in many private institutions.These developments, the growth of technological and professional education, the provision for graduate study, and the increased educational opportunities for women, began over a century ago following the end of the Civil War.Passage 2 Education in CanadaCanada's per capita spending on education is among the world's highest. All provinces have compulsory education laws requiring that students attend school until the age of fifteen or sixteen, Elementary education includes kindergarten through the eighth grade. Canada's bilingual and bicultural heritage has had, and continues to have, a profound effect on the educational system. Since 1985, the province of Ontario has maintained publicly funded Roman Catholic and French-Language schools from kindergarten through the twelfth grade in addition to the English-Language schools. Saskatchewan and Alberta also support separate Roman Catholic schools. Quebec Province maintains a dual school system - Protestant and Catholic, each has its own school board.Higher education in Canada is offered in a variety of forms, Entrance requirements vary from one province to another. The traditional universities offer three-year general degree programs and four-year honors degree programs emphasizing a specialization. Seven of the universities are French-speaking while the others are English. All the traditional universities are concerned about the relationship between their curricula, the economy and society. Graduates in recent years have faced considerable difficulty in finding employment.The Canadian provinces maintain junior colleges, community colleges, and technical institutes. They provide a variety of courses, often short-term, that cater to individual interests. These include subjects of current events and calligraphy. Adult education has become increasingly oracular in Canada in recent years. Almost all institutions offer some adult education courses.Passage 3Millions of people are enrolled in evening adult education programs across America, Community colleges have become popular and their enrollments have increased rapidly. Large universities are offering more courses in the evenings for adult students. In this way, the demand for more education is being met. One reasonfor this is that many older people are changing their professions. They are looking for different careers. Another reason is that repair costs have increased, Adults are taking courses like plumbing and electrical repair. In this way they hope that the high costs for repairs can be avoided. Advanced technology is the most important factor for the rise in adult education. Engineers, teachers and business people are taking adult education classes. They have found that more education is needed to do their jobs well. Various courses are offered. Computers and business courses are taken by many adult students. Foreign languages, accounting and communication courses are also popular. Some students attend classes to earn degrees. Others take courses for the knowledge and skills that they can receive. The lives of many people have been enriched because of adult education.Lesson 5Passage 1 Housing Options in the United StatesFinding the right place to live in can help ensure a most rewarding experience in-the United States for international students. Depending on your situation: whether you are here alone or with a family, the duration of your stay, the amount of privacy you would like, anything from living on campus in a residence hall to private accommodation in a motel could suit your needs. As an ESL student, your housing may or may not be included in the study program. The basic choice to make is whether to live on or off campus. There are advantages and disadvantages to both.The advantages of living on campus are as follows: you will have a furnished room, easy access to campus facilities such as libraries, computer labs, sports facilities and cafeterias, access to social activities and peers, and maximum interaction with other students. Eating on campus is usually cheaper, and you don’t have to worry about transportation to and from classes. There are also some disadvantages. You may be sharing a bedroom with other students, so you will not have much privacy. You must be flexible when living with others.The advantages of living off campus are as follows: you will have privacy, more real world experiences, your own bathroom and kitchen facilities, and furnished rooms, It is possible to have visitors at any time and suitable for students with their families. However, there are some disadvantages. The rooms are not always furnished. Unless you are living with a host family, there is a lack of spontaneous social activities with people. And transportation is inconvenient. You may waste time rn transit to and from classes.Passage 2 Living on CampusAll students are required to live in the Residence Hall, which provides students with good opportunities to make friends, meet each other and enjoy a wonderfulcampus life. The Student Residence Hall is situated on the campus within short walking distance from the library, study rooms, computer science center and recreational facilities. Students will also have convenient access to the sea and other places of interest in the area. They will have quite a different life while walking along the beach, visiting places off-campus and looking for fun.At present, about 60 rooms are available and each accommodates 3 students. All rooms are fully furnished with bookshelves, cupboards, desks, one telephone, one TV and modern outlets. A shared washroom and bathroom are provided on each floor, and both have considerable facilities. There is a laundry with several washing machines on the first floor. Bedding is provided and each week a clean linen change will be arranged.A group of well-trained staff are responsible to see that all public areas are clean at all times. Security guards are always on watch on the first floor to answer questions and complaints and guarantee the safety of every resident.The Dining Hall is on the second floor of the building. Both students and the college faculty are encouraged to have meals in the College Dining Hall. Breakfast, lunch and supper are all offered and a great variety of nutritious and healthy Chinese foods also available.A small cafe is open everyday from 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. on the third floor. Here you can find a very romantic and elegant place for sampling western food, drinking coffee or other beverages and talking to friends. Both food and service are standard.Passage 3 Academic Levels and CreditsAcademic LevelsA first-year college or university student is commonly known as a "freshman", whereas "sophomore", "junio", and "senior" designate second-, third- and fourth-year students. Collectively, these students are called "undergraduates"; students in the first two years are called "underclassmen" and in the last two years "upperclassmen". Successful completion of four years of undergraduate study entitles the student to a bachelor's degree, which is the prerequisrte for admission to graduate school. Students who begin college studies in two-year colleges earn an associate's degree and may transfer to the appropriate level of a bachelor's degree program.CreditsUndergraduate academic progress in higher education in the United States is usually measured in units called "credits", -credit hours", or "points". In schools on the semester system a credit is defined as one hour of classroom instruction, or two or three hours of laboratory experience per week for a semester. Most studentsnormally take 15 0r 16 credits a semester, but some take 17 or 18.For instructions on the quarter system, a "quarter hour" of credit is defined in the same way, but based on the 10-week term as previously noted. Three quarter credits are therefore the equivalent of two semester credits and represent the same amount of academic accomplishment. The total number of credits taken in a term is often called the class load.Ordinarily 60 or 64 semester credits are required for a two-year associate degree and 120 to 128 credits for the four-year bachelors.Lesson 6Passage 1 The Sound of BirdsThe sound of birds can be divided into three types including singing, crying and voice imitating. Singing is normally a continuous multi-syllable melody uttered by the birds and controlled by sex hormones. Some sorts of singing are quite melodious and pleasant. During the breeding cycle, the changing and pleasant cries of male birds are typical songs. Singing is an important way for a bird to defend its territory, to pronounce it has occupied a place and to warn other birds not to enter the area. The singing variety of birds' songs are different and more complicated than their common cries, which mainly happen in the breeding cycle in spring and summer. Cries are not controlled by sex hormones and can be uttered by both male and female birds. Usually bird cries are short and simple. But they can mean a lot. They are used to communicate with one another and to warn one another about dangers. The cries of birds can express calling, waming, surprise and threat. Sometimes it is very difficult to distinguish crying from singing. Generally speaking, cries are not affected by the change of seasons and can be made by all birds. Crying is an important way for birds to communicate with one another. V oice imitating birds imitate the crying or voice of other birds. The biological cause of voice imitating is not clear even now and it is highly probable that it will take a long time for people to discover the mystery.Passage 2 Fun Facts about Giant PandasHigh in dense bamboo forests in the misty, rainy mountains of southwestern China lives one of the world's rarest mammals: the giant panda. Only about l,000 0f these black-and-white ralatives of bears survive in the wild.Pandas eat almost nothing but bamboo shoots and leaves. Occasionally they eat other plants, fish, or small animals, but bamboo accounts for 99 percent of their diets.Pandas eat fast, they eat a lot, and they spend about 12 hours a day doing it. The reason is very simple. They digest only about a fifth of what they eat. Moreover,bamboo is not very nutritious. The shoots and leaves are the most valuable parts of the plants, so that's what a well-fed panda concentrates on eating. To stay healthy, they have to eat a lot - up to 15 percent of their body weight within 12 hours - so they eat fast.There are many species of bamboo. Only a few of these grow at the high altitudes where pandas live today. A panda should have at least two bamboo species where it lives, or it will starve.Giant pandas used to be able to move quite easily from one mountaintop to another in search of food. Nowadays the valleys are mostly inhabited by people. Pandas are shy; they are afraid to go into areas where people live. This confines pandas to very finited areas. As people continue to farm, cut trees, and develop land higher and higher up the mountain slopes, the pandas' habitat continues to become smaller.And sometimes, when all the bamboo in their area dies off naturally, pandas starve because they're unable to move to new areas where other bamboo species thrive.Conservation organizations, Chinese govemment officials and scientists are continuing to work toward solving the panda isolation problem. Maintaining "bamboo corridors" - strips of peaceful land through which pandas can travel from mountain to mountain freely - is one of the many ideas that may help save the giant panda.Passage 3 HummingbirdsIf you are lucky enough, you may find the hummingbird, the smallest bird in the animal kingdom, in a South American forest.Though the hummingbird is not bigger than a bee and weighs only 2 or 3 grams, it can fly as fast as 50 meters in a second. It can fly forwards as most birds do, and it can fly backwards as well. The strangest thing about it, however, is that it can stay still in the air, just like a helicopter.Whenever a hummingbird needs food, it will fly slowly towards a flower. It won't stand on the flower, as bees would, but just hangs over the flower and then begins to suck the honey from inside the flower with its needle-like beak.The hummingbird is very particular in designing and building its nest. It takes great pains in choosing the right materials, preferring soft ones to hard ones. Its eggs are so small that a common match box can hold as many as one hundred of them. Lesson 7Passage 1 Art in HospitalsThe medical world is gradually realizing that the quality of the environment in。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(上)【全】原文、解析、答案
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(上)听力原文Lesson 1 Music1. M: By the way, Jane, did you talk to the consultant顾问about our new health program?W: I contacted联系his office but his secretary said he would (be out for)试图得到lunch until two.Q: What does the woman mean?B. she couldn’t talk to the consultant before two2. W: We need to let everyone know about the charity [ˈtʃæriti] n. 慈爱concert, but we don't have much money for advertising.M: How about using the school radio station? They broadcast free public service服务announcements. 通告Q: What does the man suggest they do?c. Ask the school radio station for help3. W: I don't understand why this self-study自学book doesn't have answers to the questions.M: But it does. You can find them at the back of the book.Q: What does the man say about the self-study book?d. the book does include the answer4. M: The new sales manager says he has never met you before.W: We've been introduced about three times. He seems a little forgetful.Q: What do we learn about the new sales manager?B. He probably has a poor memory5. M: Have you had the brakes[breik] n制动器; 闸; 刹车. and tires checked? And do you have enough money?W: I have taken care of everything. And I'm sure it's going to be a wonderful极好的, 精彩的, 绝妙的trip.Q: What's the woman going to do?D. spend some time travelling6. M: I've had my new stereo立体声for a whole week, but I haven't yet figured out想到how to record music.W: Didn't an instruction manual [ˈmænjuəl] 手册形式的,像手册的;教范性质的come with it?Q: What does the woman imply?B the man should refer to the instruction manual7. W: I want to pay you for that long-distance call I made. But, I suppose you haven't gotten your phone bill yet,M: Oh, but I have.Q: What does the man mean?A he has received his telephone bill.8. M: Professor Smith assigned us three more novels to read.W: He must think you don't have any other classes.Q: What can be inferred about Professor Smith?B he assigns too much work9. M: Let's go watch the fireworks烟花tonight.W: I have tickets to the theater.Q: What plan does the man has that night?B he’ll go and watch the fireworks10. M: I am exhausted筋疲力尽的. I stayed up熬夜the whole night studying for my history midterm exam.W: Why do you always wait till the last minute?Q: What can be inferred about the man?A he had bad study habits11. M: I'll be coming straight from work, so I'll have to pack包装;捆扎a change of clothes.W: It's only a barbecue [ˈbɑ:bikju:] (常用于室外的)金属烤架. Jeans and T-shirts will be fine.Q: What does the woman imply?D Casual dress will be appropriate12. W: I'm going to the snack [snæk] 小吃; 点心; 快餐bar for a cup of coffee. Would you like me to bring you back something?M: Not from the snack bar, but could you pick up a paper for me?Q: What does the man mean?C he wants her to get him a newspaper13. M: I don't understand how this budget was calculated[ˈkælkjuleit] 计算, 估计, 核算.W: Let me have a look, OK?Q: What does the woman mean?C she’ll try to see what method was used14. W: We need a fourth player for tennis this morning. Do you want to join us?M: I've got a class at nine, but Carol is free and she is really good.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?B ask Carol to play tennis15. W: Have you saved enough to buy that new printer for your computer yet?M: You know, money seems to be burning a hole in my pocket lately. Maybe next month.Q: What does the man likely to do the following month?A he is likely to buy a new printer the following month.Passage II: American MusicOne of America's most important exports出口is her modern music. American music is played all over the world. It is enjoyed by the people of all ages in all countries. Although the lyrics ['liriks] 歌词are English, people not speaking English can enjoy it too. The reasons for its popularity普遍,流行; are its fast pace [peis步子;节奏and rhythmic [ˈrɪðmɪk] 有韵律的, 有节奏的beat[bi:t]节拍, 拍子.The music has many origins [ˈɔridʒin]起点; 来源in the United States. Country music, coming from the rural农村的,乡村的areas in the southern United States, is one source来源, 出处. Country music features以…为物色是…特征simple themes 题目,主题,and melodies 曲调, 歌曲describing day-to-day situations形势; 情况and the feelings of country people. Many people appreciate欣赏, 赏识, this music because of the emotions 情感,感情expressed by country music songs.A second origin of American popular music is the blues[blu:z]布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲. It depicts描述mostly sad feelings reflecting表达; 反映the difficult lives of American blacks. It is usually played and sung by black musicians, but it is popular with all Americans. (Rock music)摇滚音乐is a newer form of music. This music style风格, featuring .以…为物色是…特征fast and repetitious重复的;反复的rhythms节奏, was influenced by the blues布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲and country music. It was first known as rock-and-roll in the 1950s. Since then there have been many forms of rock music: hard rock, soft rock, and others. Many performers of popular music are young musicians. American popular music is marketed在市场上出售某物to a demanding(顾客的)需求、需要audience观众, 听众; 读者. Now popular songs are heard on the radio several times a day. Some songs have become popular all over the world. People hear these songs sung in their original起初的; 原来的English or sometimes translated into other languages. The words may differ but the enjoyment of the music is universal普遍的.1. Which group of people enjoy American music?D All of the above2. Why is American music so popular in all countries?D Because it has a fast pace and rhythmic beat3. What can be learned from the passage?C The blues is usually played by black musicians4. What do you know from the passage?C Rock music was influenced by the blues and country music5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?C The words of songs differ, and so does the enjoyment of American pop musicPassage III: Music in Different CulturesIn western culture music is regarded as good by birth 在血统上,生来, and sounds that are welcome are said to be "music to the ears". In some other cultures文化-- for example, Islamic伊斯兰的,伊斯兰教的culture -- it is of little value, associated (使)发生联系, (使)联合; 结交, 结伙with sin [sin]罪恶, 罪孽and evil罪恶. In the West and in the high cultures of Asia, it is said that there are three types of music. First, classical古典的, 经典的music, composed 组成, 构成and performed bytrained professionals具有某专业资格的人, 专业人士originally最初under the support of courts 宫廷, 宫室and religious宗教的establishments建立, 确立; second, folk music民间音乐, shared by the population at large and passed on传递; 传授orally口头上地,口述地, and third, popular music, performed by professionals, spread (使)传播, (使)散布through radio, television, records, film, and print, and consumed消耗,耗尽by the mass public.Music is a major component成分, 组成部分, 部件, 元件in religious宗教的services, theater剧场,戏院,, and entertainment娱乐, 文娱节目, 表演会of all sorts. The most universal use of music is as a part of religious rituals仪式. In some tribal [ˈtraɪbəl] 部落的societies, music appears to serve as a special form of communication with supernatural超自然的;鬼、神或幻术所引起的beings, and its prominent显著的; 突出的use in modern Christian基督教徒and Jewish犹太人的;犹太教徒的services may be the leftover of just such an original原始的purpose. Another less obvious function of music is social adherence遵守;遵循;坚持. For most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol象征, 标志. Members of most societies share keen热衷的, 热心的, feelings as to what kind of music they "belong to". Indeed, some minorities少数, 小部分including, in the U. S.A., black Americans and Euro-American groups use music as a major symbol of group identity身份. Music also symbolizes象征;作为…的象征military军事的, 军用的;, patriotic [ˌpætriˈɔtik]爱国的, 有爱国心的and funeral葬礼, 丧礼moods心情, 情绪and events. In a more general普遍的, 全面的; sense, music may express the central最重要的, 主要的, 首要social values of a society. In western culture, the interrelationship相互关系of conductor and orchestra [ˈɔ:kistrə]管弦乐队symbolizes the need for strong cooperation合作, 协作among various kinds of specialists 专家, 行家in a modern industrial society. 1. In what culture is music regarded as good by birth?C In Western culture2. Which of the following is performed by professionals?B Classical music and popular music3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?C Music is a special form of communication with supernatural being in Asia4. According to the passage, what is the most universal use of music?D Religious ritual 宗教仪式5. Which of the following is NOT symbolized 象征by music?D FriendshipLesson 2 Holidays1. M: Do you still want to go to the graduate研究生的school after you get out of college?W: I've changed my mind about that. I want to start working before I go back to school.Q: What does the woman mean?B She ‘s not going to graduated school immediately after graduation.2. M: We've got a whole hour before the Browns come by来串门, 来访to pick us up安排接取; 使搭乘; 搭救.W: Yeah. But we'd better get moving赶快;快些开始.Q: What does the woman suggest they do?A Hurry3. M: I'm thinking of getting a new printer.W: I'd invest in在…上投资, 在…投入(时间、精力等) a laser [ˈleizə激光] printer. The print quality is much better.Q: What does the woman mean?C The man should buy a high- quality printer.4. W: I've got a coupon [ˈku:pɔn] 配给券;(购物)票证;(购物)优惠券for half-off五折dinner at that new restaurant down the street. I think I'll use it when my cousin [ˈkʌzn]堂[表]兄弟[姊妹] comes for a visit this weekend.M: Where did you get it? I wouldn't mind(trying that place out too)试验.Q: What does the man want to know?C Where the woman got coupon5. W: What's Laura doing here today? I thought she was supposed 料想; 猜想; 以为to be out of离开了the office on Mondays.W: She decided she'd rather have Fridays off instead. Q: What can be inferred about Laura?A She has changed her schedule6. M: I need to find a new roommate <英>室友,住在同室的人.W: So John's going to California after all.Q: What can be inferred from the conversation?B the man’s current roommate is moving7. M: My math assignment's工作, 任务due 到期的tomorrow morning and I haven't even started it yet. W: I'll miss想念, 惦记you at the party tonight.Q: What does the woman imply?D the man won’t be able to go to the party8. W: Those packages包, 包裹, 包在一起的东西took forever长久地;(与动词进行时连用)老是,没完没了地to arrive.M: But they did arrive, didn't they?Q: What does the man say about the packages?B They eventually arrived9. M: My parents are coming to see our apartment一套房间, 一户this weekend.W: Looks as if I'd better lend you my vacuum[ˈvækjuəm]〈口〉真空吸尘器cleaner 净化器then. Q: What does the woman imply?D The man’s apartment is dirty10. M: Sarah, did you have a chance to buy that new novel you wanted?W: No, but I had Doris get it for me.Q: What does Sarah say about the novel?D Doris purchased it for her11. M: I've been waiting all week for this concert. The philharmonic [filɑ:ˈmɔnik]交响乐团is supposed to be excellent and with our student discoun [ˈdiskaunt]数目, 折扣t the tickets will be really cheap.W: Uh -- uh, I'm afraid I left my student ID in my other purse钱包.Q: What does the woman imply? 暗示, 暗指C She won’t be able to get the student discount12. M: The university bookstore opens at 9 in the morning.W: Oh, dear. I need a textbook教科书, 课本for my eight o'clock class today.Q: What does the woman mean?A She won’t be able to get the book before class13. M: The storm暴风雨[雪] last night damaged some of the neighbor's roofs.W: no wonder不足为奇.Q: What is the woman reaction to the man says?C She isn’t surprised14. M: You've certainly无疑地; 确定地;肯定地been reading that one page for a long time now.W: Well, I'm being tested on it tomorrow.Q: What does the woman imply暗示?C she needs to read the page carefully15. W: Another thing we need to do is show the new students around town. You know, show them all the sights视野;风景of the area.M: I don't see why we need to do that ourselves. I understand the visitors' center offers a wonderful bus tour旅行, 观光Q: What does the man suggest they do?B Send the new students on a bus tour of cityPART BPassage I:People in the US get a two-week paid有报酬的;领取报酬的vacation from their job every year. Most British people have four or five weeks paid holiday a year. Americans often complain抱怨, 诉苦; 投诉that two weeks is not enough especially when they hear about the longer holidays that Europeans enjoy. In addition, there are eight days in each European country, which are public holidays (the British call Bank Holiday) and many of these fall on落到, 轮到a Monday giving people a long weekend.What do people do in Britain and the US when they are on holidays? In the US, outdoor vacations are popular, for example, at the Grand Canyon峡谷or Yellowstone or other national parks or forests. Young people may go walking or camping 宿营, 露营in the mountains. Many people have small trailers拖车, 挂车in which to travel, or if they are in a car, they may stay at motels汽车旅馆on the journey旅行; 行程;. Disneyland and Disney world are also popular and people can go skiing in the Rocky洛矶Mountains of Colorado科罗拉多州, Wyoming怀俄明州and Montana蒙大纳(美国州名). Some children go to summer camp for a holiday during the summer vacation from school, where they do special activities, such as sports or crafts技巧;技能;技艺. When Americans want a holiday for fun in the sun, they usually go to Florida, Hawaii, Mexico or the Caribbean. They may go to Europe for culture, for example, to see art, plays, and places of historic历史上著名(或重要)的interest.In Britain, many people like to go to the seaside for holidays. There are places near the sea, such as Backpool, Scarborough斯卡波罗and Bournemouth伯恩茅斯, where there is plenty充裕, 大量, 富庶to do even when it rains. People also like to go to the country, especially to walk, in places like Scotland, Wales and the Lake湖泊District. When the British go abroad they usually want to go somewhere warm. Spain and the Spanish islands of Majorea and Ibiza伊比沙岛are popular as are other places in southern Europe. For skiing, people often go to the Alps阿尔卑斯山.1. How long a paid vacation can Americans enjoy every year?A Two weeks2. How many days are there about public holidays for Europeans in a year?C Eight days3. Where do Americans usually go for fun in the sun?D Florida4. Where do Americans usually spend their holidays for culture?C Europe5. British people usually go to Spain for holidays. What for?B For skiingPassage II:Every country in the world celebrates New Year but not everyone does it on the same day. The countries of North and South America and Europe welcome the New Yearon January 1. This practice began with the Romans. Julius Caesar, a Roman ruler, changed the date of the New Year from the first day of March to the first day of January. In the Middle East, New Year is on the day when spring begins. People in China celebrate it on the Spring Festival, which is the first day of their lunar[ˈlju:nə] 月的, 月球的;按阴历的calendar[ˈkælində]日历, 月历. The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19. Rosh Hashana犹太新年, which is the Jewish New Year, comes at the end of summer.In all of these cultures, there is a tradition of making noise. People made noise in ancient times to drive away the evil邪恶的, 坏的,恶毒的spirits神灵, 幽灵from home. Today ,many people do it with fire-works. In Japan, people go from house to house making noise with drums 鼓, 鼓状物and bamboo竹, 竹竿sticks棍, 棒. Young people in Denmark丹麦throw broken pieces of jars罐子, 广口瓶or pots against the sides of friends' houses.In the United States, many people stay up until midnight on New Year's Eve前日, 前夕to watch the clock pass from one year to the next. Friends often gather together at a party on New Year's Eve, and when the New Year comes, all ring环状物, 圆圈bells钟, 铃,电铃, blow吹horns[hɔ:n]号, 号角, blow whistle哨子, 汽笛songs, and kiss each other.In many European countries, families start the new year by first attending church services, which is followed by paying calls on friends and relatives. Italian boys and girls receive gifts of money on New Year's Day.New Year's Day is more joyful快乐的, 高兴的than Christmas圣诞节in France and Scotland. In these countries Christmas is a religious holiday only, while the New Year is the time for gifts-giving, parties, and visits.1. Who changed the date of the New Year from March 1 to January 17A Roman ruler2. When does the Jewish New Year begin?D At the end of summer 3. Why did people make noise in ancient times when they celebrated the New Year?D To drive a way evil spirits from their home4. According to the speaker, how do the children in Denmark celebrate the New Year?A They throw broken piece of jars or pots against the sides of friends’ houses5. In which country do children receive gifts of money on New Year's Day?B Italyimportant festival of the year in France.Lesson 3 Economy1. W: The report says all departments are making a profit except the Asian department.M: Well, Mr. Smith seems to be the wrong person to head that department. One more step wrong and he will be removed from that office.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?A.Mr.Smith will be replaced if he makes another mistake.2. W: During the last thunderstorm, I noticed several leaks in my bedroom ceiling and they really caused a mess.M: Maybe you have some broken tiles. I have the phone number of a good roofing company that could do a good repair job for you at a reasonable price.Q: What can we conclude from this conversation?A.The roof of the woman’s house needs to be repaired.3. W: How did you do on the math exam, John?M: I barely made it. It was just a passing score but better than I had expected.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?B.John did better than he thought he was able to.4. M: I wonder what makes Mother so upset these days? W: Father is canceling his vacation trip. He promised to take her abroad last year, but the company is again asking father to postpone his vacation.Q: Why is their mother unhappy?A.Their father is unable to keep his promise.5. W: Friday's speaker is supposed to be wonderful. Are you attending the seminar that day?M: Yes, but I haven't been able to get a ticket yet. Since the lecture is open to the public, I imagine the tickets may have already been sold out.Q: Why is the man afraid he won't be able to attend the seminar?D.He thinks that there might not be an more tickets available.6. M: Could you lend me your biology notes?W: Do you think you'll be able to make out my handwriting?Q: What does the woman imply about the notes?C.They might be hard to read.7. W: Did you pick up my books from Ron's house? M: Sorry. It slipped my mind.Q: What does the man mean?B.He forgot to get the books.8. W: Would you like to go to the movies with us tonight?M: To the movies? Tonight is the biggest concert of the year.Q: What does the man likely to do at that night?A.He is likely to go to the concert.9. M: Just one person in the whole class got an A on the test! YOU!W: ALL RIGHT!!!Q: What does the woman feel on hear what the man says?D.She is very pleased.10. W: We are having a party at our house on the weekend of the 30th. Would you like to join us?M: That sounds like a lot of fun. But I'll need to check my calendar first.Q: What does the man imply?B.He may already have plans.11. M: I've been running a mile every afternoon for the past month. But I still haven't been able to lose more than a pound or two. I wonder if it's worth it.W: Oh, don't give up now. It always seems hard when you are just starting out.Q: What does the man do according to the woman’s advice?D.Continue his exercise program.12. M: I'm going to the vegetable stand today. Can I pick up anything for you?W: No, thanks. I just came back from the market myself.Q: Why does the woman decline the man’s offer?C.She has been to the market.13. M: I don't understand why I received such a low grade on my term paper.W: You should make an appointment with the professor to discuss it.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?A.See his professor about the paper.14. M: The sound of all that traffic is driving me out of my mind.W: It is had. But the highway will reopen tomorrow, then we won't have all those cars passing by any more. Q: What does the woman imply?D.The traffic won’t detour after the following day.15. W: I invited your mother to lunch yesterday. But she said she didn't have any free time.M: Yeah. She just got a new job.Q: What does the man mean?D.His mother’s new job keeps her busy.Passage I:Established on January 1, 1995, World Trade Organization is the successor to the General Agreement on Tariffs(关税)and Trade (GATT). It exists to promote a free-market international trade system. The WTO promotes trade by:1. reducing tariffs;2. prohibiting import or export bans or quotas(定量);3. eliminating discrimination against foreign products and services;4. eliminating other impediments to trade, commonly called "non-tariff trade barriers''.With China's successful entry into WTO in Nov 2001, it currently has 135 member countries, accounting for over 90% of world trade. Over 30 others are negotiating membership. The WTO's top-level decision-making body is the ministerial conference which meets at least once every two years. Over three-quarters of WTO members are developing countries. Special provisions for these members are included in the WTO's agreements. GATT is now the WTO's principal rule-book. Decisions are made by the entire membership by consensus or majority vote. The WTO's agreements have been ratified in all members' parliaments. If a trade barrier is found to be unfair, the WTO can authorize the imposition of trade sanctions to force a change in that country's law. The WTO exempts trade barriers which are designed to conserve natural resources or protect health.Critics say the WTO credits agreements are skewed in favor of rich countries. The west may preach trade liberalization, but it has used negotiations to prize third world market while keeping its own barriers intact.1.When was the World Trade Organization established?B.On January 1,1995.2. What is the aim of establishing the WTO?D.To promote a free-market international trade system.3. According to the passage, how many member countries does the WTO currently have?A.134.4. Which of the following statements is NOT true?C.The WTO’s top level decision-making body meets at least once each year.5. What does the WTO do if a trade barrier is found to be unfair in a certain country?A.The WTO authorizes the imposition of trade sanctions on the country.1.GATT,2.over 90%,3.the ministerial conference,4.conserve natural resources, protect health,5.in favor of rich countries.Passage IIWorld financial circles affirm that this year has witnessed the most forceful economic growth over the past 13 years. The growth rate is expected to reach 4.7 percent, much higher than the 2.5 percent in 1998 and the 3.3 percent in 1999. The average economic growth rate of developed countries may reach 4.2 percent this year. The US economy continues to lead the tide of the world economic growth, with its economic growth rate getting close to 5.2 percent. The European economic situation is also better than that in previous years, and the average growth rate of the 11 countries in the Euro zone is to reach 3.5 percent. The Japanese economy has freed itself from a slump, and its growth rate this year mayreach 1.9 percent, higher than the average growth rate in the past 10 years.The average economic growth rate of the developing countries this year can reach 5.6 percent. The economic development in the Asian developing regions has attracted people's attention. Their growth rate this year may reach 7.1 percent. The Russian economy has had an unexpected, strong recovery from the 1998 crisis, with the growth rate possibly reaching 6 percent.Among the many factors that have boosted world economic growth, the growing information technological industry is playing an increasingly outstanding role. The information technological industry is becoming a leading industry in the national economy and a new economic growth point. According to experts' estimate, file current contribution rate of the information technological industry to the world economic growth is 18.2 percent. Its ratio in the growth of the US economy is even higher, standing at one-third. The information technological industry is currently the world, economic sector experiencing rapid development and is creating ever-more wealth, The integration of the traditional economy and the web economy has become the present development trend of the world economy.1.They affirm that the year 2000 has witnessed the most forceful economic growth over the past 13 years.2.The Russian economy.3.18.2%.4.The information technological industry.5.The present development trend of the world economy is the integration of the traditional economy and the web economy.1) 4.2%, 2) 5.2%, 3) 3.5%, 4) 1.9%, 5) 5.6%, 6) 7.1%, 7) 6%Passage III:President Jiang Zemin said on November 16, 2000 that in the development of a "New Economy", it is essential to take advantage of the latest developments in science and technology. He made this address at the eighth informal meeting of leaders of the APEC forum. He explained that the "New Economy" refers to the kind of economy initiated and sustained by new technologies and hi-tech industries. The advancement of technology, led by IT and biotechnology industries, is giving rise to a new industrial revolution, Jiang said.Developing countries are faced with the difficult task of both transforming their traditional industries and developing new industries, Jiang noted, adding that continued expansion of the 'digital divide" has widened the wealth gap between North and South and may trigger new imbalances in the world economy."Against the background of accelerated economic globalization and the dynamic progress of science and technology, we must facilitate cooperation between developed and developing countries on exchanges of human resources, technology and infrastructure, and we must help countries develop independently to narrow the North-South gap."Today, the development, application and impact of science and technology far transcends national boundaries. For example, every major breakthrough made in the human genome project is a crystallization of cooperation between scientists from a number of countries. Only when applied in a global context can the achievements of science and technology benefit people", Jiang said. He also noted that economic globalization should stress the popularization of scientific and technological knowledge.The protection of intellectual property rights should be guided by market rules in such away that the rules will be helpful to the spread of scientific and technological knowledge, so that all countries may benefit, he added.1.On November 16, 2000.2.It is essential to take advantage of the latest developments in science and technology.3.It refers to the kind of economy initiated and sustained by new technologies and hi-tech industries.4.They are faced with the task of both transforming their traditional industries and developing new industries.5.It should stress the popularization of scientific and technological knowledge.1.the eighth informal meeting of leaders2.bio-technology industries, a new industrial revolution。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力原文及答案(完整版)之欧阳德创编
欧阳德创编 2021.03.07新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力原文及答案Table of Contents欧阳德创编 2021.03.07LESSON 1 Resources and Energy PART A1.W: Could you mail these letters for me, please?M: More letters? Your friends are going to be very happy to hear from you.Q: What does the man imply about the woman?She is written a lot of letters recently2.W: Does Professor Ford always come to class?M: Is ice cold?Q: What do you learn about Professor Ford?She never misses class3.W: Would you have some time this week to go over these questions with me?M: How does tomorrow sound?Q: What does the man mean?They can work together the next day4.M: Hey? John! John!W: Save your breath. He's out of earshot.Q: What is true about John, according to the woman?John is too far away to hear5. W: You only have water to serve your guests?M: This isn't just water. This is imported mineral water.Q: What is the implication of the woman?The guests don’t want to be served water6. M: Could I borrow a twenty to tide me over till payday next Tuesday? W: You are in luck. I just cashed the check.Q: What will the woman probably do next?Lend the man some money7. M: Jean, didn't you get my messages? I left two on your answering machine.W: Hmm? Oh, sorry, Tom. I've been meaning to get back in touch with you. It just slipped my mind.Q: Why didn’t the woman return the man’s calls?She forgot to call him8. W: I'm sorry, sir, but you're allowed only one piece of luggage on the plane. You'll have to check in one of your suitcases at the package counter.M: Actually, one of these belongs to the woman up ahead. I'm just giving her a hand.Q: Why is the man carrying an extra suitcase?The extra suitcase he is carrying belongs to someone else9. W: We need to drive to the city tonight, but the doctor said this medicine might make me drowsy.M: In that case, I'd better drive.Q: What does the man think the woman should do?Avoid driving after taking her medicine10. M: Look at all the pollution going into the air from those factories. Do you think they'll ever get under control?W: With the new laws and social awareness, we'll turn things around. Q: What does the woman predict will happen?The situation will improve with the new changes11. W: Aren't you cold? Why aren't you wearing a jacket?M: I overslept this morning, so I ran out of the house without listening to the forecast.Q: Why isn’t the man wearing a jacket?He did not know it would be cold12. M: prof. Jones, last night when I was putting the finishing touches on my paper that electrical storm completely wiped out my computer files. Do you think I could have another day to retype it?W: I'm sorry, Steven. I’m leaving for a conference tomorrow, and I'll be away for 2 weeks. I suppose you could send it to me there.Q: What will the professor probably allow the student to do?Mail her the paper after the deadline13. W: Do you know if Mary has come by the office this morning? M: I just got here myself, so I'm not the one to ask.Q: What does the woman want to know?She wants to know if mart has come by this morning14. M: I really enjoyed that TV special about "wealth" last night. Did you get to home in time to see it?W: Well, yes. But I wish I could have stayed awake long enough to see the whole thing.Q: What does the woman mean?She fell asleep before the program ended15. W: Take two of these pills three times a day and you shouldn't take them on an empty stomach.M: What if I don't have an appetite?Q: What can be inferred about the man?He may not be able to wake upPART BPassage I:The population of the world has been increasing faster and faster. In 10,000 B.C., there were probably 10 million people. In A.D. 1, there were 300 million. It took 1750 years for the population to reach 625 million, a little more than double the A.D. 1 figure. In 1990, there were 5.3 billion people. By the year 2000, the world's population was over 6 billion, and by 2050, it is expected to reach 10 billion. Does the earth have enough natural resources to support this many people? Differentscientists give different answers to this question. Some say that there are enough resources to support more than 6 billion people. However, the richest countries, with a small percentage of the world's population, use most of the resources. If these resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enough for everyone. Other scientists say that we must limit population growth because our resources are limited. Only 10 percent of the earth's land can be used for farming and another 20 percent for raising animals. It is possible to increase the amount of farmland, but only a little. Some land in developing countries could be more productive if people started using modern farming methods, but this would not increase worldwide production by much, We all know that there is a limited amount of petroleum. There are also limits to the amounts of metals. There is a limit to the amount of water we can use since most of the earth's water is salt water, and most of the fresh water is frozen at the North and South Poles. It is difficult to say how many people the earth can support, but it will help everyone if we can limit population growth before serious shortages develop. The problem is how to do it.1.Between 1990 and 2000, what changes did the world population have?It had increased by almost a billion2.According to some scientists, which of the following is true?The world’s resources are adequate but not evently distributed3.Why can't most of the earth's water be used?It is mostly salt or frozen at the North and South Poles4.In developing countries, what does the use of medern farmingmethods result in?5. According to the author, what can you infer from the passage?II 1.There were probably 10 million people.2.It is expected to be 10 billion.3.If the resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enoueh for everyone.4.Only 10 percent.5. It is how to limit population growth.Passage II:Fresh water, life itself, has never come easy in the Middle East. Ever since the Old Testament when God punished man with 40 days and 40 nights of rain, water supplies here have been dwindling. The rainfall only comes in winter and drains quickly through the semiarid land, leaving the soil to bake and to thirst for next November. The region's accelerating population growth, expanding agriculture, industrialization, and higher living standards demand more fresh water. Drought and pollution limit its availability. War and mismanagement squander it. Nations like Israel and Jordan are swiftly sliding into that zone where they are using all the water resources available to them. They have only 15 to 20 years left before their agriculture, and ultimately their foodsecurity, is threatened. Even amid the scarcity there are haves and have-nots. Compared with the United States, which has a freshwater potential of 10,000 cubic meters a year for each citizen. Iraq has 5,500. Turkey has 4,000, and Syria has little more than 2,800. Egypt's potential is only 1,100. Israel has 460, and Jordan has less than 260. But these are not firm figures, because upstream use of river water can dramatically alter the potential downstream. Scarcity is only one element of the Middle East’s water crisis. Inefficiency is another, as is the reluctance of some water-poor nations to change priorities from agriculture to less water-intensive enterprises. Some experts suggest that if these nations would share both water technology and resources, they could satisfy the region's population, currently 159 million. But in this patchwork of ethnic and religious rivalries, the water crisis is not a clear-cut issue. It is entangled in the politics that keep people from trusting and seeking help from one another. Here, where water, like truth, is precious, each nation tends to find its own water and supply its own truth.1. When does the rainfall come in the Middle East?2. What is the cause of the water crisis?3. How many years are left for Israel and Jordan before their agriculture is threatened?4. What is the current population in the Middle East according to the passage?5. According to some experts' suggestion, what should the nations do in order to avoid a water crisis ?II 1) 10,000 2) 5,500 4) More than 2,8003) 4,000 5) Egypt6) 460 7) Less than 260Part D1) award, 3) profit, 5) dedication, 7) moment, 9) physical, 11) conflict, 13)worth, 15) heart, 17) compassion, 19) lust,2) glory, 4) trust, 6) significance, 8) anguish, 10) spirit, 12) alone, 14) room, 16) honor, 18) curse, 20) valueLESSON2Crime and PunishmentPart A1.M: Hello?W: Hello. This is Dr. Grey's office. We are calling to remind you of your 4:15 appointment for your annual checkup tomorrow.M: Oh, thanks. It's a good thing you called. I thought it was 4:15 today. Q: Why is the office calling the man?2. W: How wonderful! You won the scholarship. Can you believe it? M: No. It's almost too good to be true.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: Excuse me, Professor Davidson. But I was hoping to talk to you about my class project for economics.M: I have a class in a few minutes. Why don't you come and see me during office hours tomorrow?Q: When will the woman discuss her project with Professor Davidson? 4. M: How are you feeling? W: The stuff the nurse gave me seemed to have helped. But it's making me awfully drowsy.Q: What do you learn about the woman?5. M: Bill Smith has volunteered to write a summary of the proposals we've agreed on. W: Will I have a chance to review it?Q: What does the woman want to know?6.M: The view is spectacular. Could you take a picture of me with the mountains in the background?W: I'm afraid I just ran out of film.Q: What problem does the woman have?7. W: Excuse me, we're ready to order now.M: I'll be with you in just a minute.Q: What does the man mean?8. W: I think I forgot my umbrella. Did you notice if it is raining outside? M: Yeah, it is. And I just realized I left my car window open.Q: What will the man probably do next?9. W: How does your daughter like her new school?M: Fine. She seems to have made new friends in no time.Q: What can be inferred about the man's daughter?10. W: There's an article here in this magazine you might find interesting. It's about buying running shoes.M: If it's not chemistry and it's not on the final exam, I can't read it now. Q: What is the man probably doing?11. M: You're washing your car even on vacation. It makes me feel guilty. W: You shouldn’t, it’s just that I have nothing better to do at this moment. Q: What do you think of the woman?12. M: My doctor told me I need to go for some expensive treatments for my injured knee.W: Are you sure? Maybe you need a second opinion.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?13. W: Hello. Could you fit me in for an appointment today? I need a stylist who is good at cutting curly hair.M: Julia is good at that. She is the owner. How about noon?Q: What will the woman probably do?14. W: There's nothing I like more than a good mystery novel when I've got some spare time.M: I like to read, too. But I prefer non-fiction, history, social commentary and stuff like that.Q: What does the man imply?15. M: I'm not an expert, but that noise in your refrigerator doesn't sound good. Maybe you should call and have it checked out.W: You're right. And I suppose I've put it off long enough.Q: What will the woman probably do?Part BPassage IPurse snatching is an increasingly common crime. There are estimated 50 to 100 purse snatchings each month in the New York City subways, the number often swinging widely because of the depredations of a single teenager. When such a professional is in custody, the snatches can decrease by more than 50 a month. One of the favored techniques is to stand between two subway cars and, as a train starts pulling out of the station, reach out and pull free a woman's purse.Recently, a crime analysis officer for the New York Police Department found that purse stealing in Manhattan's top restaurants was up 35 percent over the previous year. When a woman puts her purse on an empty chair at a table or at her feet beside her chair, she is inviting a purse snatcher to take it. Purse snatchers often work in pairs. When a target in a restaurant is seen, one of them will create some kind of disturbance to gain the victim's attention. While the woman is looking away from her table, the actual snatcher will lift the purse. A popular technique is for the thief to carry an umbrella with the curved handle down. The umbrella handle suddenly hooks the bag and in an instant it is on the thief's wrist, or under the coat over his arm if he is a man, and on its way out of the restaurant. Police advise that women in restaurants keep their purse either on their laps or on the floor between their legs.Other purse snatchers who operate in theaters are called "seat tippers", victimizing women who put their purses down on a neighboring empty seat. Others specialize in snatching purses from ladies' rooms. When a woman is in a toilet stall, her purse should never be placed on the floor or hung on the coat hook on the door. Thieves simply dive under the door and grab the purse on the floor, or stand on the toilet in the next stall and reach over and take the purse off the hook. The snatcher has enough time to escape since the victim can't immediately pursue the thief.I. 1. When does the number of purse snatchings decrease most dramatically?2. Where does a purse snatcher like to commit crimes in subway stations?3. When women are in restaurants, where are they advised to put their purses?4. What does a thief often use to snatch purses in restaurants?5. According to this passage, where does purse snatching not usually occur?II. crime analysis officer; take it; purses; in pairs; top restaurants; an empty chair; to some kind of disturbance; coat hook; snatching never be placed; in the next stall; enough time to escapePassage IIOn the afternoon of July4,1995, Mrs.Beatrice Weinberger brought her one-month old baby back from an outing. She left the pram outside her house and hurried inside to get the baby a clean nappy. When she returned a few moments later, the pram was empty and a scrawled note was lying where her baby had been. The note said: "Attention. I badly need money, and can't get it any other way. Don't tell the police about this, otherwise I will kill the baby." "Just put $2,000 in small bills in a brown envelope, and place it next to the road lamp at the corner of Albamarle Rd. at exactly 10 o'clock tomorrow (Thursday) morning." "If everything goes smooth, I will bring the baby back and leave him on the same corner 'safe and happy' at exactly 12 noon. No excuse, I can not wait! Your baby-sitter." Despite the kidnapper's warning, Mrs. Weinbarger contacted the police. A small parcel containing broken pieces of newspaper was placed on the comer the following morning. But the kidnapper did not show up. He failed to keep two other” appointments" with the Weinbergers, and left a second note signed "Your baby-sitter'. By then, the police felt that the baby was no longer alive. The FBI was called in, and the handwriting experts set to work to try to track down the kidnapper. In both notes an unusual z-shaped stroke was placed at the front of the y in words such as "money" and "baby". Starting with the New York State Police Office, the experts spent the next six weeks carefully going over local records at police offices, factories, hotels, clubs and schools and examining handwriting samples and comparing them with the writing on the kidnapper's notes. Then, in the middle of August, the experts' hard efforts paid off. The handwriting of John Rush Blake matched that of the kidnapper's, especially in the peculiar formation of the y's. Not long after, John Blake was arrested for making illegal alcohol. On being shown the handwriting samples, he confessed to kidnapping the baby. He told the police that he had left the baby alive and well in a nearby park on the day after the kidnapping. But when officers hurried to the place, all they found was the baby's dead body. The criminal was later put into New York's Sing Sing Prison. Even if John Blake had tried to disguise his handwriting he would still have been caught. No matter how hard someone may try to disguise his handwriting characteristics, the "individuality" of the writer shows through, the very angle at which he or she holds a pen, the way a t is crossed and an i is dotted, the height and size of capital and small letters, the amount of space between words, the use (or misuse) of punctuation marks. All these can identify a person as surely as fingerprints.I. 1. What happened to Mrs. Weinberger on the afternoon of July 4th, 1995?2. According to the message left by the kidnapper, on what condition could Mrs. Weinberger have her baby back?3. What did Mrs. Weinberger do after reading the note?4. How did the FBI catch the criminal?5. Which of the following words can best describe people's handwriting characteristics?II. 1. ( T ) When Mrs. Weinberger came back from an outing something terrible happened to her.2. ( T ) Someone kidnapped her baby because he lacked money.3. ( F ) The kidnapper did not confess to die kidnapping of the baby in the face of the handwriting sample.4. ( T ) It was the handwriting expert that broke the case.5. ( F ) At last, the police found the baby and he was safe and happy. Passage III.Timothy McVaigh placed a powerful bomb near a federal government building in Oklahoma City in 1995. The explosion killed 168 people, including 19 children. Arguments are increasing in the United States both for and against the death penalty. The increasing death penalty debate is caused by the planned execution of convicted murderer McVeigh. He is to be the first person executed by the federal government since 1963. 38 states permit the death sentence. Last year 85 people were executed in the United States. Recent public opinion studies show that more than 75 percent of Americans supper McVeigh's execution. These include many Americans who usually oppose the death sentence. Kent Scheidegger is with the Criminal Justice Legal Foundation in Califomia. It is a victim's rights organization that supports the death penalty. Mr. Scheidegger says McVeigh is a perfect example of why there is a need for a federal death penalty. He says anything less than the death of McVeigh would show a complete lack of justice. Groups opposed to the death penalty say the approval of the execution of McVeigh does not show an increase in general public support for the death penalty. Opinion studies show that support for the death penalty has decreased. Studies show 77 percent of Americans supported it five years ago, now only about 63 percent do, Opponents of the death penalty have always argued that it was unfair. They say poor people who can not pay for good legal help receive the death penalty more often than others. And they say courts order the death penalty more often when the accused is a member of a racial minority group.Part D1)generous 2)company 3)hospitality 4)reception 5)reputation6)anniversary7)suspicion8)mutual9)vastest10)communication 11)commerce 12)contact 13)1975 14)openness 15)potential 16)secure 17)lure 18)astonish 19)reach 20)confidentLESSON3Computers and the InternetPart A1.M: This report is due tomorrow. Would you be able to work on it with me tonight?W: Unfortunately, I have another commitment.Q: What is the woman saying?2. W: I wonder where the books I ordered are. I expected to receive the package several days ago.M: Maybe you'd better check it out with the company. They could be temporarily out of stock.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?3. M: I just have to type this last page and then I'm through.W: By then, I'll be done, too.Q: What can be learned about the woman?4. W: Did you read the editorial in the paper about the mayor's speech? M: I sure did. But I think they twisted the meaning of what he said.Q: What does the man say about the editorial?5. W: Why don't we go to see a movie tonight? A good comedy might cheer you up.M: I would. But the reason that I've been so down is all this work I have to do.Q: What can be inferred about the man?6. W: So, are you going to see the students' play tonight?M: I doubt it. I'm still getting over the flu.Q: What is true about the man?7. M: Gordon needs to find another place to live. The apartment he rents now has been sold to a new owner.W: He'd better start looking right away. When all the students come back in a few weeks, he won't find any near the campus.Q: What does the woman suggest Gordon do?8. W: Mind if I borrow your Spanish workbook?M: Not as long as I have it back in time to take to class this evening.Q: What does the man mean?9. W: You don't believe in diets, do you?M: There is nothing wrong with them per se but they have to be combined with exercise to do any good.Q: What is the man's attitude towards diets ?10. W: I don't know which color folder to use, white or brown.M: What difference does it make? It's the content that's important.Q: What is the implication of the man?11. W: You know, I've heard that Professor Martin's Introduction to Chemistry class is too demanding for first year students. They say it's themost difficult course for graduate students.M: Yeah, but a lot of students will tell you otherwise. Go talk to anyone who has gone to an advanced course, like Organic Chemistry, or who studied chemistry in graduate school. They're really glad they started out with Professor Martin.Q: What does the man imply about Professor Martin?12. W: Hey, Mark. Have you been able to sell your old piano, yet?M: Hmm, you were right. Just posting notices on bulletin boards at a couple of supermarkets wasn't enough. I think I'll have to place an advertisement in the local newspaper.Q: Which of the following is true according to the conversation?13. W: I'm amazed that you still haven't gotten to know your neighbors. M: They tend to keep to themselves.Q: Why hasn't the man gotten to know his neighbors?14. W: Hi! Um, I think something is wrong with the washing machine. It works, and I just did my laundry, but it makes some strange noises. Maybe you should call someone to fix it.M: Oh, don't worry. Someone from the repair shop is already on the way over to take a look at it.Q: What is the implication of the man?15. W: It's so thoughtful of you to offer to drop me off at the train station. Are you sure it's not out of your way?M: Not at all. The station is really close to where I'm going.Q: What can be learned about the man?Part BPassage IThe Application of Computers in Education The best method for improving educational standards is to utilize every tool available, including state-of-the-art technology. Computers and the internet have expanded the way in which information can be delivered to the students of today. Today's networking technologies provide a valuable opportunity to practise new learning techniques. Educators are discovering that computers are facilitating learning. Computer-based communications, or telecommunications, can offer many educational opportunities; therefore, educators will need to adapt current teaching methods to incorporate this new media into the classroom. Computers have made a fundamental impact on most industries, providing a competitive advantage that has come to be essential to many businesses. Therefore, schools must also use technology to improve the educational process. School systems often consider purchasing a computer network, and justify its purchase by applying it to routine administrative tasks, such as attendance records and grading. While these tasks are very important, they only show a small part of what technology can do for a school. Technology must go further than simply keeping attendance; it must focus on keeping students interestedand productive. Since computers and the Internet have expanded the ways in which education can be delivered to students, it is currently possible to engage in "distance education" through the Internet. Distance education involves audio and video links between teachers and students in remote areas. Video conferencing allows groups to communicate with each other. Desktop video conferencing promises to bring students together from geographic and cultural distances face to face via computer. Not only will the teacher talk to the students, but the students will be able to interact with each other. This will make students more interested in learning.I. 1. According to the passage, what are educators discovering?2. What do schools usually purchase computer networks for?3. According to the author, what should computers be mainly used for?4. Which of the following is NOT a feature of video conferencing?5. Which of the following is true according to the passage?II. fundamental impact; be essential; improve the educational process; justify its purchase; attendance records; what technology can do Passage IIE-Commerce The Internet, as a means for commerce, did not become reality until the 1990s. Before this time, it was mainly a tool for the army, and a research device for some American universities. Its popularity grew when it proved to be a fast and efficient means to conduct long distance transactions, as well as an effective way to distribute information. The first advantage that e-commerce possesses is speed. With increased speeds of communication, the delivery time is expedited and that makes the whole transaction from start to finish more efficient. Also, you can find practically any product available for sale on the Internet. Even more significant is the fact that information appearing on the Internet can be changed rapidly. This gives business owners the ability to inform customers of any changes to the service that they are offering. The second advantage of electronic commerce is the opportunity it offers to save on costs. By using the Internet, marketing, distribution, personnel, phone, postage and printing costs, among many others, can be reduced. You can start doing business in cyberspace for as little as $100. The savings, therefore, are tremendous. These funds can then be diverted to marketing and advertising your product or service. Cyberspace knows no national boundaries. That means you can do business all over the world as easily as you can in your own neighborhood. Since the Internet connects everyone in cyberspace, information is transmitted at the speed of sound or the speed of light, depending on your connection. Either way, distance becomes meaningless, which enables you to link to nearly anyone on the globe, and anyone on the globe can link to you. The ability to establish links makes doing business on the Internet attractive to customers in any part of the world. A potential source of trouble is customer concerns with privacy and security. Anything sent over the Internet is sent through several different computers before it reaches its。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力原文及课题答案之欧阳法创编
2021.03.09 欧阳法创编2021.03.09新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力全文主编:李玉璞上海外语教育出版社Table of ContentsKEYS TO EXERCISES 2021.03.09 欧阳法创编LESSON ONE Resources and EnergyPART A1.W: Could you mail these letters for me, please?M: More letters? Your friends are going to be very happy to hear from you.Q: What does the man imply about the woman?She is written a lot of letters recently2.W: Does Professor Ford always come to class?M: Is ice cold?Q: What do you learn about Professor Ford?She never misses class3.W: Would you have some time this week to go over these questions with me?M: How does tomorrow sound?Q: What does the man mean?They can work together the next day4.M: Hey? John! John!W: Save your breath. He's out of earshot.Q: What is true about John, according to the woman?John is too far away to hear5. W: You only have water to serve your guests?M: This isn't just water. This is imported mineral water.Q: What is the implication of the woman?The guests don’t want to be served water6. M: Could I borrow a twenty to tide me over till payday next Tuesday?W: You are in luck. I just cashed the check.Q: What will the woman probably do next?Lend the man some money7. M: Jean, didn't you get my messages? I left two on your answering machine.W: Hmm? Oh, sorry, Tom. I've been meaning to get back in touch with you. It just slipped my mind.Q: Why didn’t the woman return the man’s calls?She forgot to call him8. W: I'm sorry, sir, but you're allowed only one piece of luggage on the plane. You'll have to check in one of your suitcases at the package counter.M: Actually, one of these belongs to the woman up ahead. I'm just giving her a hand.Q: Why is the man carrying an extra suitcase?The extra suitcase he is carrying belongs to someone else9. W: We need to drive to the city tonight, but the doctor said this medicine might make me drowsy.M: In that case, I'd better drive.Q: What does the man think the woman should do?Avoid driving after taking her medicine10. M: Look at all the pollution going into the air from those factories. Do you think they'll ever get under control?W: With the new laws and social awareness, we'll turn things around. Q: What does the woman predict will happen?The situation will improve with the new changes11. W: Aren't you cold? Why aren't you wearing a jacket?M: I overslept this morning, so I ran out of the house without listening to the forecast.Q: Why isn’t the man wearing a jacket?He did not know it would be cold12. M: prof. Jones, last night when I was putting the finishing touches on my paper that electrical storm completely wiped out my computer files. Do you think I could have another day to retype it?W: I'm sorry, Steven. I’m leaving for a conference tomorrow, and I'll be away for 2 weeks. I suppose you could send it to me there.Q: What will the professor probably allow the student to do?Mail her the paper after the deadline13. W: Do you know if Mary has come by the office this morning? M: I just got here myself, so I'm not the one to ask.Q: What does the woman want to know?She wants to know if mart has come by this morning14. M: I really enjoyed that TV special about "wealth" last night. Did you get to home in time to see it?W: Well, yes. But I wish I could have stayed awake long enough to see the whole thing.Q: What does the woman mean?She fell asleep before the program ended15. W: Take two of these pills three times a day and you shouldn't take them on an empty stomach.M: What if I don't have an appetite?Q: What can be inferred about the man?He may not be able to wake upPART BPassage I:The population of the world has been increasing faster and faster. In 10,000 B.C., there were probably 10 million people. In A.D. 1,there were 300 million. It took 1750 years for the population to reach 625 million, a little more than double the A.D. 1 figure. In 1990, there were 5.3 billion people. By the year 2000, the world's population was over 6 billion, and by 2050, it is expected to reach 10 billion. Does the earth have enough natural resources to support this many people? Different scientists give different answers to this question. Some say that there are enough resources to support more than 6 billion people. However, the richest countries, with a small percentage of the world's population, use most of the resources. If these resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enough for everyone. Other scientists say that we must limit population growth because our resources are limited. Only 10 percent of the earth's land can be used for farming and another 20 percent for raising animals. It is possible to increase the amount of farmland, but only a little. Some land in developing countries could be more productive if people started using modern farming methods, but this would not increase worldwide production by much, We all know that there is a limited amount of petroleum. There are also limits to the amounts of metals. There is a limit to the amount of water we can use since most of the earth's water is salt water, and most of the fresh water is frozen at the North and South Poles. It is difficult to say how many people the earth can support, but it will help everyone if we can limit population growth before serious shortages develop. The problem is how to do it.1.Between 1990 and 2000, what changes did the world populationhave?It had increased by almost a billion2.According to some scientists, which of the following is true?The world’s resources are adequate but not evently distributed3.Why can't most of the earth's water be used?It is mostly salt or frozen at the North and South Poles4.In developing countries, what does the use of medern farmingmethods result in?5. According to the author, what can you infer from the passage?II 1.There were probably 10 million people.2.It is expected to be 10 billion.3.If the resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enoueh for everyone.4.Only 10 percent.5. It is how to limit population growth.Passage II:Fresh water, life itself, has never come easy in the Middle East. Ever since the Old Testament when God punished man with 40 days and 40 nights of rain, water supplies here have been dwindling. The rainfall only comes in winter and drains quickly through the semiaridland, leaving the soil to bake and to thirst for next November. The region's accelerating population growth, expanding agriculture, industrialization, and higher living standards demand more fresh water. Drought and pollution limit its availability. War and mismanagement squander it. Nations like Israel and Jordan are swiftly sliding into that zone where they are using all the water resources available to them. They have only 15 to 20 years left before their agriculture, and ultimately their food security, is threatened. Even amid the scarcity there are haves and have-nots. Compared with the United States, which has a freshwater potential of 10,000 cubic meters a year for each citizen. Iraq has 5,500. Turkey has 4,000, and Syria has little more than 2,800. Egypt's potential is only 1,100. Israel has 460, and Jordan has less than 260. But these are not firm figures, because upstream use of river water can dramatically alter the potential downstream. Scarcity is only one element of the Middle East’s water crisis. Inefficiency is another, as is the reluctance of some water-poor nations to change priorities from agriculture to less water-intensive enterprises. Some experts suggest that if these nations would share both water technology and resources, they could satisfy the region's population, currently 159 million. But in this patchwork of ethnic and religious rivalries, the water crisis is not a clear-cut issue. It is entangled in the politics that keep people from trusting and seeking help from one another. Here, where water, like truth, is precious, each nation tends to find its own water and supply its own truth.1. When does the rainfall come in the Middle East?2. What is the cause of the water crisis?3. How many years are left for Israel and Jordan before their agriculture is threatened?4. What is the current population in the Middle East according to the passage?5. According to some experts' suggestion, what should the nations do in order to avoid a water crisis ?II 1) 10,000 2) 5,500 4) More than 2,8003) 4,000 5) Egypt6) 460 7) Less than 260Part D1) award, 3) profit, 5) dedication, 7) moment, 9) physical, 11) conflict, 13)worth, 15) heart, 17) compassion, 19) lust,2) glory, 4) trust, 6) significance, 8) anguish, 10) spirit, 12) alone, 14) room, 16) honor, 18) curse, 20) valueLesson Two Crime and Punishment Part A1.M: Hello?W: Hello. This is Dr. Grey's office. We are calling to remind you of your 4:15 appointment for your annual checkup tomorrow.M: Oh, thanks. It's a good thing you called. I thought it was 4:15 today. Q: Why is the office calling the man?2. W: How wonderful! You won the scholarship. Can you believe it? M: No. It's almost too good to be true.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: Excuse me, Professor Davidson. But I was hoping to talk to you about my class project for economics.M: I have a class in a few minutes. Why don't you come and see me during office hours tomorrow?Q: When will the woman discuss her project with Professor Davidson?4. M: How are you feeling? W: The stuff the nurse gave me seemed to have helped. But it's making me awfully drowsy.Q: What do you learn about the woman?5. M: Bill Smith has volunteered to write a summary of the proposals we've agreed on. W: Will I have a chance to review it?Q: What does the woman want to know?6.M: The view is spectacular. Could you take a picture of me with the mountains in the background?W: I'm afraid I just ran out of film.Q: What problem does the woman have?7. W: Excuse me, we're ready to order now.M: I'll be with you in just a minute.Q: What does the man mean?8. W: I think I forgot my umbrella. Did you notice if it is raining outside?M: Yeah, it is. And I just realized I left my car window open.Q: What will the man probably do next?9. W: How does your daughter like her new school?M: Fine. She seems to have made new friends in no time.Q: What can be inferred about the man's daughter?10. W: There's an article here in this magazine you might find interesting. It's about buying running shoes.M: If it's not chemistry and it's not on the final exam, I can't read it now. Q: What is the man probably doing?11. M: You're washing your car even on vacation. It makes me feel guilty.W: You shouldn’t, it’s just tha t I have nothing better to do at this moment.Q: What do you think of the woman?12. M: My doctor told me I need to go for some expensive treatments for my injured knee.W: Are you sure? Maybe you need a second opinion.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?13. W: Hello. Could you fit me in for an appointment today? I need a stylist who is good at cutting curly hair.M: Julia is good at that. She is the owner. How about noon?Q: What will the woman probably do?14. W: There's nothing I like more than a good mystery novel when I've got some spare time.M: I like to read, too. But I prefer non-fiction, history, social commentary and stuff like that.Q: What does the man imply?15. M: I'm not an expert, but that noise in your refrigerator doesn't sound good. Maybe you should call and have it checked out.W: You're right. And I suppose I've put it off long enough.Q: What will the woman probably do?Part BPassage IPurse snatching is an increasingly common crime. There are estimated 50 to 100 purse snatchings each month in the New York City subways, the number often swinging widely because of the depredations of a single teenager. When such a professional is in custody, the snatches can decrease by more than 50 a month. One of the favored techniques is to stand between two subway cars and, as a train starts pulling out of the station, reach out and pull free a woman's purse.Recently, a crime analysis officer for the New York Police Department found that purse stealing in Manhattan's top restaurants was up 35 percent over the previous year. When a woman puts her purse on an empty chair at a table or at her feet beside her chair, she is inviting a purse snatcher to take it. Purse snatchers often work in pairs. When a target in a restaurant is seen, one of them will create some kind of disturbance to gain the victim's attention. While the woman is looking away from her table, the actual snatcher will lift the purse. A popular technique is for the thief to carry an umbrella with the curved handle down. The umbrella handle suddenly hooks the bag and in an instant it is on the thief's wrist, or under the coat over his arm if he is a man, and on its way out of the restaurant. Police advise that women in restaurants keep their purse either on their laps or on the floor between their legs.Other purse snatchers who operate in theaters are called "seat tippers", victimizing women who put their purses down on aneighboring empty seat. Others specialize in snatching purses from ladies' rooms. When a woman is in a toilet stall, her purse should never be placed on the floor or hung on the coat hook on the door. Thieves simply dive under the door and grab the purse on the floor, or stand on the toilet in the next stall and reach over and take the purse off the hook. The snatcher has enough time to escape since the victim can't immediately pursue the thief.I. 1. When does the number of purse snatchings decrease most dramatically?2. Where does a purse snatcher like to commit crimes in subway stations?3. When women are in restaurants, where are they advised to put their purses?4. What does a thief often use to snatch purses in restaurants?5. According to this passage, where does purse snatching not usually occur?II. crime analysis officer; take it; purses; in pairs; top restaurants; an empty chair; to some kind of disturbance; coat hook; snatching never be placed; in the next stall; enough time to escapePassage IIOn the afternoon of July4,1995, Mrs.Beatrice Weinberger brought her one-month old baby back from an outing. She left the pram outside her house and hurried inside to get the baby a clean nappy. When she returned a few moments later, the pram was empty and a scrawled note was lying where her baby had been. The note said: "Attention. I badly need money, and can't get it any other way. Don't tell the police about this, otherwise I will kill the baby." "Just put $2,000 in small bills in a brown envelope, and place it next to the road lamp at the corner of Albamarle Rd. at exactly 10 o'clock tomorrow (Thursday) morning." "If everything goes smooth, I will bring the baby back and leave him on the same corner 'safe and happy' at exactly 12 noon. No excuse, I can not wait! Your baby-sitter." Despite the kidnapper's warning, Mrs. Weinbarger contacted the police. A small parcel containing broken pieces of newspaper was placed on the comer the following morning. But the kidnapper did not show up. He failed to keep two other” appointments" with the Weinbergers, and left a second note signed "Your baby-sitter'. By then, the police felt that the baby was no longer alive. The FBI was called in, and the handwriting experts set to work to try to track down the kidnapper. In both notes an unusual z-shaped stroke was placed at the front of the y in words such as "money" and "baby". Starting with the New York State Police Office, the experts spent the next six weeks carefully going over local records at police offices, factories, hotels, clubs and schools and examining handwriting samples and comparing them with the writing on the kidnapper's notes.Then, in the middle of August, the experts' hard efforts paid off. The handwriting of John Rush Blake matched that of the kidnapper's, especially in the peculiar formation of the y's. Not long after, John Blake was arrested for making illegal alcohol. On being shown the handwriting samples, he confessed to kidnapping the baby. He told the police that he had left the baby alive and well in a nearby park on the day after the kidnapping. But when officers hurried to the place, all they found was the baby's dead body. The criminal was later put into New York's Sing Sing Prison. Even if John Blake had tried to disguise his handwriting he would still have been caught. No matter how hard someone may try to disguise his handwriting characteristics, the "individuality" of the writer shows through, the very angle at which he or she holds a pen, the way a t is crossed and an i is dotted, the height and size of capital and small letters, the amount of space between words, the use (or misuse) of punctuation marks. All these can identify a person as surely as fingerprints.I. 1. What happened to Mrs. Weinberger on the afternoon of July 4th, 1995?2. According to the message left by the kidnapper, on what condition could Mrs. Weinberger have her baby back?3. What did Mrs. Weinberger do after reading the note?4. How did the FBI catch the criminal?5. Which of the following words can best describe people's handwriting characteristics?II. 1. ( T ) When Mrs. Weinberger came back from an outing something terrible happened to her.2. ( T ) Someone kidnapped her baby because he lacked money.3. ( F ) The kidnapper did not confess to die kidnapping of the baby in the face of the handwriting sample.4. ( T ) It was the handwriting expert that broke the case.5. ( F ) At last, the police found the baby and he was safe and happy. Passage III.Timothy McVaigh placed a powerful bomb near a federal government building in Oklahoma City in 1995. The explosion killed 168 people, including 19 children. Arguments are increasing in the United States both for and against the death penalty. The increasing death penalty debate is caused by the planned execution of convicted murderer McVeigh. He is to be the first person executed by the federal government since 1963. 38 states permit the death sentence. Last year 85 people were executed in the United States. Recent public opinion studies show that more than 75 percent of Americans supper McVeigh's execution. These include many Americans who usually oppose the death sentence. Kent Scheidegger is with the Criminal Justice Legal Foundation in Califomia. It is a victim's rights organization thatsupports the death penalty. Mr. Scheidegger says McVeigh is a perfect example of why there is a need for a federal death penalty. He says anything less than the death of McVeigh would show a complete lack of justice. Groups opposed to the death penalty say the approval of the execution of McVeigh does not show an increase in general public support for the death penalty. Opinion studies show that support for the death penalty has decreased. Studies show 77 percent of Americans supported it five years ago, now only about 63 percent do, Opponents of the death penalty have always argued that it was unfair. They say poor people who can not pay for good legal help receive the death penalty more often than others. And they say courts order the death penalty more often when the accused is a member of a racial minority group.Part D1)generous 2)company 3)hospitality 4)reception 5)reputation6)anniversary7)suspicion8)mutual9)vastest10)communication 11)commerce 12)contact 13)1975 14)openness 15)potential 16)secure 17)lure 18)astonish 19)reach 20)confidentLesson Three Computers and the InternetPart A1.M: This report is due tomorrow. Would you be able to work on it with me tonight?W: Unfortunately, I have another commitment.Q: What is the woman saying?2. W: I wonder where the books I ordered are. I expected to receive the package several days ago.M: Maybe you'd better check it out with the company. They could be temporarily out of stock.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?3. M: I just have to type this last page and then I'm through.W: By then, I'll be done, too.Q: What can be learned about the woman?4. W: Did you read the editorial in the paper about the mayor's speech? M: I sure did. But I think they twisted the meaning of what he said. Q: What does the man say about the editorial?5. W: Why don't we go to see a movie tonight? A good comedy might cheer you up.M: I would. But the reason that I've been so down is all this work I have to do.Q: What can be inferred about the man?6. W: So, are you going to see the students' play tonight?M: I doubt it. I'm still getting over the flu.Q: What is true about the man?7. M: Gordon needs to find another place to live. The apartment he rents now has been sold to a new owner.W: He'd better start looking right away. When all the students come back in a few weeks, he won't find any near the campus.Q: What does the woman suggest Gordon do?8. W: Mind if I borrow your Spanish workbook?M: Not as long as I have it back in time to take to class this evening. Q: What does the man mean?9. W: You don't believe in diets, do you?M: There is nothing wrong with them per se but they have to be combined with exercise to do any good.Q: What is the man's attitude towards diets ?10. W: I don't know which color folder to use, white or brown.M: What difference does it make? It's the content that's important.Q: What is the implication of the man?11. W: You know, I've heard that Professor Martin's Introduction to Chemistry class is too demanding for first year students. They say it's the most difficult course for graduate students.M: Yeah, but a lot of students will tell you otherwise. Go talk to anyone who has gone to an advanced course, like Organic Chemistry, or who studied chemistry in graduate school. They're really glad they started out with Professor Martin.Q: What does the man imply about Professor Martin?12. W: Hey, Mark. Have you been able to sell your old piano, yet? M: Hmm, you were right. Just posting notices on bulletin boards at a couple of supermarkets wasn't enough. I think I'll have to place an advertisement in the local newspaper.Q: Which of the following is true according to the conversation?13. W: I'm amazed that you still haven't gotten to know your neighbors. M: They tend to keep to themselves.Q: Why hasn't the man gotten to know his neighbors?14. W: Hi! Um, I think something is wrong with the washing machine. It works, and I just did my laundry, but it makes some strange noises. Maybe you should call someone to fix it.M: Oh, don't worry. Someone from the repair shop is already on the way over to take a look at it.Q: What is the implication of the man?15. W: It's so thoughtful of you to offer to drop me off at the train station. Are you sure it's not out of your way?M: Not at all. The station is really close to where I'm going.Q: What can be learned about the man?Part BPassage IThe Application of Computers in Education The best method for improving educational standards is to utilize every tool available, including state-of-the-art technology. Computers and the internet have expanded the way in which information can be delivered to the students of today. Today's networking technologies provide a valuable opportunity to practise new learning techniques. Educators are discovering that computers are facilitating learning. Computer-based communications, or telecommunications, can offer many educational opportunities; therefore, educators will need to adapt current teaching methods to incorporate this new media into the classroom. Computers have made a fundamental impact on most industries, providing a competitive advantage that has come to be essential to many businesses. Therefore, schools must also use technology to improve the educational process. School systems often consider purchasing a computer network, and justify its purchase by applying it to routine administrative tasks, such as attendance records and grading. While these tasks are very important, they only show a small part of what technology can do for a school. Technology must go further than simply keeping attendance; it must focus on keeping students interested and productive. Since computers and the Internet have expanded the ways in which education can be delivered to students, it is currently possible to engage in "distance education" through the Internet. Distance education involves audio and video links between teachers and students in remote areas. Video conferencing allows groups to communicate with each other. Desktop video conferencing promises to bring students together from geographic and cultural distances face to face via computer. Not only will the teacher talk to the students, but the students will be able to interact with each other. This will make students more interested in learning.I. 1. According to the passage, what are educators discovering?2. What do schools usually purchase computer networks for?3. According to the author, what should computers be mainly used for?4. Which of the following is NOT a feature of video conferencing?5. Which of the following is true according to the passage?II. fundamental impact; be essential; improve the educational process; justify its purchase; attendance records; what technology can do Passage IIE-Commerce The Internet, as a means for commerce, did not become reality until the 1990s. Before this time, it was mainly a tool for the army, and a research device for some American universities. Itspopularity grew when it proved to be a fast and efficient means to conduct long distance transactions, as well as an effective way to distribute information. The first advantage that e-commerce possesses is speed. With increased speeds of communication, the delivery time is expedited and that makes the whole transaction from start to finish more efficient. Also, you can find practically any product available for sale on the Internet. Even more significant is the fact that information appearing on the Internet can be changed rapidly. This gives business owners the ability to inform customers of any changes to the service that they are offering. The second advantage of electronic commerce is the opportunity it offers to save on costs. By using the Internet, marketing, distribution, personnel, phone, postage and printing costs, among many others, can be reduced. You can start doing business in cyberspace for as little as $100. The savings, therefore, are tremendous. These funds can then be diverted to marketing and advertising your product or service. Cyberspace knows no national boundaries. That means you can do business all over the world as easily as you can in your own neighborhood. Since the Internet connects everyone in cyberspace, information is transmitted at the speed of sound or the speed of light, depending on your connection. Either way, distance becomes meaningless, which enables you to link to nearly anyone on the globe, and anyone on the globe can link to you. The ability to establish links makes doing business on the Internet attractive to customers in any part of the world. A potential source of trouble is customer concerns with privacy and security. Anything sent over the Internet is sent through several different computers before it reaches its final destination. The concern regarding Internet security and privacy is that unscrupulous hackers can capture credit card or check account data as it is transferred or break into computers that hold the same information. Making a customer feel safe is important when doing business on the Internet. Even though no one can guarantee 100% security when transferring financial information over the Internet, e-commerce is still safer than using credit cards at an actual store or restaurant, or paying for something with the use of a 1-800 number." I. l. Before being used for commerce, what was the Internet mainly used for?2. Which one of the following is NOT a factor that can make transactions more efficient on the Internet?3. Why does distance become meaningless in e-commerce?4. What do customers worry about in e-commerce?5. What is the main idea of this passage?II. source; privacy; security; destination; credit card; transferred; feel safe; guarantee; safer than; paying for。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说学生用书听力原文2022
LESSON ONEMusic1. M: By the way, Jane, did you talk to the consultant顾问about our new health program?W: I contacted联系his office but his secretary said he would (be out for)试图得到lunch until two.Q: What does the woman mean?2. W: We need to let everyone know about the charity [ˈtʃæriti] n. 慈爱concert, but we don't have much money for advertising.M: How about using the school radio station? They broadcast free public service服务announcements.通告Q: What does the man suggest they do?3. W: I don't understand why this self-study自学book doesn't have answers to the questions.M: But it does. You can find them at the back of the book.Q: What does the man say about the self-study book?4. M: The new sales manager says he has never met you before.W: We've been introduced about three times. He seems a little forgetful.Q: What do we learn about the new sales manager?5. M: Have you had the brakes[breik] n制动器; 闸; 刹车. and tires checked? And do you have enough money?W: I have taken care of everything. And I'm sure it's going to be a wonderful极好的, 精彩的, 绝妙的trip.Q: What's the woman going to do?g. M: I've had my new stereo立体声for a whole week, but I haven't yet figured out想到how to record music.W: Didn't an instruction manual [ˈmænjuəl] 手册形式的,像手册的;教范性质的come with it?Q: What does the woman imply?7. W: I want to pay you for that long-distance call I made. But, I suppose you haven't gotten your phone bill yet,M: Oh, but I have.Q: What does the man mean?8. M: Professor Smith assigned us three more novels to read.W: He must think you don't have any other classes.Q: What can be inferred about Professor Smith?9. M: Let's go watch the fireworks烟花tonight.W: I have tickets to the theater.Q: What does the woman mean?10. M: I am exhausted筋疲力尽的. I stayed up熬夜the whole night studying for my history midterm exam.W: Why do you always wait till the last minute?Q: What can be inferred about the man?11. M: I'll be coming straight from work, so I'll have to pack包装;捆扎a change of clothes.W: It's only a barbecue [ˈbɑ:bikju:] (常用于室外的)金属烤架. Jeans and T-shirts will be fine.Q: What does the woman imply?12. W: I'm going to the snack [snæk] 小吃; 点心; 快餐bar for a cup of coffee. Would you like me to bring you back something?M: Not from the snack bar, but could you pick up a paper for me?Q: What does the man mean?13. M: I don't understand how this budget was calculated[ˈkælkjuleit] 计算, 估计, 核算.W: Let me have a look, OK?Q: What does the woman mean?14. W: We need a fourth player for tennis this morning. Do you want to join us?M: I've got a class at nine, but Carol is free and she is really good.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?15. W: Have you saved enough to buy that new printer for your computer yet?M: You know, money seems to be burning a hole in my pocket lately. Maybe next month.Q: What does the man mean?PART B Intensive加强的Listening: MusicPassage I: Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart沃尔夫冈·阿马多伊斯·莫扎特Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart (1756-1791) was one of the most human and lovable [ˈlʌvəbəl]可爱的,惹人爱的of the great composers[kəmˈpəʊzə] (尤指古典音乐)作曲家,创作者,作曲者. The period in which he lived was one of romantic interest, and his early life as a musical音乐的, 用于音乐的, 有音乐的child genius [ˈdʒi:njəs]天才, 天赋before the principal最重要的; 主要的courts of Europe reads like a fairy [ˈfɛəri]仙人, 小仙子, 小精灵tale传说;陈述.(At no time)决不in the history of the world has the court life of Europe been so wasteful [ˈweɪstfəl]浪费的;挥霍的;耗费的as during the later half of the eighteenth century. One of the great child geniuses [ˈdʒi:njəs]天才, 天赋the world has ever known, the boy Mozart, and his sister Maria Anna, soon became the court favorites [ˈfeivərit]特别喜欢的人(或物),喜欢的事物,亲信,心腹,幸运儿and traveled not only in Austria, but to France and Italy as well. It was but natural天生的, 生来的,本来的,与生俱来的that the youthful青年人的; 青春的; genius [ˈdʒi:njəs]天才, 天赋should be influenced by these experiences. There is a delicacy [ˈdelɪkəsi:] 精致, 精美;娇嫩and refinement [rɪˈfaɪnmənt]精炼;提炼;提纯in Mozart's musical expression which is not found in the works of his master男教师; 院长, Haydn.From his seventh year until his death at the age of thirty-five, Mozart's genius (poured forth)连续不断地流出a free stream of over a thousand melodious [məˈləʊdi:əs]有旋律的,产生旋律的compositions创作, 写作, 作曲, many of which were never published. Mozart wrote all forms for all instruments仪器. Of his forty-nine symphonies[ˈsimfəni]交响乐, 交响曲, the two greatest are G-minor and C-major. These works were both written in six weeks during the summer of 1788.As a composer (尤指古典音乐)作曲家,创作者,作曲者of opera [ˈɔpərə]歌剧, Mozart still remains pre-eminent卓越的,优秀的. His dramatic戏剧性的works show great individual个别的, 单独的, 个人的genius天才, 天赋, but little regard for the previous先前的, 以前的reforms改革, 改良, 改造of Gluck. His areas have never been surpassed 超过; 优于; 多于; 非…所能办到and his dramatic戏剧的, 剧本的simplicity[simˈplisiti]简单, 朴素, 率直has rarely been equaled by succeeding composers作曲家. Mozart's greatest operas歌剧, "The Marriage of Figaro费加罗的婚礼", "Don Giovanni' and "The Magic Flute" are still popular favorites with singers歌手;歌唱家and the public as well. Gifted with a marvelous free melody, Mozart's music, even in his strictest compositions, possesses[pəˈzes].具有 a simplicity简单, 朴素, 率直and naive grace优雅which charms[tʃɑ:m]使高兴, 使着迷; 吸引all hearers.1. Which of the following countries had NOT been visited by Mozart and his sister?2. How many symphonies交响乐did Mozart create?3. Which word could be used to describe描写, 叙述the period in which Mozart lived?4. In which period did Mozart live?5. How long did Mozart engage in参加; 从事; 忙于composing?II.1. ( F ) Like his master Haydn, Mozart created his works with refinement细微的改良; (精细的)改进, 改善and delicacy 精致, 精美;娇嫩.2. ( T ) Mozart composed all forms of music for all instruments.3. ( F ) In Mozart's works, much attention was paid to the previous先前的, 以前的reforms of Gluck格卢克.4. ( T ) Mozart's areas have never been surpassed超过; 优于.5. (T) Simplicity简单, 朴素, 率直is one of the characteristics特征in Mozart's music.Passage II: American MusicOne of America's most important exports出口is her modern music. American music is played all over the world. It is enjoyed by the people of all ages in all countries. Although the lyrics ['liriks]歌词are English, people not speaking English can enjoy it too. The reasons for its popularity普遍,流行; are its fast pace [peis步子;节奏and rhythmic[ˈrɪðmɪk] 有韵律的, 有节奏的beat[bi:t]节拍, 拍子.The music has many origins [ˈɔridʒin]起点; 来源in the United States. Country music, coming from the rural农村的,乡村的areas in the southern United States, is one source来源, 出处. Country music features以…为物色是…特征simple themes 题目,主题,and melodies 曲调, 歌曲describing day-to-day situations形势; 情况and the feelings of country people. Many people appreciate欣赏, 赏识, this music because of the emotions 情感,感情expressed by country music songs.A second origin of American popular music is the blues[blu:z]布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲. It depicts描述mostly sad feelings reflecting表达; 反映the difficult lives of American blacks. It is usually played and sung by black musicians, but it is popular with all Americans.(Rock music)摇滚音乐is a newer form of music. This music style风格, featuring .以…为物色是…特征fast and repetitious重复的;反复的rhythms节奏, was influenced by the blues布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲and country music. It was first known as rock-and-roll in the 1950s. Since then there have been many forms of rock music: hard rock, soft rock, and others. Many performers of popular music are young musicians.American popular music is marketed在市场上出售某物to a demanding(顾客的)需求、需要audience观众, 听众; 读者. Now popular songs are heard on the radio several times a day. Some songs have become popular all over the world. People hear these songs sung in their original起初的; 原来的English or sometimes translated into other languages. The words may differ but the enjoyment of the music is universal普遍的.I.1. Which group of people enjoy American music?2. Why is American music so popular in all countries?3. What can be learned from the passage?4. What do you know from the passage?5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?Passage III: Music in Different CulturesIn western culture music is regarded as good by birth在血统上,生来, and sounds that are welcome are said to be "music to the ears". In some other cultures文化-- for example, Islamic伊斯兰的,伊斯兰教的culture -- it is of little value, associated (使)发生联系, (使)联合; 结交, 结伙with sin [sin]罪恶, 罪孽and evil罪恶. In the West and in the high cultures of Asia, it is said that there are three types of music. First, classical古典的, 经典的music, composed 组成, 构成and performed by trained professionals具有某专业资格的人, 专业人士originally最初under the support of courts 宫廷, 宫室and religious宗教的establishments建立, 确立; second, folk music民间音乐, shared by the population at large and passed on 传递; 传授orally口头上地,口述地, and third, popular music, performed by professionals, spread (使)传播, (使)散布through radio, television, records, film, and print, and consumed消耗,耗尽by the mass public.Music is a major component成分, 组成部分, 部件, 元件in religious宗教的services, theater剧场,戏院,, and entertainment娱乐, 文娱节目, 表演会of all sorts. The most universal use of music is as a part of religious rituals仪式. In some tribal [ˈtraɪbəl]部落的societies, music appears to serve as a special form of communication with supernatural超自然的;鬼、神或幻术所引起的beings, and its prominent显著的; 突出的use in modern Christian基督教徒and Jewish 犹太人的;犹太教徒的services may be the leftover of just such an original原始的purpose. Another less obvious function of music is social adherence遵守;遵循;坚持. For most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol象征, 标志. Members of most societies share keen热衷的, 热心的, feelings as to what kind of music they "belong to". Indeed, some minorities少数, 小部分including, in the U. S.A., black Americans and Euro-American groups use music as a major symbol of group identity身份. Music also symbolizes象征;作为…的象征military军事的, 军用的;, patriotic[ˈpætriˈɔtik]爱国的, 有爱国心的and funeral葬礼, 丧礼moods心情, 情绪and events. In a more general普遍的, 全面的; sense, music may express the central最重要的, 主要的, 首要social values of a society. In western culture, the interrelationship相互关系of conductor and orchestra [ˈɔ:kistrə]管弦乐队symbolizes the need for strong cooperation合作, 协作among various kinds of specialists 专家, 行家in a modern industrial society.I.1. In what culture is music regarded as good by birth?2. Which of the following is performed by professionals?3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?4. According to the passage, what is the most universal use of music?5. Which of the following is NOT symbolized by music?II.1. In some other cultures, music is of low value, associated with sin and evil.2. For most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol. Members of most societies share keen feelings as to what kind of music they "belong to".3. In a more general sense, music may express the central social values of a society. In Western culture, the interrelationship between conductor and orchestra symbolizes the need for strong cooperation among various kinds of specialists in a modern industrial society.PART C(1)Practical (2)Religious(3)Sunday School(4)Piano(5)a walk (6)join them(7)other people (8)go to the cinema(9)at the time (10)duty(11)gentle (12)discussion(13)penniless (14)vivid(15)greeted (16)love and warmth(17)come home (18)principles(19)applyingLESSON two1. M: Do you still want to go to the graduate研究生的school after you get out of college?W: I've changed my mind about that. I want to start working before I go back to school.Q: What does the woman mean?2. M: We've got a whole hour before the Browns come by来串门, 来访to pick us up安排接取; 使搭乘; 搭救.W: Yeah. But we'd better get moving赶快;快些开始.Q: What does the woman suggest they do?3. M: I'm thinking of getting a new printer.W: I'd invest in在…上投资, 在…投入(时间、精力等) a laser [ˈleizə激光] printer. The print quality is much better. Q: What does the woman mean?4. W: I've got a coupon [ˈku:pɔn]配给券;(购物)票证;(购物)优惠券for half-off五折dinner at that new restaurant down the street. I think I'll use it when my cousin [ˈkʌzn]堂[表]兄弟[姊妹] comes for a visit this weekend.M: Where did you get it? I wouldn't mind(trying that place out too)试验.Q: What does the man want to know?5. W: What's Laura doing here today? I thought she was supposed 料想; 猜想; 以为to be out of离开了the office on Mondays.W: She decided she'd rather have Fridays off instead.Q: What can be inferred about Laura?6. M: I need to find a new roommate <英>室友,住在同室的人.W: So John's going to California after all.Q: What can be inferred from the conversation?7. M: My math assignment's工作, 任务due 到期的tomorrow morning and I haven't even started it yet.W: I'll miss想念, 惦记you at the party tonight.Q: What does the woman imply?8. W: Those packages包, 包裹, 包在一起的东西took forever长久地;(与动词进行时连用)老是,没完没了地to arrive.M: But they did arrive, didn't they?Q: What does the man say about the packages?9. M: My parents are coming to see our apartment一套房间, 一户this weekend.W: Looks as if I'd better lend you my vacuum [ˈvækjuəm]〈口〉真空吸尘器cleaner 净化器then.Q: What does the woman imply?10. M: Sarah, did you have a chance to buy that new novel you wanted?W: No, but I had Doris get it for me.Q: What does Sarah say about the novel?11. M: I've been waiting all week for this concert. The philharmonic [filɑ:ˈmɔnik]交响乐团is supposed to be excellent and with our student discoun [ˈdiskaunt]数目, 折扣t the tickets will be really cheap.W: Uh -- uh, I'm afraid I left my student ID in my other purse钱包.Q: What does the woman imply?暗示, 暗指12. M: The university bookstore opens at 9 in the morning.W: Oh, dear. I need a textbook教科书, 课本for my eight o'clock class today.Q: What does the woman mean?13. M: The storm暴风雨[雪] last night damaged some of the neighbor's roofs.W: no wonder不足为奇.Q: What does the woman mean?14. M: You've certainly无疑地; 确定地;肯定地been reading that one page for a long time now.W: Well, I'm being tested on it tomorrow.Q: What does the woman imply暗示?15. W: Another thing we need to do is show the new students around town. You know, show them all the sights视野;风景of the area.M: I don't see why we need to do that ourselves. I understand the visitors' center offers a wonderful bus tour旅行, 观光. Q: What does the man suggest they do?PART BPassage I:People in the US get a two-week paid有报酬的;领取报酬的vacation from their job every year. Most British people have four or five weeks paid holiday a year. Americans often complain抱怨, 诉苦; 投诉that two weeks is not enough especially when they hear about the longer holidays that Europeans enjoy. In addition, there are eight days in each European country, which are public holidays (the British call Bank Holiday) and many of these fall on落到, 轮到a Monday giving people a long weekend.What do people do in Britain and the US when they are on holidays? In the US, outdoor vacations are popular, for example, at the Grand Canyon峡谷or Yellowstone or other national parks or forests. Young people may go walking or camping 宿营, 露营in the mountains. Many people have small trailers拖车, 挂车in which to travel, or if they are in a car, they may stay at motels汽车旅馆on the journey旅行; 行程;. Disneyland and Disney world are also popular and people can go skiing in the Rocky洛矶Mountains of Colorado科罗拉多州, Wyoming怀俄明州and Montana蒙大纳(美国州名). Some children go to summer camp for a holiday during the summer vacation from school, where they do special activities, such as sports or crafts技巧;技能;技艺. When Americans want a holiday for fun in the sun, they usually go to Florida, Hawaii, Mexico or the Caribbean. They may go to Europe for culture, for example, to see art, plays, and places of historic历史上著名(或重要)的interest.In Britain, many people like to go to the seaside for holidays. There are places near the sea, such as Backpool, Scarborough斯卡波罗and Bournemouth伯恩茅斯, where there is plenty充裕, 大量, 富庶to do even when it rains. People also like to go to the country, especially to walk, in places like Scotland, Wales and the Lake湖泊District. When the British go abroad they usually want to go somewhere warm. Spain and the Spanish islands of Majorea and Ibiza伊比沙岛are popular as are other places in southern Europe. For skiing, people often go to the Alps阿尔卑斯山.1. How long a paid vacation can Americans enjoy every year?2. How many days are there about public holidays for Europeans in a year? weeks.3. Where do Americans usually go for fun in the sun?4. Where do Americans usually spend their holidays for culture?5. British people usually go to Spain for holidays. What for?l. ( ) Many of the public holidays are on Friday in Britain.2. ( ) Americans like to have outdoor activities during their vacations.3. ( ) Some American children do some special activities in the summer camps during their vacations.4. ( ) When British people go abroad, they usually go for culture.5. ( ) For the British, the Alps is a skiing resort度假胜地, 旅游胜地.Passage II:Every country in the world celebrates New Year but not everyone does it on the same day. The countries of North and South America and Europe welcome the New Year on January 1. This practice began with the Romans. Julius Caesar, a Roman ruler, changed the date of the New Year from the first day of March to the first day of January. In the Middle East, New Year is on the day when spring begins. People in China celebrate it on the Spring Festival, which is the first day of their lunar [ˈlju:nə] 月的, 月球的;按阴历的calendar[ˈkælində] 日历, 月历. The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19. Rosh Hashana犹太新年, which is the Jewish New Year, comes at the end of summer.In all of these cultures, there is a tradition of making noise. People made noise in ancient times to drive away the evil邪恶的, 坏的,恶毒的spirits神灵, 幽灵from home. Many people do it with fire-works. In Japan, people go from house tohouse making noise with drums 鼓, 鼓状物and bamboo竹, 竹竿sticks棍, 棒. Young people in Denmark丹麦throw broken pieces of jars罐子, 广口瓶or pots against the sides of friends' houses.In the United States, many people stay up until midnight on New Year's Eve前日, 前夕to watch the clock pass from one year to the next. Friends often gather together at a party on New Year's Eve, and when the New Year comes, all ring环状物, 圆圈bells钟, 铃, 电铃, blow吹horns[hɔ:n]号, 号角, blow whistle哨子, 汽笛songs, and kiss each other.In many European countries, families start the new year by first attending church services, which is followed by paying calls on friends and relatives. Italian boys and girls receive gifts of money on New Year's Day.New Year's Day is more joyful快乐的, 高兴的than Christmas圣诞节in France and Scotland. In these countries Christmas is a religious holiday only, while the New Year is the time for gifts-giving, parties, and visits.1. Who changed the date of the New Year from March 1 to January 172. When does the Jewish New Year begin?3. Why did people make noise in ancient times when they celebrated the New Year?4. According to the speaker, how do the children in Denmark celebrate the New Year?5. In which country do children receive gifts of money on New Year's Day?1. ( ) People in the Middle East welcome the New Year on January 1.2. ( )The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19.3. ( ) On New Year's Day, many people make noise with fireworks.4. ( ) In all European countries, families start the new year by paying calls on friends and relatives.5. ( ) Christmas is the most joyful and important festival of the year in France.Passage 3:Hundreds of years ago in England, many children dressed up as adults on Valentine's Day and they went singing from home to home. In Wales, wooden love spoons were carved and given as gifts on February 14th. Hearts, keys and keyholes were favorite decorations on the spoons. The decoration meant, "You unlock my heart!" In the Middle Ages, young men and women drew names from a bowl to see who their valentines would be. They would wear these names on their sleeves for one week. To wear your heart on your sleeve now means that it is easy for other people to know how you are feeling. In some countries, a young woman may receive a gift of clothing from a young man. If she keeps the gift, it means she will marry him. Some people used to believe that if a woman saw a robin flying overhead on Valentine's Day, it meant she would marry a sailor. If she saw a sparrow, she would marry a poor man and be very happy. If she saw a goldfinch, she would marry a millionaire.A love seat is a wide chair. It was first made to seat one woman and her wide dress. Later, the love seat or courting seat had two sections, often in an S-shape. In this way, a couple could sit together -- but not too closely! Think of five or six names of boys or girls you might marry. As you twist the stem of an apple, recite the names until the stem comes off. You will marry the person whose name you were saying when the stem fell off. Pick a dandelion that has gone to seed. Take a deep breath and blow the seeds into the wind. Count the seeds that remain on the stem. That is the number of children you will have. If you cut an apple in half and count how many seeds are inside, you will also know how many children you will have.1. According to the passage, who would dress up on Valentine's Day hundreds of years ago in England?2. What are NOT mentioned as the favorite decorations on the carved spoons?3. According to the passage, what kind of person would a woman marry if she saw4. Why was a love seat made?5. According to the passage, when a woman twists the stem of an apple, what does the woman want to see?1.(T) To wear your heart on your sleeve means that it's easy for other people to know how you are feeling.2. (T) If a woman keeps the gift of clothing from a young man, it means that she will marry him.3. (F) A love seat was made in an S-shape for a couple to sit on comfortably.4. (F) Nowadays, we think that if a woman sees a sparrow flying overhead on Valentine's Day, she will marry a poor man and be very happy.5. ( T ) According to the passage, you can guess how many children you will have with the help of an apple or a dandelion. PART C1) 1947 2) Yale Law School 3) a brave face 4) family life 5) stood by 6) on her husband's behalf 7) highlight 8) the White House9) relationship 10) her marriage 11)all Americans 12) the First Lady 13) 1996 14) law firm15) public stage16)everybody 17) the same thing 18) in private 19) public responsibilities 20) a true homeLesson three1. W: The report says all departments are making a profit except the Asian department.M: Well, Mr. Smith seems to be the wrong person to head that department. One more step wrong and he will be removed from that office.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?2. W: During the last thunderstorm, I noticed several leaks in my bedroom ceiling and they really caused a mess.M: Maybe you have some broken tiles. I have the phone number of a good roofing company that could do a good repair job for you at a reasonable price.Q: What can we conclude from this conversation?3. W: How did you do on the math exam, John?M: I barely made it. It was just a passing score but better than I had expected.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?4. M: I wonder what makes Mother so upset these days?W: Father is canceling his vacation trip. He promised to take her abroad last year, but the company is again asking father to postpone his vacation.Q: Why is their mother unhappy?5. W: Friday's speaker is supposed to be wonderful. Are you going to attend the seminar that day?M: Yes, but I haven't been able to get a ticket yet. Since the lecture is open to the public, I imagine the tickets may have already been sold out.Q: Why is the man afraid he won't be able to attend the seminar?6. M: Could you lend me your biology notes?W: Do you think you'll be able to make out my handwriting?Q: What does the woman imply about the notes?7. W: Did you pick up my books from Ron's house?M: Sorry. It slipped my mind.Q: What does the man mean?8. W: Would you like to go to the movies with us tonight?M: To the movies? Tonight is the biggest concert of the year.Q: What does the man mean?9. M: Just one person in the whole class got an A on the test! YOU!W: ALL RIGHT!!!Q: What does the woman mean?10. W: We are having a party at our house on the weekend of the 30th. Would you like to join us?M: That sounds like a lot of fun. But I'll need to check my calendar first.Q: What does the man imply?11. M: I've been running a mile every afternoon for the past month. But I still haven't been able to lose more than a pound or two. I wonder if it's worth it.W: Oh, don't give up now. It always seems hard when you are just starting out.Q: What does the woman mean?12. M: I'm going to the vegetable stand today. Can I pick up anything for you?W: No, thanks. I just came back from the market myself.Q: What does the woman mean?13. M: I don't understand why I received such a low grade on my term paper.W: You should make an appointment with the professor to discuss it.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?14. M: The sound of all that traffic is driving me out of my mind.W: It is had. But the highway will reopen tomorrow, then we won't have all those cars passing by any more.Q: What does the woman imply?15. W: I invited your mother to lunch yesterday. But she said she didn't have any free time.M: Yeah. She just got a new job.Q: What does the man mean?Passage I:Established on January 1, 1995, World Trade Organization is the successor to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). It exists to promote a free-market international trade system. The WTO promotes trade by:1. reducing tariffs;2. prohibiting import or export bans or quotas;3. eliminating discrimination against foreign products and services;4. eliminating other impediments to trade, commonly called "non-tariff trade barriers''.With China's successful entry into WTO in Nov 2001, it currently has 135 member countries, accounting for over 90% of world trade. Over 30 others are negotiating membership. The WTO's top-level decision-making body is the ministerial conference which meets at least once every two years. Over three-quarters of WTO members are developing countries. Special provisions for these members are included in the WTO's agreements. GATT is now the WTO's principal rule-book. Decisions are made by the entire membership by consensus or majority vote. The WTO's agreements have been ratified in all members' parliaments. If a trade barrier is found to be unfair, the WTO can authorize the imposition of trade sanctions to force a change in that country's law. The WTO exempts trade barriers which are designed to conserve natural resources or protect health.Critics say the WTO credits agreements are skewed in favor of rich countries. The west may preach trade liberalization, but it has used negotiations to prize third world market while keeping its own barriers intact.1.When was the World Trade Organization established?2. What is the aim of establishing the WTO?3. According to the passage, how many member countries does the WTO currently have?4. Which of the following statements is NOT true?5. What does the WTO do if a trade barrier is found to be unfair in a certain country?1.GATT,2.over 90%,3.the ministerial conference,4.conserve natural resources, protect health,5.in favor of rich countries. Passage II。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材-听说(上)答案
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(上)听力原文LESSON1Music1.B.she couldn’t talk to the consultant before two2.c.Ask the school radio station for help3.d.the book does include the answer4.B.He probably has a poor memory5.D.spend some time travelling6.B the man should refer to the instruction manual7.A he has received his telephone bill.8.B he assigns too much work9.B he’ll go and watch the fireworks10.A he had bad study habits11.D Casual dress will be appropriate12.C he wants her to get him a newspaper13.C she’ll try to see what method was used14.B ask Carol to play tennis15.A he is likely to buy a new printer the Passage II:American Music1.D All of the above2.D Because it has a fast pace and rhythmic beat3.C The blues is usually played by black musicians4.C Rock music was influenced by the blues and country music5.C The words of songs differ,and so does the enjoyment of American pop musicPassage III:Music in Different Cultures1.C In Western culture2.B Classical music and popular music3.C Music is a special form of communication with supernatural being in Asia4.D Religious ritual宗教仪式5.D FriendshipLESSON21.B She‘s not going to graduated school immediately after graduation.2.A Hurry3.C The man should buy a high-quality printer.4.C Where the woman got coupon5.A She has changed her schedule6.B the man’s current roommate is moving7.D the man won’t be able to go to the party8.B They eventually arrived9.D The man’s apartment is dirty10.D Doris purchased it for her11.C She won’t be able to get the student discount12.A She won’t be able to get the book before class13.C She isn’t surprised14.C she needs to read the page carefully15.B Send the new students on a bus tour of cityPART BPassage I:1.A Two weeks2.C Eight days3.D Florida4.C Europe5.B For skiingPassage II:1.A Roman ruler2.D At the end of summer3.D To drive a way evil spirits from their home4.A They throw broken piece of jars or pots against the sides of friends’houses5.B ItalyLESSON3见B5LESSON4EducationPART A1.D He is satisfied with it2.C Tom should consider quitting the track team3.D Her skin is sensitive to the sun4.B They won’t go swimming in the lake that day5.B The man saw Jane wearing the sweater6.D The man should get his car checked7.C She thinks the cafeteria is too expensive8.A Keep looking for his wallet9.C To invite him to go to a film10.A She wants to exercise before she runs11.D She worked hard on her presentation12.A It’s just past ten o’clock13.B He won’t do as the women asks14.B The woman should go to California to attend the wedding 15.C He thinks he selected a nice scarf PART B Passage I:1.B Post-Civil War developments in higher education in the USA2.B Three3.C Over one million4.D Harvard and John Hopkins University5.D It was not highly developed. Passage III:1.B Students have to attend school until the age of fifteen or sixteen.2.C Quebec3.A Traditional universities4.B The relationship between their curricula,the economy and society5.D Education in Canada is unique because of its bilingual and bicultural heritage LESSON5Life on Campus PART A1.C.the information may be inaccurate2.A.he has trouble remembering when things happen3.D.she needs a warm jacket4.B.she saw Becky recently5.B.she isn't really interested in art museums6.C.her roommate forgot to give her the message7.C.the man is too sensitive8.D.he regrets that he can't go to the party9.B he feel a little tired10.D.bills behavior could cause him to lose his job11.A.the woman's roommate went to get it12.C.being well rested will help Debra in the exam13. A.he's grow very quickly14.D.he doesn't know how to operate the computer15.A.discuss the situation with the person in charge of the dormitory PART B Passage1:Homing Options in the United States1.C.international students国际学生2. d.the advantages and disadvantages of living on and off campus3. A.a residence hall学生宿舍4. B.having much privacy5.D.wasting time in transportation1.B.the residence hall is very far from the sea2.D.a computer3.A.on the first floor4.D.a group of well-trained staff训练有素的员工5.B.students are required to have meals in the dining hall食堂LESSON6见B5LESSON7LESSON SEVEN Health1.B.reference books are not allowed to be checked out签出2.D.the man should give up watching the movie3.C.the man met a friend by chance 偶然4.C.at a newspaper office5.A.they are equally competent胜任for the job6.C.ask to have the package delivered 送来to his home7.B.try to find another place to study8.C.her sweater is not warm enough9.D.he's too busy to clean the house10. B.visit her relatives.11.D.Fred probably borrowed someone else's sleeping bag.12.B.two new-comers.13.C.professor Johnson's lectures were boring14.D.Watch the game at home15.C.taking public transportation saves time Passage I:art in hospitals 1. A.the importance of the quality of the environment in hospitals2.B.the artists are helping hospitals to transform the environment because they enjoy the job very much3.C.An artist4.B.50005.B.they would need less pain killers.止痛药Passage I I:medicine in britain and america1.B.in Britain,everyone goes to GP 全科to receive treatment接受治疗2.D.the patients may have to wait a long time before they can see a specialist专家.3.A.See a GP first4.C.the cost of medical insurance is high to some people医疗保险成本很高5.A.go to see a GP or an internist l.内科LESSON9FoodsPART A1.B Go to the concert2.C The woman should find out if she can reserve a table3.A The plants may need more light4.D Buy the woman some magazines5.C The machine isn’t work right now6.C She is a fast reader7.D The time on her bus schedule may no longer be correct8.D the car is in front of something interesting9.B he can recommend many things to do10.B give the woman her keys at her class11.C the man can’t address the problem right then12.A Find out if a place opens up in the course later13.C Take a shower at the gym14.D his cold will go away by itself15.C It’s hasn’t been graded等级PART BPassage I:English Food1.B it’s not nourishing.不滋补2.D Because English food often prepared rapidly迅速in large quantities where foreigners often eat.3.C When eaten with fish,coarse oatmeal porridge燕麦粥is tasty and nourishing4.A Veal小牛肉5.D Puddings布丁Passage II:l.B Hamburgers,hot dogs,fried chicken and pizza2.C Thanksgiving turkey3.D Egg rolls4.A Potato chips5.D America is a land of immigrants.移民LESSON10Introducing Foreign UniversitiesPart A1.D She doesn’t want anything to eat at that moment2.A An electrician3.A he doesn’t mind speaking English with an accent4.C the man should get his money back5.C his racket is not usable6.C The man’s apartment7.C he should choose a proper color8.C go to work9.B take the woman’s book with him10.B Record himself practicing the presentation11.D he forgot to return the notes to Pam12.B he can’t schedule an appointment for the woman 13.B she wants to watch her sister play14.C she doesn’t plan to move out of her apartment15.A he isn’t very hungry right then1.C Cambridge University is the place for student with discipline problems.纪律问题2.A the student himself or herself3.C At least AAB grades at GCE A-level or the equivalent4.D The founding资金of the university.5.C they go into a very wide range of occupations。
新世纪研究生英语公共教材听力原文与课题答案
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力全文主编:玉璞外语教育Table of ContentsLESSON ONE Resources and Energy (4)PART A (4)PART B (5)Passage I: (5)Passage II: (6)Part D (7)Lesson Two Crime and Punishment (7)Part A (7)Part B (9)Passage I (9)Passage II (10)Passage III. (11)Part D (11)Lesson Three Computers and the Internet (12)Part A (12)Part B (13)Passage I (13)Passage II (14)Passage III (15)Part D (16)LESSON FOUR Finance (16)PART A (16)Part B (18)Passage I (18)Passage II. Functions of Money (19)Passage III Credit Cards (20)Part D (20)LESSON FIVE Places to See in Britain (20)Part A (20)Part B (22)Passage I: (22)Passage Ⅱ: (23)Part D (24)LESSON SIX Education (24)Part A (24)Part B (26)Passage I SAT Examination (26)PART II Medical Education (27)LESSON SEVEN Business (28)Part A (28)Part B (29)Passage I How to Increase Business Profits (29)LESSON EIGHT Aspects of Life (32)Part A (32)Part B (34)PASSAGE I Tax (34)PASSAGE II Religion (35)LESSON NINE College Life (36)PART A (36)PART B (38)PASSAGE I College Search (38)PASSAGE II How to Get a Master's degree (39)LESSON TEN Women (41)PART A (41)PART B (42)PASSAGE I Women in Southern Europe (42)PASSAGE II American Women (44)LESSON ELEVEN Famous People (45)PART A (45)PART B (47)PASSAGE I William Jefferson Clinton (47)PASSAGE II William Shakespeare (49)LESSON TWELVE Culture (50)PART A (50)Part B (52)Passage I Beijing’s Hutongs (52)Passage II The White Wedding Dress (53)LESSON THIRTEEN Science and Technology (55)PART B (55)PASSAGE I Cloning Mount Vernon's Trees (55)PASSAGE II Dinosaur Noses (55)LESSON FOURTEEN Sports (56)PART B (56)Passage I The Famous Bicycle Racer (56)PASSAGE II The Williams Sisters (57)LESSON FIFTEEN Reform and Development (59)PART B (59)Passage I (59)Passage II (60)KEYS TO EXERCISESUnit 1 (61)Part A (61)Part B (61)Unit 2 (61)Part A (62)Part B (62)Unit 3 (62)Part A (62)Part B (62)Unit 5 (64)Part A (64)Part B (64)Part C (65)Part D (65)Unit 6 (66)Part A (66)Part B (66)Unit 7 (67)Part A (67)Part B (68)Part D (69)Unit 8 (69)Part A (69)Part B (70)Part D (71)Unit 10 (71)Part A (71)Part B (71)Unit 11 (72)Part A (72)Part B (72)Unit 12 (74)Part A (74)Part B (74)Part D (74)Unit 14 (75)Part A (75)Part B (75)Part D (76)LESSON ONE Resources and EnergyPART A1.W: Could you mail these letters for me, please?M: More letters? Your friends are going to be very happy to hear from you.Q: What does the man imply about the woman?2.W: Does Professor Ford always come to class?M: Is ice cold?Q: What do you learn about Professor Ford?3.W: Would you have some time this week to go over these questions with me?M: How does tomorrow sound?Q: What does the man mean?4.M: Hey? John! John!W: Save your breath. He's out of earshot.Q: What is true about John, according to the woman?5. W: You only have water to serve your guests?M: This isn't just water. This is imported mineral water.Q: What is the implication of the woman?6. M: Could I borrow a twenty to tide me over till payday next Tuesday? W: You are in luck. I just cashed the check.Q: What will the woman probably do next?7. M: Jean, didn't you get my messages? I left two on your answering machine.W: Hmm? Oh, sorry, Tom. I've been meaning to get back in touch with you. It just slipped my mind.Q: Why didn’t the woman return the man’s calls?8. W: I'm sorry, sir, but you're allowed only one piece of luggage on the plane. You'll have to check in one of your suitcases at the package counter.M: Actually, one of these belongs to the woman up ahead. I'm just giving her a hand.Q: Why is the man carrying an extra suitcase?9. W: We need to drive to the city tonight, but the doctor said this medicine might make me drowsy.M: In that case, I'd better drive.Q: What does the man think the woman should do?10. M: Look at all the pollution going into the air from those factories. Do you think they'll ever get under control?W: With the new laws and social awareness, we'll turn things around. Q: What does the woman predict will happen?11. W: Aren't you cold? Why aren't you wearing a jacket?M: I overslept this morning, so I ran out of the house without listening to the forecast.Q: Why isn’t the man wearing a jacket?12. M: prof. Jones, last night when I was putting the finishing touches on my paper that electrical storm completely wiped out my computer files. Do you think I could have another day to retype it?W: I'm sorry, Steven. I’m leaving for a conference tomorro w, and I'll be away for 2 weeks. I suppose you could send it to me there.Q: What will the professor probably allow the student to do?13. W: Do you know if Mary has come by the office this morning? M: I just got here myself, so I'm not the one to ask.Q: What does the woman want to know?14. M: I really enjoyed that TV special about "wealth" last night. Did you get to home in time to see it?W: Well, yes. But I wish I could have stayed awake long enough to see the whole thing.Q: What does the woman mean?15. W: Take two of these pills three times a day and you shouldn't take them on an empty stomach.M: What if I don't have an appetite?Q: What can be inferred about the man?PART BPassage I:The population of the world has been increasing faster and faster. In 10,000 B.C., there were probably 10 million people. In A.D. 1, there were 300 million. It took 1750 years for the population to reach 625 million, a little more than double the A.D. 1 figure. In 1990, there were5.3 billion people. By the year 2000, the world's population was over6 billion, and by 2050, it is expected to reach 10 billion. Does the earth have enough natural resources to support this many people? Different scientists give different answers to this question. Some say that there are enough resources to support more than 6 billion people. However, the richest countries, with a small percentage of the world's population, use most of the resources. If these resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enough for everyone. Other scientists say that we must limit population growth because our resources are limited. Only 10 percent of the earth's land can be used for farming and another 20 percent for raising animals. It is possible to increase the amount of farmland, but only a little. Some land in developing countries could be more productive if people started using modern farmingmethods, but this would not increase worldwide production by much, We all know that there is a limited amount of petroleum. There are also limits to the amounts of metals. There is a limit to the amount of water we can use since most of the earth's water is salt water, and most of the fresh water is frozen at the North and South Poles. It is difficult to say how many people the earth can support, but it will help everyone if we can limit population growth before serious shortages develop. The problem is how to do it.1. Between 1990 and 2000, what changes did the world population have?2. According to some scientists, which of the following is true?3. Why can't most of the earth's water be used?4. In developing countries, what does the use of medern farming methods result in?5. According to the author, what can you infer from the passage?II 1.There were probably 10 million people.2.It is expected to be 10 billion.3.If the resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enoueh for everyone.4.Only 10 percent.5. It is how to limit population growth.Passage II:Fresh water, life itself, has never come easy in the Middle East. Ever since the Old Testament when God punished man with 40 days and 40 nights of rain, water supplies here have been dwindling. The rainfall only comes in winter and drains quickly through the semiarid land, leaving the soil to bake and to thirst for next November. The region's accelerating population growth, expanding agriculture, industrialization, and higher living standards demand more fresh water. Drought and pollution limit its availability. War and mismanagement squander it. Nations like Israel and Jordan are swiftly sliding into that zone where they are using all the water resources available to them. They have only 15 to 20 years left before their agriculture, and ultimately their food security, is threatened. Even amid the scarcity there are haves and have-nots. Compared with the United States, which has a freshwater potential of 10,000 cubic meters a year for each citizen. Iraq has 5,500. Turkey has 4,000, and Syria has little more than 2,800. Egypt's potential is only 1,100. Israel has 460, and Jordan has less than 260. But these are not firm figures, because upstream use of river water can dramatically alter the potential downstream. Scarcity is only one element of the Middle East’s water crisis. Inefficienc y is another, as is the reluctance of some water-poor nations to change priorities from agriculture to less water-intensive enterprises. Some experts suggestthat if these nations would share both water technology and resources, they could satisfy the region's population, currently 159 million. But in this patchwork of ethnic and religious rivalries, the water crisis is not a clear-cut issue. It is entangled in the politics that keep people from trusting and seeking help from one another. Here, where water, like truth, is precious, each nation tends to find its own water and supply its own truth.1. When does the rainfall come in the Middle East?2. What is the cause of the water crisis?3. How many years are left for Israel and Jordan before their agriculture is threatened?4. What is the current population in the Middle East according to the passage?5. According to some experts' suggestion, what should the nations do in order to avoid a water crisis ?II 1) 10,000 2) 5,500 4) More than 2,8003) 4,000 5) Egypt 6) 460 7) Less than 260Part D1) award, 3) profit, 5) dedication, 7) moment, 9) physical, 11) conflict, 13)worth, 15) heart, 17) compassion, 19) lust,2) glory, 4) trust, 6) significance, 8) anguish, 10) spirit, 12) alone, 14) room, 16) honor, 18) curse, 20) valueLesson Two Crime and PunishmentPart A1.M: Hello?W: Hello. This is Dr. Grey's office. We are calling to remind you of your 4:15 appointment for your annual checkup tomorrow.M: Oh, thanks. It's a good thing you called. I thought it was 4:15 today. Q: Why is the office calling the man?2. W: How wonderful! You won the scholarship. Can you believe it?M: No. It's almost too good to be true.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: Excuse me, Professor Davidson. But I was hoping to talk to you about my class project for economics.M: I have a class in a few minutes. Why don't you come and see me during office hours tomorrow?Q: When will the woman discuss her project with Professor Davidson? 4. M: How are you feeling? W: The stuff the nurse gave me seemed to have helped. But it's making me awfully drowsy.Q: What do you learn about the woman?5. M: Bill Smith has volunteered to write a summary of the proposals we've agreed on. W: Will I have a chance to review it?Q: What does the woman want to know?6.M: The view is spectacular. Could you take a picture of me with the mountains in the background?W: I'm afraid I just ran out of film.Q: What problem does the woman have?7. W: Excuse me, we're ready to order now.M: I'll be with you in just a minute.Q: What does the man mean?8. W: I think I forgot my umbrella. Did you notice if it is raining outside? M: Yeah, it is. And I just realized I left my car window open.Q: What will the man probably do next?9. W: How does your daughter like her new school?M: Fine. She seems to have made new friends in no time.Q: What can be inferred about the man's daughter?10. W: There's an article here in this magazine you might find interesting. It's about buying running shoes.M: If it's not chemistry and it's not on the final exam, I can't read it now.Q: What is the man probably doing?11. M: You're washing your car even on vacation. It makes me feel guilty. W: You shouldn’t, it’s just that I have nothing better to do at this moment.Q: What do you think of the woman?12. M: My doctor told me I need to go for some expensive treatments for my injured knee.W: Are you sure? Maybe you need a second opinion.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?13. W: Hello. Could you fit me in for an appointment today? I need a stylist who is good at cutting curly hair.M: Julia is good at that. She is the owner. How about noon?Q: What will the woman probably do?14. W: There's nothing I like more than a good mystery novel when I've got some spare time.M: I like to read, too. But I prefer non-fiction, history, social commentary and stuff like that.Q: What does the man imply?15. M: I'm not an expert, but that noise in your refrigerator doesn't sound good. Maybe you should call and have it checked out.W: You're right. And I suppose I've put it off long enough.Q: What will the woman probably do?Part BPassage IPurse snatching is an increasingly common crime. There are estimated 50 to 100 purse snatchings each month in the New York City subways, the number often swinging widely because of the depredations of a single teenager. When such a professional is in custody, the snatches can decrease by more than 50 a month. One of the favored techniques is to stand between two subway cars and, as a train starts pulling out of the station, reach out and pull free a woman's purse.Recently, a crime analysis officer for the New York Police Department found that purse stealing in Manhattan's top restaurants was up 35 percent over the previous year. When a woman puts her purse on an empty chair at a table or at her feet beside her chair, she is inviting a purse snatcher to take it. Purse snatchers often work in pairs. When a target in a restaurant is seen, one of them will create some kind of disturbance to gain the victim's attention. While the woman is looking away from her table, the actual snatcher will lift the purse. A popular technique is for the thief to carry an umbrella with the curved handle down. The umbrella handle suddenly hooks the bag and in an instant it is on the thief's wrist, or under the coat over his arm if he is a man, and on its way out of the restaurant. Police advise that women in restaurants keep their purse either on their laps or on the floor between their legs.Other purse snatchers who operate in theaters are called "seat tippers", victimizing women who put their purses down on a neighboring empty seat. Others specialize in snatching purses from ladies' rooms. When a woman is in a toilet stall, her purse should never be placed on the floor or hung on the coat hook on the door. Thieves simply dive under the door and grab the purse on the floor, or stand on the toilet in the next stall and reach over and take the purse off the hook. The snatcher has enough time to escape since the victim can't immediately pursue the thief.I. 1. When does the number of purse snatchings decrease most dramatically?2. Where does a purse snatcher like to commit crimes in subway stations?3. When women are in restaurants, where are they advised to put their purses?4. What does a thief often use to snatch purses in restaurants?5. According to this passage, where does purse snatching not usually occur?II. crime analysis officer; take it; purses; in pairs; top restaurants;an empty chair; to some kind of disturbance; coat hook; snatching never be placed; in the next stall; enough time to escapePassage IIOn the afternoon of July4,1995, Mrs.Beatrice Weinberger brought her one-month old baby back from an outing. She left the pram outside her house and hurried inside to get the baby a clean nappy. When she returned a few moments later, the pram was empty and a scrawled note was lying where her baby had been. The note said: "Attention. I badly need money, and can't get it any other way. Don't tell the police about this, otherwise I will kill the baby." "Just put $2,000 in small bills in a brown envelope, and place it next to the road lamp at the corner of Albamarle Rd. at exactly 10 o'clock tomorrow (Thursday) morning." "If everything goes smooth, I will bring the baby back and leave him on the same corner 'safe and happy' at exactly 12 noon. No excuse, I can not wait! Your baby-sitter." Despite the kidnapper's warning, Mrs. Weinbarger contacted the police. A small parcel containing broken pieces of newspaper was placed on the comer the following morning. But the kidnapper did not show up. He failed to keep two other” appointments" with the Weinbergers, and left a second note signed "Your baby-sitter'. By then, the police felt that the baby was no longer alive. The FBI was called in, and the handwriting experts set to work to try to track down the kidnapper. In both notes an unusual z-shaped stroke was placed at the front of the y in words such as "money" and "baby". Starting with the New York State Police Office, the experts spent the next six weeks carefully going over local records at police offices, factories, hotels, clubs and schools and examining handwriting samples and comparing them with the writing on the kidnapper's notes. Then, in the middle of August, the experts' hard efforts paid off. The handwriting of John Rush Blake matched that of the kidnapper's, especially in the peculiar formation of the y's. Not long after, John Blake was arrested for making illegal alcohol. On being shown the handwriting samples, he confessed to kidnapping the baby. He told the police that he had left the baby alive and well in a nearby park on the day after the kidnapping. But when officers hurried to the place, all they found was the baby's dead body. The criminal was later put into New York's Sing Sing Prison. Even if John Blake had tried to disguise his handwriting he would still have been caught. No matter how hard someone may try to disguise his handwriting characteristics, the "individuality" of the writer shows through, the very angle at which he or she holds a pen, the way a t is crossed and an i is dotted, the height and size of capital and small letters, the amount of space between words, the use (or misuse) of punctuation marks. All these can identify a person as surely as fingerprints.I. 1. What happened to Mrs. Weinberger on the afternoon of July 4th, 1995?2. According to the message left by the kidnapper, on what condition could Mrs. Weinberger have her baby back?3. What did Mrs. Weinberger do after reading the note?4. How did the FBI catch the criminal?5. Which of the following words can best describe people's handwriting characteristics?II. 1. ( T ) When Mrs. Weinberger came back from an outing something terrible happened to her.2. ( T ) Someone kidnapped her baby because he lacked money.3. ( F ) The kidnapper did not confess to die kidnapping of the baby in the face of the handwriting sample.4. ( T ) It was the handwriting expert that broke the case.5. ( F ) At last, the police found the baby and he was safe and happy.Passage III.Timothy McVaigh placed a powerful bomb near a federal government building in Oklahoma City in 1995. The explosion killed 168 people, including 19 children. Arguments are increasing in the United States both for and against the death penalty. The increasing death penalty debate is caused by the planned execution of convicted murderer McVeigh. He is to be the first person executed by the federal government since 1963. 38 states permit the death sentence. Last year 85 people were executed in the United States. Recent public opinion studies show that more than 75 percent of Americans supper McVeigh's execution. These include many Americans who usually oppose the death sentence. Kent Scheidegger is with the Criminal Justice Legal Foundation in Califomia. It is a victim's rights organization that supports the death penalty. Mr. Scheidegger says McVeigh is a perfect example of why there is a need for a federal death penalty. He says anything less than the death of McVeigh would show a complete lack of justice. Groups opposed to the death penalty say the approval of the execution of McVeigh does not show an increase in general public support for the death penalty. Opinion studies show that support for the death penalty has decreased. Studies show 77 percent of Americans supported it five years ago, now only about 63 percent do, Opponents of the death penalty have always argued that it was unfair. They say poor people who can not pay for good legal help receive the death penalty more often than others. And they say courts order the death penalty more often when the accused is a member of a racial minority group.Part D1)generous 2)company 3)hospitality 4)reception5)reputation6)anniversary7)suspicion 8)mutual 9)vastest10)communication 11)commerce 12)contact 13)1975 14)openness 15)potential 16)secure 17)lure 18)astonish 19)reach 20)confidentLesson Three Computers and the InternetPart A1.M: This report is due tomorrow. Would you be able to work on it with me tonight?W: Unfortunately, I have another commitment.Q: What is the woman saying?2. W: I wonder where the books I ordered are. I expected to receive the package several days ago.M: Maybe you'd better check it out with the company. They could be temporarily out of stock.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?3. M: I just have to type this last page and then I'm through.W: By then, I'll be done, too.Q: What can be learned about the woman?4. W: Did you read the editorial in the paper about the mayor's speech? M: I sure did. But I think they twisted the meaning of what he said. Q: What does the man say about the editorial?5. W: Why don't we go to see a movie tonight? A good comedy might cheer you up.M: I would. But the reason that I've been so down is all this work I have to do.Q: What can be inferred about the man?6. W: So, are you going to see the students' play tonight?M: I doubt it. I'm still getting over the flu.Q: What is true about the man?7. M: Gordon needs to find another place to live. The apartment he rents now has been sold to a new owner.W: He'd better start looking right away. When all the students come back in a few weeks, he won't find any near the campus.Q: What does the woman suggest Gordon do?8. W: Mind if I borrow your Spanish workbook?M: Not as long as I have it back in time to take to class this evening. Q: What does the man mean?9. W: You don't believe in diets, do you?M: There is nothing wrong with them per se but they have to be combined with exercise to do any good.Q: What is the man's attitude towards diets ?10. W: I don't know which color folder to use, white or brown.M: What difference does it make? It's the content that's important. Q: What is the implication of the man?11. W: You know, I've heard that Professor Martin's Introduction to Chemistry class is too demanding for first year students. They say it's the most difficult course for graduate students.M: Yeah, but a lot of students will tell you otherwise. Go talk to anyone who has gone to an advanced course, like Organic Chemistry, or who studied chemistry in graduate school. They're really glad they started out with Professor Martin.Q: What does the man imply about Professor Martin?12. W: Hey, Mark. Have you been able to sell your old piano, yet?M: Hmm, you were right. Just posting notices on bulletin boards at a couple of supermarkets wasn't enough. I think I'll have to place an advertisement in the local newspaper.Q: Which of the following is true according to the conversation?13. W: I'm amazed that you still haven't gotten to know your neighbors. M: They tend to keep to themselves.Q: Why hasn't the man gotten to know his neighbors?14. W: Hi! Um, I think something is wrong with the washing machine. It works, and I just did my laundry, but it makes some strange noises. Maybe you should call someone to fix it.M: Oh, don't worry. Someone from the repair shop is already on the way over to take a look at it.Q: What is the implication of the man?15. W: It's so thoughtful of you to offer to drop me off at the train station. Are you sure it's not out of your way?M: Not at all. The station is really close to where I'm going.Q: What can be learned about the man?Part BPassage IThe Application of Computers in Education The best method for improving educational standards is to utilize every tool available, including state-of-the-art technology. Computers and the internet have expanded the way in which information can be delivered to the students of today. Today's networking technologies provide a valuable opportunityto practise new learning techniques. Educators are discovering that computers are facilitating learning. Computer-based communications, or telecommunications, can offer many educational opportunities; therefore, educators will need to adapt current teaching methods to incorporate this new media into the classroom. Computers have made a fundamental impact on most industries, providing a competitive advantage that has come to be essential to many businesses. Therefore, schools must also use technology to improve the educational process. School systems often consider purchasing a computer network, and justify its purchase by applying it to routine administrative tasks, such as attendance records and grading. While these tasks are very important, they only show a small part of what technology can do for a school. Technology must go further than simply keeping attendance; it must focus on keeping students interested and productive. Since computers and the Internet have expanded the ways in which education can be delivered to students, it is currently possible to engage in "distance education" through the Internet. Distance education involves audio and video links between teachers and students in remote areas. Video conferencing allows groups to communicate with each other. Desktop video conferencing promises to bring students together from geographic and cultural distances face to face via computer. Not only will the teacher talk to the students, but the students will be able to interact with each other. This will make students more interested in learning.I. 1. According to the passage, what are educators discovering?2. What do schools usually purchase computer networks for?3. According to the author, what should computers be mainly used for?4. Which of the following is NOT a feature of video conferencing?5. Which of the following is true according to the passage?II. fundamental impact; be essential; improve the educational process; justify its purchase; attendance records; what technology can doPassage IIE-Commerce The Internet, as a means for commerce, did not become reality until the 1990s. Before this time, it was mainly a tool for the army, and a research device for some American universities. Its popularity grew when it proved to be a fast and efficient means to conduct long distance transactions, as well as an effective way to distribute information. The first advantage that e-commerce possesses is speed. With increased speeds of communication, the delivery time is expedited and that makes the whole transaction from start to finish more efficient. Also, you can find practically any product available for sale on the Internet. Even more significant is the fact that information appearing on the Internet can be changed rapidly. This gives business owners the ability。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(上)【全】原文、解析、答案
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(上)听力原文Lesson 1 Music1. M: By the way, Jane, did you talk to the consultant顾问about our new health program?W: I contacted联系his office but his secretary said he would (be out for)试图得到lunch until two.Q: What does the woman mean?B. she couldn’t talk to the consultant before two2. W: We need to let everyone know about the charity [ˈtʃæriti] n. 慈爱concert, but we don't have much money for advertising.M: How about using the school radio station? They broadcast free public service 服务announcements. 通告Q: What does the man suggest they do?c. Ask the school radio station for help3. W: I don't understand why this self-study自学book doesn't have answers to the questions.M: But it does. You can find them at the back of the book.Q: What does the man say about the self-study book? d. the book does include the answer4. M: The new sales manager says he has never met you before.W: We've been introduced about three times. He seems a little forgetful.Q: What do we learn about the new sales manager?B. He probably has a poor memory5. M: Have you had the brakes[breik] n制动器; 闸; 刹车. and tires checked? And do you have enough money?W: I have taken care of everything. And I'm sure it's going to be a wonderful极好的, 精彩的, 绝妙的trip.Q: What's the woman going to do?D. spend some time travelling6. M: I've had my new stereo 立体声for a whole week, but I haven't yet figured out想到how to record music.W: Didn't an instruction manual [ˈmænjuəl] 手册形式的,像手册的;教范性质的come with it?Q: What does the woman imply?B the man should refer to the instruction manual7. W: I want to pay you for that long-distance call I made. But, I suppose you haven't gotten your phone bill yet,M: Oh, but I have.Q: What does the man mean?A he has received his telephone bill.8. M: Professor Smith assigned us three more novels to read.W: He must think you don't have any other classes.Q: What can be inferred about Professor Smith?B he assigns too much work9. M: Let's go watch the fireworks烟花tonight.W: I have tickets to the theater.Q: What plan does the man has that night?B he’ll go and watch the fireworks10. M: I am exhausted筋疲力尽的. I stayed up熬夜the whole night studying for my history midterm exam.W: Why do you always wait till the last minute?Q: What can be inferred about the man?A he had bad study habits11. M: I'll be coming straight from work, so I'll have to pack 包装;捆扎a change of clothes.W: It's only a barbecue [ˈbɑ:bikju:] (常用于室外的)金属烤架. Jeans and T-shirts will be fine.Q: What does the woman imply?D Casual dress will be appropriate12. W: I'm going to the snack [snæk] 小吃; 点心; 快餐barfor a cup of coffee. Would you like me to bring you back something?M: Not from the snack bar, but could you pick up a paper for me?Q: What does the man mean?C he wants her to get him a newspaper13. M: I don't understand how this budget wascalculated[ˈkælkjuleit] 计算, 估计, 核算.W: Let me have a look, OK?Q: What does the woman mean?C she’ll try to see w hat method was used 14. W: We need a fourth player for tennis this morning. Do you want to join us?M: I've got a class at nine, but Carol is free and she is really good.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?B ask Carol to play tennis15. W: Have you saved enough to buy that new printer for your computer yet?M: You know, money seems to be burning a hole in my pocket lately. Maybe next month.Q: What does the man likely to do the following month?A he is likely to buy a new printer the following month.Passage II: American Music One of America's most important exports出口is her modern music. American music is played all over the world. It is enjoyed by the people of all ages in all countries. Although the lyrics ['liriks] 歌词are English, people not speaking English can enjoy it too. The reasons for its popularity普遍,流行; are its fast pace [peis步子;节奏and rhythmic [ˈrɪðmɪk] 有韵律的, 有节奏的beat[bi:t]节拍, 拍子.The music has many origins [ˈɔridʒin]起点; 来源in the United States. Country music, coming from the rural农村的,乡村的areas in the southern United States, is one source来源, 出处. Country music features以…为物色是…特征simple themes 题目,主题,and melodies 曲调, 歌曲describing day-to-day situations形势; 情况and the feelings of country people. Many people appreciate欣赏, 赏识, this music because of the emotions 情感,感情expressed by country music songs.A second origin of American popular music is theblues[blu:z]布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲. It depicts描述mostly sad feelings reflecting表达; 反映the difficult lives of American blacks. It is usually played and sung by blackmusicians, but it is popular with all Americans.(Rock music)摇滚音乐is a newer form of music. This music style风格, featuring .以…为物色是…特征fast and repetitious重复的;反复的rhythms节奏, was influenced by the blues布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲and country music. It was first known as rock-and-roll in the 1950s. Since then there have been many forms of rock music: hard rock, soft rock, and others. Many performers of popular music are young musicians. American popular music is marketed在市场上出售某物to a demanding(顾客的)需求、需要audience观众, 听众; 读者. Now popular songs are heard on the radio several times a day. Some songs have become popular all over the world. People hear these songs sung in their original起初的; 原来的English or sometimes translated into other languages. The words may differ but the enjoyment of the music is universal普遍的.1. Which group of people enjoy American music?D All of the above2. Why is American music so popular in all countries?D Because it has a fast pace and rhythmic beat3. What can be learned from the passage?C The blues is usually played by black musicians4. What do you know from the passage?C Rock music was influenced by the blues and country music5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?C The words of songs differ, and so does the enjoyment of American pop music Passage III: Music in Different CulturesIn western culture music is regarded as good by birth在血统上,生来, and sounds that are welcome are said to be "music to the ears". In some other cultures文化-- for example, Islamic伊斯兰的,伊斯兰教的culture -- it is of little value, associated (使)发生联系, (使)联合; 结交, 结伙with sin [sin]罪恶, 罪孽and evil罪恶. In the West and in the high cultures of Asia, it is said that there are three types of music. First, classical古典的, 经典的music, composed 组成, 构成and performed by trained professionals具有某专业资格的人, 专业人士originally最初under the support of courts宫廷, 宫室and religious宗教的establishments建立, 确立; second, folk music民间音乐, shared by the population at large and passed on传递; 传授orally口头上地,口述地, and third, popular music,performed by professionals, spread (使)传播, (使)散布through radio, television, records, film, and print, and consumed消耗,耗尽by the mass public.Music is a major component 成分, 组成部分, 部件, 元件in religious宗教的services, theater剧场,戏院,, and entertainment娱乐, 文娱节目, 表演会of all sorts. The most universal use of music is as a part of religious rituals仪式. In some tribal [ˈtraɪbəl] 部落的societies, music appears to serve as a special form of communication with supernatural超自然的;鬼、神或幻术所引起的beings, and its prominent显著的; 突出的use in modern Christian基督教徒and Jewish犹太人的;犹太教徒的services may be the leftover of just such an original原始的purpose. Another less obvious function of music is social adherence 遵守;遵循;坚持. For most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol象征, 标志. Members of most societies share keen热衷的, 热心的, feelings as to what kind of music they "belong to". Indeed, some minorities少数, 小部分including, in the U. S.A., black Americans and Euro-American groups use music as a major symbol of group identity身份. Music also symbolizes象征;作为…的象征military军事的, 军用的;, patriotic [ˌpætriˈɔtik]爱国的, 有爱国心的and funeral葬礼, 丧礼moods心情, 情绪and events. In a more general普遍的, 全面的; sense, music may express the central最重要的, 主要的, 首要social values of a society. In western culture, the interrelationship相互关系of conductor and orchestra [ˈɔ:kistrə]管弦乐队symbolizes the need for strong cooperation合作, 协作among various kinds of specialists 专家, 行家in a modern industrial society. 1. In what culture is music regarded as good by birth?C In Western culture 2. Which of the following is performed by professionals?B Classical music and popular music3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?C Music is a special form of communication with supernatural being in Asia 4. According to the passage, what is the most universal use of music?D Religious ritual 宗教仪式5. Which of the following is NOT symbolized 象征by music?D FriendshipLesson 2 Holidays1. M: Do you still want to go to the graduate研究生的school after you get out of college? W: I've changed my mind about that. I want to start working before I go back to school.Q: What does the woman mean?B She ‘s not going to graduated school immediately after graduation.2. M: We've got a whole hour before the Browns come by 来串门, 来访to pick us up安排接取; 使搭乘; 搭救.W: Yeah. But we'd better get moving赶快;快些开始.Q: What does the woman suggest they do?A Hurry3. M: I'm thinking of getting a new printer.W: I'd invest in在…上投资, 在…投入(时间、精力等) a laser [ˈleizə激光] printer. The print quality is much better.Q: What does the woman mean?C The man should buy a high- quality printer.4. W: I've got a coupon[ˈku:pɔn] 配给券;(购物)票证;(购物)优惠券for half-off 五折dinner at that new restaurant down the street. I think I'll use it when my cousin [ˈkʌzn]堂[表]兄弟[姊妹]comes for a visit this weekend.M: Where did you get it? I wouldn't mind(trying that place out too)试验.Q: What does the man want to know?C Where the woman got coupon5. W: What's Laura doing here today? I thought she was supposed 料想; 猜想; 以为to be out of离开了the office on Mondays.W: She decided she'd rather have Fridays off instead.Q: What can be inferred about Laura?A She has changed her schedule 6. M: I need to find a new roommate <英>室友,住在同室的人.W: So John's going to California after all.Q: What can be inferred from the conversation?B th e man’s current roommate is moving7. M: My math assignment's工作, 任务due 到期的tomorrow morning and I haven't even started it yet.W: I'll miss想念, 惦记you at the party tonight.Q: What does the woman imply?D the man won’t be able to go to the party8. W: Those packages包, 包裹, 包在一起的东西took forever长久地;(与动词进行时连用)老是,没完没了地to arrive. M: But they did arrive, didn't they?Q: What does the man say about the packages?B They eventually arrived9. M: My parents are coming to see our apartment一套房间, 一户this weekend.W: Looks as if I'd better lend you my vacuum [ˈvækjuəm]〈口〉真空吸尘器cleaner 净化器then.Q: What does the woman imply?D The man’s apartment is dirty10. M: Sarah, did you have a chance to buy that new novel you wanted?W: No, but I had Doris get it for me.Q: What does Sarah say about the novel?D Doris purchased it for her11. M: I've been waiting all week for this concert. The philharmonic [filɑ:ˈmɔnik]交响乐团is supposed to be excellent and with our student discoun [ˈdiskaunt]数目, 折扣t the tickets will be really cheap.W: Uh -- uh, I'm afraid I left my student ID in my other purse钱包.Q: What does the woman imply? 暗示, 暗指C She won’t be able to get the student discount12. M: The university bookstore opens at 9 in the morning.W: Oh, dear. I need a textbook教科书, 课本for my eight o'clock class today. Q: What does the woman mean?A She won’t be able to get the book before class13. M: The storm暴风雨[雪] last night damaged some of the neighbor's roofs.W: no wonder不足为奇. Q: What is the woman reaction to the man says?C She isn’t surprised14. M: You've certainly无疑地; 确定地;肯定地been reading that one page for a long time now.W: Well, I'm being tested on it tomorrow.Q: What does the woman imply暗示?C she needs to read the page carefully15. W: Another thing we need to do is show the new students around town. You know, show them all the sights视野;风景of the area. M: I don't see why we need to do that ourselves. I understand the visitors' center offers a wonderful bus tour旅行, 观光Q: What does the man suggest they do?B Send the new students on a bus tour of cityPART BPassage I:People in the US get a two-week paid有报酬的;领取报酬的vacation from their job every year. Most British people have four or five weeks paid holiday a year. Americans often complain抱怨, 诉苦; 投诉that two weeks is not enough especially when they hear about the longer holidays that Europeans enjoy. In addition, there are eight days in each European country, which are public holidays (the British call Bank Holiday) and many of these fall on落到, 轮到a Monday giving people a long weekend.What do people do in Britain and the US when they are on holidays? In the US, outdoor vacations are popular, for example, at the Grand Canyon峡谷or Yellowstone or other national parks or forests. Young people may go walking or camping 宿营, 露营in the mountains. Many people have small trailers拖车, 挂车in which to travel, or if they are in a car, they may stay at motels汽车旅馆on the journey旅行; 行程;. Disneyland and Disney world are also popular and people can go skiing in the Rocky洛矶Mountains of Colorado科罗拉多州, Wyoming怀俄明州andMontana蒙大纳(美国州名). Some children go to summer camp for a holiday during the summer vacation from school, where they do special activities, such as sports or crafts技巧;技能;技艺. When Americans want a holiday for fun in the sun, they usually go to Florida, Hawaii, Mexico or the Caribbean. They may go to Europe for culture, for example, to see art, plays, and places of historic历史上著名(或重要)的interest.In Britain, many people like to go to the seaside for holidays. There are places near the sea, such as Backpool, Scarborough斯卡波罗and Bournemouth伯恩茅斯, where there is plenty充裕, 大量, 富庶to do even when it rains. People also like to go to the country, especially to walk, in places like Scotland, Wales and the Lake湖泊District. When the British go abroad they usually want to go somewhere warm. Spain and the Spanish islands of Majorea and Ibiza伊比沙岛are popular as are other places in southern Europe. For skiing, people often go to the Alps阿尔卑斯山.1. How long a paid vacation can Americans enjoy every year?A Two weeks2. How many days are there about public holidays for Europeans in a year?C Eight days3. Where do Americans usually go for fun in the sun?D Florida4. Where do Americans usually spend their holidays for culture?C Europe5. British people usually go to Spain for holidays. What for?B For skiingPassage II:Every country in the world celebrates New Year but not everyone does it on the same day. The countries of North and South America and Europe welcome the New Year on January 1. This practice began with the Romans. Julius Caesar, a Roman ruler, changed the date of the New Year from the first day of March to the first day of January. In the Middle East, New Year is on the day when spring begins. People in China celebrate it on the Spring Festival, which is the first day of their lunar[ˈlju:nə] 月的, 月球的;按阴历的calendar[ˈkælində] 日历, 月历. The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19. Rosh Hashana犹太新年, which is the Jewish New Year, comes at the end of summer.In all of these cultures, there is a tradition of making noise. People made noise in ancient times to drive away the evil邪恶的, 坏的,恶毒的spirits神灵, 幽灵from home. Today ,many people do it with fire-works. In Japan, people go from house to house making noise with drums 鼓, 鼓状物and bamboo竹, 竹竿sticks棍, 棒. Young people in Denmark丹麦throw broken pieces of jars罐子, 广口瓶or pots against the sides of friends' houses.In the United States, many people stay up until midnight on New Year's Eve 前日, 前夕to watch the clock pass from one year to the next. Friends often gather together at a party on New Year's Eve, and when the New Year comes, all ring环状物, 圆圈bells钟, 铃, 电铃, blow吹horns[hɔ:n]号, 号角, blow whistle哨子, 汽笛songs, and kiss each other.In many European countries, families start the new year by first attending church services, which is followed by paying calls on friends and relatives. Italian boys and girls receive gifts of money on New Year's Day. New Year's Day is more joyful 快乐的, 高兴的than Christmas 圣诞节in France and Scotland. In these countries Christmas isa religious holiday only, while the New Year is the time for gifts-giving, parties, and visits.1. Who changed the date of the New Year from March 1 to January 17A Roman ruler2. When does the Jewish New Year begin?D At the end of summer3. Why did people make noise in ancient times when they celebrated the New Year?D To drive a way evil spirits from their home4. According to the speaker, how do the children in Denmark celebrate the New Year? A They throw broken piece of jars or pots against the sides of friends’ hou ses5. In which country do children receive gifts of money on New Year's Day?B Italyimportant festival of the year in France.Lesson 3 Economy1. W: The report says all departments are making a profit except the Asian department.M: Well, Mr. Smith seems to be the wrong person to head that department. One more step wrong and he will be removed from that office. Q: What do we learn from the conversation?A.Mr.Smith will be replaced if he makes another mistake.2. W: During the last thunderstorm, I noticed several leaks in my bedroom ceiling and they really caused a mess.M: Maybe you have some broken tiles. I have the phone number of a good roofing company that could do a good repair job for you at a reasonable price.Q: What can we conclude from this conversation?A.The roof of the woman’s house needs to be repaired.3. W: How did you do on the math exam, John?M: I barely made it. It was just a passing score but better than I had expected.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?B.John did better than he thought he was able to.4. M: I wonder what makes Mother so upset these days? W: Father is canceling his vacation trip. He promised totake her abroad last year, but the company is again asking father to postpone his vacation.Q: Why is their mother unhappy?A.Their father is unable to keep his promise.5. W: Friday's speaker is supposed to be wonderful. Are you attending the seminar that day?M: Yes, but I haven't been able to get a ticket yet. Since the lecture is open to the public, I imagine the tickets may have already been sold out.Q: Why is the man afraid he won't be able to attend the seminar? D.He thinks that there might not be an more tickets available.6. M: Could you lend me your biology notes?W: Do you think you'll be able to make out my handwriting?Q: What does the woman imply about the notes?C.They might be hard to read.7. W: Did you pick up my books from Ron's house? M: Sorry. It slipped my mind. Q: What does the man mean?B.He forgot to get the books.8. W: Would you like to go to the movies with us tonight?M: To the movies? Tonight is the biggest concert of the year.Q: What does the man likely to do at that night?A.He is likely to go to the concert.9. M: Just one person in the whole class got an A on the test! YOU!W: ALL RIGHTQ: What does the woman feel on hear what the man says?D.She is very pleased.10. W: We are having a party at our house on the weekend of the 30th. Would you like to join us?M: That sounds like a lot of fun. But I'll need to check my calendar first.Q: What does the man imply?B.He may already have plans.11. M: I've been running a mile every afternoon for the past month. But I still haven't been able to lose more than a pound or two. I wonder if it's worth it.W: Oh, don't give up now. It always seems hard when you are just starting out.Q: What does the man do according to the woman’s advice?D.Continue his exercise program.12. M: I'm going to the vegetable stand today. Can I pick up anything for you?W: No, thanks. I just came back from the market myself. Q: Why does the woman decline the man’s offer? C.She has been to the market.13. M: I don't understand whyI received such a low grade on my term paper.W: You should make an appointment with the professor to discuss it.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?A.See his professor about the paper. 14. M: The sound of all that traffic is driving me out of my mind.W: It is had. But the highway will reopen tomorrow, then we won't have all those cars passing by any more.Q: What does the woman imply?D.The traffic won’t detour after the following day.15. W: I invited your mother to lunch yesterday. But she said she didn't have any free time. M: Yeah. She just got a new job.Q: What does the man mean?D.His mother’s new job keeps her busy.Passage I:Established on January 1, 1995, World Trade Organization is the successor to the General Agreement on Tariffs(关税)and Trade (GATT). It exists to promote a free-market international trade system. The WTO promotes trade by:1. reducing tariffs;2. prohibiting import or export bans or quotas(定量);3. eliminating discrimination against foreign products and services;4. eliminating other impediments to trade, commonly called "non-tariff trade barriers''.With China's successful entry into WTO in Nov 2001, it currently has 135 member countries, accounting for over 90% of world trade. Over 30 others are negotiating membership. The WTO'stop-level decision-making body is the ministerial conference which meets at least once every two years. Over three-quarters of WTO members are developing countries. Special provisions for these members are included in the WTO's agreements. GATT is now the WTO's principal rule-book. Decisions are made by the entire membership by consensus or majority vote. The WTO's agreements have been ratified in all members'parliaments. If a trade barrier is found to be unfair, the WTO can authorize the imposition of trade sanctions to force a change in that country's law. The WTO exempts trade barriers which are designed to conserve natural resources or protect health.Critics say the WTO credits agreements are skewed in favor of rich countries. The west may preach trade liberalization, but it has used negotiations to prize third world market while keeping its own barriers intact.1.When was the World Trade Organization established? B.On January 1,1995.2. What is the aim of establishing the WTO?D.To promote a free-market international trade system. 3. According to the passage, how many member countries does the WTO currently have?A.134.4. Which of the following statements is NOT true?C.The WTO’s top level decision-making body meets at least once each year.5. What does the WTO do if a trade barrier is found to be unfair in a certain country?A.The WTO authorizes the imposition of trade sanctions on the country.1.GATT,2.over 90%,3.the ministerial conference,4.conserve natural resources, protect health,5.in favor of rich countries.Passage IIWorld financial circles affirm that this year has witnessed the most forceful economic growth over the past 13 years. The growth rate is expected to reach 4.7 percent, much higher than the 2.5 percent in 1998 and the 3.3 percent in 1999. The average economic growth rate of developed countries may reach 4.2 percent this year. The US economy continues to lead the tide of the world economic growth, with its economic growth rate getting close to 5.2 percent. The European economic situation is also better than that in previous years, and the average growth rate of the 11 countries in the Euro zone is to reach 3.5 percent. The Japanese economy has freed itself from a slump, and its growth rate this year may reach 1.9 percent, higher than the average growth rate in the past 10 years.The average economic growth rate of the developing countries this year can reach 5.6 percent. The economic development in the Asian developing regions has attractedpeople's attention. Their growth rate this year may reach 7.1 percent. The Russian economy has had an unexpected, strong recovery from the 1998 crisis, with the growth rate possibly reaching 6 percent.Among the many factors that have boosted world economic growth, the growing information technological industry is playing an increasingly outstanding role. The information technological industry is becoming a leading industry in the national economy and a new economic growth point. According to experts' estimate, file current contribution rate of the information technological industry to the world economic growth is 18.2 percent. Its ratio in the growth of the US economy is even higher, standing at one-third. The information technological industry is currently the world, economic sector experiencing rapid development and is creating ever-more wealth, The integration of the traditional economy and the web economy has become the present development trend of the world economy.1.They affirm that the year 2000 has witnessed the most forceful economic growth over the past 13 years.2.The Russian economy.3.18.2%.4.The information technological industry.5.The present development trend of the world economy is the integration of the traditional economy and the web economy.1) 4.2%, 2) 5.2%, 3) 3.5%, 4) 1.9%, 5) 5.6%, 6) 7.1%, 7) 6% Passage III:President Jiang Zemin said on November 16, 2000 that in the development of a "New Economy", it is essential to take advantage of the latest developments in science and technology. He made this address at the eighth informal meeting of leaders of the APEC forum. He explained that the "New Economy" refers to the kind of economy initiated and sustained by new technologies andhi-tech industries. The advancement of technology, led by IT and biotechnology industries, is giving rise to a new industrial revolution, Jiang said.Developing countries are faced with the difficult task of both transforming their traditional industries and developing new industries, Jiang noted, adding thatcontinued expansion of the 'digital divide" has widened the wealth gap between North and South and may trigger new imbalances in the world economy."Against the background of accelerated economic globalization and the dynamic progress of science and technology, we must facilitate cooperation between developed and developing countries on exchanges of human resources, technology and infrastructure, and we must help countries develop independently to narrow the North-South gap."Today, the development, application and impact of science and technology far transcends national boundaries. For example, every major breakthrough made in the human genome project is a crystallization of cooperation between scientists from a number of countries. Only when applied in a global context can the achievements of science and technology benefit people", Jiang said. He also noted that economic globalization should stress the popularization of scientific and technological knowledge.The protection of intellectual property rights should be guided by market rules in such away that the rules will be helpful to the spread of scientific and technological knowledge, so that all countries may benefit, he added.1.On November 16, 2000.2.It is essential to take advantage of the latest developments in science and technology.3.It refers to the kind of economy initiated and sustained by new technologies and hi-tech industries.4.They are faced with the task of both transforming their traditional industries and developing new industries.5.It should stress the popularization of scientific and technological knowledge.1.the eighth informal meeting of leaders2.bio-technology industries, a new industrial revolution3.has widened the wealth gap, North and South, new imbalances in the world economy4.developed and developing countries, human resources, technology5.intellectual property rights, the spread of scientific and technological knowledge, all countries may benefit.。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力原文及答案(完整版)之欧阳道创编
欧阳道创编 2021.03.06新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力原文及答案Table of Contents欧阳道创编 2021.03.06LESSON 1 Resources and Energy PART A1.W: Could you mail these letters for me, please?M: More letters? Your friends are going to be very happy to hear from you.Q: What does the man imply about the woman?She is written a lot of letters recently2.W: Does Professor Ford always come to class?M: Is ice cold?Q: What do you learn about Professor Ford?She never misses class3.W: Would you have some time this week to go over these questions with me?M: How does tomorrow sound?Q: What does the man mean?They can work together the next day4.M: Hey? John! John!W: Save your breath. He's out of earshot.Q: What is true about John, according to the woman?John is too far away to hear5. W: You only have water to serve your guests?M: This isn't just water. This is imported mineral water.Q: What is the implication of the woman?The guests don’t want to be served water6. M: Could I borrow a twenty to tide me over till payday next Tuesday? W: You are in luck. I just cashed the check.Q: What will the woman probably do next?Lend the man some money7. M: Jean, didn't you get my messages? I left two on your answering machine.W: Hmm? Oh, sorry, Tom. I've been meaning to get back in touch with you. It just slipped my mind.Q: Why didn’t the woman return the man’s calls?She forgot to call him8. W: I'm sorry, sir, but you're allowed only one piece of luggage on the plane. You'll have to check in one of your suitcases at the package counter.M: Actually, one of these belongs to the woman up ahead. I'm just giving her a hand.Q: Why is the man carrying an extra suitcase?The extra suitcase he is carrying belongs to someone else9. W: We need to drive to the city tonight, but the doctor said this medicine might make me drowsy.M: In that case, I'd better drive.Q: What does the man think the woman should do?Avoid driving after taking her medicine10. M: Look at all the pollution going into the air from those factories. Do you think they'll ever get under control?W: With the new laws and social awareness, we'll turn things around. Q: What does the woman predict will happen?The situation will improve with the new changes11. W: Aren't you cold? Why aren't you wearing a jacket?M: I overslept this morning, so I ran out of the house without listening to the forecast.Q: Why isn’t the man wearing a jacket?He did not know it would be cold12. M: prof. Jones, last night when I was putting the finishing touches on my paper that electrical storm completely wiped out my computer files. Do you think I could have another day to retype it?W: I'm sorry, Steven. I’m leaving for a conference tomorrow, and I'll be away for 2 weeks. I suppose you could send it to me there.Q: What will the professor probably allow the student to do?Mail her the paper after the deadline13. W: Do you know if Mary has come by the office this morning?M: I just got here myself, so I'm not the one to ask.Q: What does the woman want to know?She wants to know if mart has come by this morning14. M: I really enjoyed that TV special about "wealth" last night. Did you get to home in time to see it?W: Well, yes. But I wish I could have stayed awake long enough to see the whole thing.Q: What does the woman mean?She fell asleep before the program ended15. W: Take two of these pills three times a day and you shouldn't take them on an empty stomach.M: What if I don't have an appetite?Q: What can be inferred about the man?He may not be able to wake upPART BPassage I:The population of the world has been increasing faster and faster. In 10,000 B.C., there were probably 10 million people. In A.D. 1, there were 300 million. It took 1750 years for the population to reach 625 million, a little more than double the A.D. 1 figure. In 1990, there were 5.3 billion people. By the year 2000, the world's population was over 6 billion, and by 2050, it is expected to reach 10 billion. Does the earth have enough natural resources to support this many people? Different scientists givedifferent answers to this question. Some say that there are enough resources to support more than 6 billion people. However, the richest countries, with a small percentage of the world's population, use most of the resources. If these resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enough for everyone. Other scientists say that we must limit population growth because our resources are limited. Only 10 percent of the earth's land can be used for farming and another 20 percent for raising animals. It is possible to increase the amount of farmland, but only a little. Some land in developing countries could be more productive if people started using modern farming methods, but this would not increase worldwide production by much, We all know that there is a limited amount of petroleum. There are also limits to the amounts of metals. There is a limit to the amount of water we can use since most of the earth's water is salt water, and most of the fresh water is frozen at the North and South Poles. It is difficult to say how many people the earth can support, but it will help everyone if we can limit population growth before serious shortages develop. The problem is how to do it.1.Between 1990 and 2000, what changes did the world population have?It had increased by almost a billion2.According to some scientists, which of the following is true?The world’s resources are adequate but not evently distributed3.Why can't most of the earth's water be used?It is mostly salt or frozen at the North and South Poles4.In developing countries, what does the use of medern farming methodsresult in?5. According to the author, what can you infer from the passage?II 1.There were probably 10 million people.2.It is expected to be 10 billion.3.If the resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enoueh for everyone.4.Only 10 percent.5. It is how to limit population growth.Passage II:Fresh water, life itself, has never come easy in the Middle East. Ever since the Old Testament when God punished man with 40 days and 40 nights of rain, water supplies here have been dwindling. The rainfall only comes in winter and drains quickly through the semiarid land, leaving the soil to bake and to thirst for next November. The region's accelerating population growth, expanding agriculture, industrialization, and higher living standards demand more fresh water. Drought and pollution limit its availability. War and mismanagement squander it. Nations like Israel and Jordan are swiftly sliding into that zone where they are using all the water resources available to them. They have only 15 to 20 years left before their agriculture, and ultimately their food security, is threatened. Even amid the scarcity there are haves and have-nots. Compared with theUnited States, which has a freshwater potential of 10,000 cubic meters a year for each citizen. Iraq has 5,500. Turkey has 4,000, and Syria has little more than 2,800. Egypt's potential is only 1,100. Israel has 460, and Jordan has less than 260. But these are not firm figures, because upstream use of river water can dramatically alter the potential downstream. Scarcity is only one element of the Middle East’s water crisis. Inefficiency is another, as is the reluctance of some water-poor nations to change priorities from agriculture to less water-intensive enterprises. Some experts suggest that if these nations would share both water technology and resources, they could satisfy the region's population, currently 159 million. But in this patchwork of ethnic and religious rivalries, the water crisis is not a clear-cut issue. It is entangled in the politics that keep people from trusting and seeking help from one another. Here, where water, like truth, is precious, each nation tends to find its own water and supply its own truth.1. When does the rainfall come in the Middle East?2. What is the cause of the water crisis?3. How many years are left for Israel and Jordan before their agriculture is threatened?4. What is the current population in the Middle East according to the passage?5. According to some experts' suggestion, what should the nations do in order to avoid a water crisis ?II 1) 10,000 2) 5,500 4) More than 2,8003) 4,000 5) Egypt6) 460 7) Less than 260Part D1) award, 3) profit, 5) dedication, 7) moment, 9) physical, 11) conflict, 13)worth, 15) heart, 17) compassion, 19) lust,2) glory, 4) trust, 6) significance, 8) anguish, 10) spirit, 12) alone, 14) room, 16) honor, 18) curse, 20) valueLESSON2Crime and PunishmentPart A1.M: Hello?W: Hello. This is Dr. Grey's office. We are calling to remind you of your 4:15 appointment for your annual checkup tomorrow.M: Oh, thanks. It's a good thing you called. I thought it was 4:15 today. Q: Why is the office calling the man?2. W: How wonderful! You won the scholarship. Can you believe it?M: No. It's almost too good to be true.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: Excuse me, Professor Davidson. But I was hoping to talk to youabout my class project for economics.M: I have a class in a few minutes. Why don't you come and see me during office hours tomorrow?Q: When will the woman discuss her project with Professor Davidson? 4. M: How are you feeling? W: The stuff the nurse gave me seemed to have helped. But it's making me awfully drowsy.Q: What do you learn about the woman?5. M: Bill Smith has volunteered to write a summary of the proposals we've agreed on. W: Will I have a chance to review it?Q: What does the woman want to know?6.M: The view is spectacular. Could you take a picture of me with the mountains in the background?W: I'm afraid I just ran out of film.Q: What problem does the woman have?7. W: Excuse me, we're ready to order now.M: I'll be with you in just a minute.Q: What does the man mean?8. W: I think I forgot my umbrella. Did you notice if it is raining outside? M: Yeah, it is. And I just realized I left my car window open.Q: What will the man probably do next?9. W: How does your daughter like her new school?M: Fine. She seems to have made new friends in no time.Q: What can be inferred about the man's daughter?10. W: There's an article here in this magazine you might find interesting. It's about buying running shoes.M: If it's not chemistry and it's not on the final exam, I can't read it now. Q: What is the man probably doing?11. M: You're washing your car even on vacation. It makes me feel guilty. W: You shouldn’t, it’s just that I have nothing better to do at this moment. Q: What do you think of the woman?12. M: My doctor told me I need to go for some expensive treatments for my injured knee.W: Are you sure? Maybe you need a second opinion.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?13. W: Hello. Could you fit me in for an appointment today? I need a stylist who is good at cutting curly hair.M: Julia is good at that. She is the owner. How about noon?Q: What will the woman probably do?14. W: There's nothing I like more than a good mystery novel when I've got some spare time.M: I like to read, too. But I prefer non-fiction, history, social commentary and stuff like that.Q: What does the man imply?15. M: I'm not an expert, but that noise in your refrigerator doesn't sound good. Maybe you should call and have it checked out.W: You're right. And I suppose I've put it off long enough.Q: What will the woman probably do?Part BPassage IPurse snatching is an increasingly common crime. There are estimated 50 to 100 purse snatchings each month in the New York City subways, the number often swinging widely because of the depredations of a single teenager. When such a professional is in custody, the snatches can decrease by more than 50 a month. One of the favored techniques is to stand between two subway cars and, as a train starts pulling out of the station, reach out and pull free a woman's purse.Recently, a crime analysis officer for the New York Police Department found that purse stealing in Manhattan's top restaurants was up 35 percent over the previous year. When a woman puts her purse on an empty chair at a table or at her feet beside her chair, she is inviting a purse snatcher to take it. Purse snatchers often work in pairs. When a target in a restaurant is seen, one of them will create some kind of disturbance to gain the victim's attention. While the woman is looking away from her table, the actual snatcher will lift the purse. A popular technique is for the thief to carry an umbrella with the curved handle down. The umbrella handle suddenly hooks the bag and in an instant it is on the thief's wrist, or under the coat over his arm if he is a man, and on its way out of the restaurant. Police advise that women in restaurants keep their purse either on their laps or on the floor between their legs.Other purse snatchers who operate in theaters are called "seat tippers", victimizing women who put their purses down on a neighboring empty seat. Others specialize in snatching purses from ladies' rooms. When a woman is in a toilet stall, her purse should never be placed on the floor or hung on the coat hook on the door. Thieves simply dive under the door and grab the purse on the floor, or stand on the toilet in the next stall and reach over and take the purse off the hook. The snatcher has enough time to escape since the victim can't immediately pursue the thief.I. 1. When does the number of purse snatchings decrease most dramatically?2. Where does a purse snatcher like to commit crimes in subway stations?3. When women are in restaurants, where are they advised to put their purses?4. What does a thief often use to snatch purses in restaurants?5. According to this passage, where does purse snatching not usually occur? II. crime analysis officer; take it; purses; in pairs; top restaurants; an empty chair; to some kind of disturbance; coat hook; snatching never be placed; in the next stall; enough time to escapePassage IIOn the afternoon of July4,1995, Mrs.Beatrice Weinberger brought her one-month old baby back from an outing. She left the pram outside her house and hurried inside to get the baby a clean nappy. When she returneda few moments later, the pram was empty and a scrawled note was lying where her baby had been. The note said: "Attention. I badly need money, and can't get it any other way. Don't tell the police about this, otherwise I will kill the baby." "Just put $2,000 in small bills in a brown envelope, and place it next to the road lamp at the corner of Albamarle Rd. at exactly 10 o'clock tomorrow (Thursday) morning." "If everything goes smooth, I will bring the baby back and leave him on the same corner 'safe and happy' at exactly 12 noon. No excuse, I can not wait! Your baby-sitter." Despite the kidnapper's warning, Mrs. Weinbarger contacted the police. A small parcel containing broken pieces of newspaper was placed on the comer the following morning. But the kidnapper did not show up. He failed to keep two other” appointments" with the Weinbergers, and left a second note signed "Your baby-sitter'. By then, the police felt that the baby was no longer alive. The FBI was called in, and the handwriting experts set to work to try to track down the kidnapper. In both notes an unusual z-shaped stroke was placed at the front of the y in words such as "money" and "baby". Starting with the New York State Police Office, the experts spent the next six weeks carefully going over local records at police offices, factories, hotels, clubs and schools and examining handwriting samples and comparing them with the writing on the kidnapper's notes. Then, in the middle of August, the experts' hard efforts paid off. The handwriting of John Rush Blake matched that of the kidnapper's, especially in the peculiar formation of the y's. Not long after, John Blake was arrested for making illegal alcohol. On being shown the handwriting samples, he confessed to kidnapping the baby. He told the police that he had left the baby alive and well in a nearby park on the day after the kidnapping. But when officers hurried to the place, all they found was the baby's dead body. The criminal was later put into New York's Sing Sing Prison. Even if John Blake had tried to disguise his handwriting he would still have been caught. No matter how hard someone may try to disguise his handwriting characteristics, the "individuality" of the writer shows through, the very angle at which he or she holds a pen, the way a t is crossed and an i is dotted, the height and size of capital and small letters, the amount of space between words, the use (or misuse) of punctuation marks. All these can identify a person as surely as fingerprints.I. 1. What happened to Mrs. Weinberger on the afternoon of July 4th, 1995?2. According to the message left by the kidnapper, on what condition could Mrs. Weinberger have her baby back?3. What did Mrs. Weinberger do after reading the note?4. How did the FBI catch the criminal?5. Which of the following words can best describe people's handwriting characteristics?II. 1. ( T ) When Mrs. Weinberger came back from an outing something terrible happened to her.2. ( T ) Someone kidnapped her baby because he lacked money.3. ( F ) The kidnapper did not confess to die kidnapping of the baby in the face of the handwriting sample.4. ( T ) It was the handwriting expert that broke the case.5. ( F ) At last, the police found the baby and he was safe and happy. Passage III.Timothy McVaigh placed a powerful bomb near a federal government building in Oklahoma City in 1995. The explosion killed 168 people, including 19 children. Arguments are increasing in the United States both for and against the death penalty. The increasing death penalty debate is caused by the planned execution of convicted murderer McVeigh. He is to be the first person executed by the federal government since 1963. 38 states permit the death sentence. Last year 85 people were executed in the United States. Recent public opinion studies show that more than 75 percent of Americans supper McVeigh's execution. These include many Americans who usually oppose the death sentence. Kent Scheidegger is with the Criminal Justice Legal Foundation in Califomia. It is a victim's rights organization that supports the death penalty. Mr. Scheidegger says McVeigh is a perfect example of why there is a need for a federal death penalty. He says anything less than the death of McVeigh would show a complete lack of justice. Groups opposed to the death penalty say the approval of the execution of McVeigh does not show an increase in general public support for the death penalty. Opinion studies show that support for the death penalty has decreased. Studies show 77 percent of Americans supported it five years ago, now only about 63 percent do, Opponents of the death penalty have always argued that it was unfair. They say poor people who can not pay for good legal help receive the death penalty more often than others. And they say courts order the death penalty more often when the accused is a member of a racial minority group.Part D1)generous 2)company 3)hospitality 4)reception 5)reputation6)anniversary7)suspicion8)mutual 9)vastest10)communication 11)commerce 12)contact 13)1975 14)openness 15)potential 16)secure 17)lure 18)astonish 19)reach 20)confidentLESSON3Computers and the Internet Part A1.M: This report is due tomorrow. Would you be able to work on it with me tonight?W: Unfortunately, I have another commitment.Q: What is the woman saying?2. W: I wonder where the books I ordered are. I expected to receive the package several days ago.M: Maybe you'd better check it out with the company. They could betemporarily out of stock.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?3. M: I just have to type this last page and then I'm through.W: By then, I'll be done, too.Q: What can be learned about the woman?4. W: Did you read the editorial in the paper about the mayor's speech? M: I sure did. But I think they twisted the meaning of what he said.Q: What does the man say about the editorial?5. W: Why don't we go to see a movie tonight? A good comedy might cheer you up.M: I would. But the reason that I've been so down is all this work I have to do.Q: What can be inferred about the man?6. W: So, are you going to see the students' play tonight?M: I doubt it. I'm still getting over the flu.Q: What is true about the man?7. M: Gordon needs to find another place to live. The apartment he rents now has been sold to a new owner.W: He'd better start looking right away. When all the students come back in a few weeks, he won't find any near the campus.Q: What does the woman suggest Gordon do?8. W: Mind if I borrow your Spanish workbook?M: Not as long as I have it back in time to take to class this evening.Q: What does the man mean?9. W: You don't believe in diets, do you?M: There is nothing wrong with them per se but they have to be combined with exercise to do any good.Q: What is the man's attitude towards diets ?10. W: I don't know which color folder to use, white or brown.M: What difference does it make? It's the content that's important.Q: What is the implication of the man?11. W: You know, I've heard that Professor Martin's Introduction to Chemistry class is too demanding for first year students. They say it's the most difficult course for graduate students.M: Yeah, but a lot of students will tell you otherwise. Go talk to anyone who has gone to an advanced course, like Organic Chemistry, or who studied chemistry in graduate school. They're really glad they started out with Professor Martin.Q: What does the man imply about Professor Martin?12. W: Hey, Mark. Have you been able to sell your old piano, yet?M: Hmm, you were right. Just posting notices on bulletin boards at a couple of supermarkets wasn't enough. I think I'll have to place an advertisement in the local newspaper.Q: Which of the following is true according to the conversation?13. W: I'm amazed that you still haven't gotten to know your neighbors. M: They tend to keep to themselves.Q: Why hasn't the man gotten to know his neighbors?14. W: Hi! Um, I think something is wrong with the washing machine. Itworks, and I just did my laundry, but it makes some strange noises. Maybe you should call someone to fix it.M: Oh, don't worry. Someone from the repair shop is already on the way over to take a look at it.Q: What is the implication of the man?15. W: It's so thoughtful of you to offer to drop me off at the train station. Are you sure it's not out of your way?M: Not at all. The station is really close to where I'm going.Q: What can be learned about the man?Part BPassage IThe Application of Computers in Education The best method for improving educational standards is to utilize every tool available, including state-of-the-art technology. Computers and the internet have expanded the way in which information can be delivered to the students of today. Today's networking technologies provide a valuable opportunity to practise new learning techniques. Educators are discovering that computers are facilitating learning. Computer-based communications, or telecommunications, can offer many educational opportunities; therefore, educators will need to adapt current teaching methods to incorporate this new media into the classroom. Computers have made a fundamental impact on most industries, providing a competitive advantage that has come to be essential to many businesses. Therefore, schools must also use technology to improve the educational process. School systems often consider purchasing a computer network, and justify its purchase by applying it to routine administrative tasks, such as attendance records and grading. While these tasks are very important, they only show a small part of what technology can do for a school. Technology must go further than simply keeping attendance; it must focus on keeping students interested and productive. Since computers and the Internet have expanded the ways in which education can be delivered to students, it is currently possible to engage in "distance education" through the Internet. Distance education involves audio and video links between teachers and students in remote areas. Video conferencing allows groups to communicate with each other. Desktop video conferencing promises to bring students together from geographic and cultural distances face to face via computer. Not only will the teacher talk to the students, but the students will be able to interact with each other. This will make students more interested in learning.I. 1. According to the passage, what are educators discovering?2. What do schools usually purchase computer networks for?3. According to the author, what should computers be mainly used for?4. Which of the following is NOT a feature of video conferencing?5. Which of the following is true according to the passage?II. fundamental impact; be essential; improve the educational process;justify its purchase; attendance records; what technology can do Passage IIE-Commerce The Internet, as a means for commerce, did not become reality until the 1990s. Before this time, it was mainly a tool for the army, and a research device for some American universities. Its popularity grew when it proved to be a fast and efficient means to conduct long distance transactions, as well as an effective way to distribute information. The first advantage that e-commerce possesses is speed. With increased speeds of communication, the delivery time is expedited and that makes the whole transaction from start to finish more efficient. Also, you can find practically any product available for sale on the Internet. Even more significant is the fact that information appearing on the Internet can be changed rapidly. This gives business owners the ability to inform customers of any changes to the service that they are offering. The second advantage of electronic commerce is the opportunity it offers to save on costs. By using the Internet, marketing, distribution, personnel, phone, postage and printing costs, among many others, can be reduced. You can start doing business in cyberspace for as little as $100. The savings, therefore, are tremendous. These funds can then be diverted to marketing and advertising your product or service. Cyberspace knows no national boundaries. That means you can do business all over the world as easily as you can in your own neighborhood. Since the Internet connects everyone in cyberspace, information is transmitted at the speed of sound or the speed of light, depending on your connection. Either way, distance becomes meaningless, which enables you to link to nearly anyone on the globe, and anyone on the globe can link to you. The ability to establish links makes doing business on the Internet attractive to customers in any part of the world. A potential source of trouble is customer concerns with privacy and security. Anything sent over the Internet is sent through several different computers before it reaches its final destination. The concern regarding Internet security and privacy is that unscrupulous hackers can capture credit card or check account data as it is transferred or break into computers that hold the same information. Making a customer feel safe is important when doing business on the Internet. Even though no one can guarantee 100% security when transferring financial information over the Internet, e-commerce is still safer than using credit cards at an actual store or restaurant, or paying for something with the use of a 1-800 number."I. l. Before being used for commerce, what was the Internet mainly used for?2. Which one of the following is NOT a factor that can make transactions more efficient on the Internet?3. Why does distance become meaningless in e-commerce?4. What do customers worry about in e-commerce?5. What is the main idea of this passage?II. source; privacy; security; destination; credit card; transferred; feel safe; guarantee; safer than; paying for。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说答案
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说答案【篇一:新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说学生用书听力原文及答案上】ss=txt>听力原文lesson 1 music1. m: by the way, jane, did you talk to the consultant顾问about our new health program?w: i contacted联系 his office but his secretary said he would (be out for)试图得到 lunch until two.q: what does the woman mean? b. she couldn’t talk to the consultant before two2. w: we need to let everyone know about the charity [?t??riti] n. 慈爱concert, but we dont have much money for advertising.m: how about using the school radio station? they broadcast free public service服务announcements. 通告q: what does the man suggest they do? c. ask the school radio station for help 3. w: i dont understand why this self-study自学book doesnt have answers to the questions.m: but it does. you can find them at the back of the book.q: what does the man say about the self-study book?d. the book does include the answer4. m: the new sales manager says he has never met you before.w: weve been introduced about three times. he seems a little forgetful.q: what do we learn about the new sales manager?b. he probably has a poor memory 5. m: have you had the brakes[breik] n制动器; 闸; 刹车. and tires checked? and do you have enough money?w: i have taken care of everything. and im sure its going to be a wonderful极好的, 精彩的, 绝妙的trip.q: whats the woman going to do? d. spend some time travelling 6. m: ive had my new stereo立体声for a whole week, but i havent yet figured out想到how to record music.w: didnt an instruction manual [?m?nju?l] 手册形式的,像手册的;教范性质的come with it?q: what does the woman imply? b the man should refer to the instruction manual7. w: i want to pay you for that long-distance call i made. but, i suppose you havent gotten your phone bill yet, m: oh, but i have.q: what does the man mean? a he has received his telephone bill. 8. m: professor smith assigned us three more novels to read.w: he must think you dont have any other classes.q: what can be inferred about professor smith?b he assigns too much work9. m: lets go watch the fireworks烟花 tonight.w: i have tickets to the theater.q: what does the woman mean?b he’ll go and watch the fireworks10. m: i am exhausted筋疲力尽的. i stayed up熬夜the whole night studying for my history midterm exam.w: why do you always wait till the last minute?q: what can be inferred about the man? a he had bad study habitsq: what does the woman imply? d casual dress will be appropriate12. w: im going to the snack [sn?k] 小吃; 点心; 快餐bar for a cup of coffee. would you like me to bring you back something? m: not from the snack bar, but could you pick up a paper for me?q: what does the man mean? c he wants her to get him a newspaper13. m: i dont understand how this budget wascalculated[?k?lkjuleit] 计算, 估计, 核算.w: let me have a look, ok?q: what does the woman mean? c she’ll try to see what method was used 14. w: we need a fourth player for tennis this morning. do you want to join us?m: ive got a class at nine, but carol is free and she is really good.q: what does the man suggest the woman do?b ask carol to play tennis15. w: have you saved enough to buy that new printer for your computer yet?m: you know, money seems to be burning a hole in my pocket lately. maybe next month.q: what does the man mean? a he is likely to buy a new printer the passage ii: american musicone of americas most important exports出口 is her modern music. american music is played all over the world. it is enjoyed by the people of all ages in all countries. although the lyrics [liriks] 歌词are english, people not speaking english can enjoy it too. the reasons for its popularity普遍,流行; are its fast pace [peis步子;节奏and rhythmic [?r?em?k] 有韵律的, 有节奏的beat[bi:t]节拍, 拍子.the music has many origins [??rid?in]起点; 来源in the united states. country music, coming from the rural农村的,乡村的areas in the southern united states, is one source来源, 出处. country music features以…为物色是…特征 simple themes 题目,主题,and melodies 曲调, 歌曲 describing day-to-day situations形势; 情况 and the feelings of country people. many people appreciate欣赏, 赏识, this music because of the emotions 情感,感情expressed by country music songs. a second origin of american popular music is the blues[blu:z]布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲. it depicts描述 mostly sad feelings reflecting表达; 反映 the difficult lives of american blacks. it is usually played and sung by black musicians, but it is popular with all americans. (rock music)摇滚音乐is a newer form of music. this music style风格, featuring .以…为物色是…特征 fast and repetitious重复的;反复的rhythms节奏, was influenced by the blues布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲and country music. it was first known as rock-and-roll in the 1950s. since then there have been many forms of rock music: hard rock, soft rock, and others. many performers of popular music are young musicians.american popular music is marketed在市场上出售某物 to a demanding(顾客的)需求、需要 audience观众, 听众; 读者. now popular songs are heard on the radio several times a day. some songs have become popular all over the world. people hear these songs sung in their original起初的; 原来的english or sometimes translated into other languages.the words may differ but the enjoyment of the music is universal普遍的.1. which group of people enjoy american music?d all of the above2. why is american music so popular in all countries?d because it has a fast pace and rhythmic beat3. what can be learned from the passage? c the blues is usually played by black musicians4. what do you know from the passage? c rock music was influenced by the blues and country music5. which of the following is not true according to the passage?c the words of songs differ, and so does the enjoyment of american pop music passage iii: music in different cultures in western culture music is regarded as good by birth在血统上,生来, and sounds that are welcome are said to be music to the ears. in some other cultures文化-- for example, islamic伊斯兰的,伊斯兰教的culture -- it is of little value, associated (使)发生联系, (使)联合; 结交, 结伙with sin [sin]罪恶, 罪孽and evil罪恶. in the west and in the high cultures of asia, it is said that there are three types of music. first, classical古典的, 经典的music, composed 组成, 构成 and performed by trained professionals具有某专业资格的人,专业人士originally最初under the support of courts 宫廷, 宫室and religious宗教的establishments建立, 确立; second, folk music民间音乐, shared by the population at large and passed on传递; 传授orally口头上地,口述地, and third, popular music, performed by professionals, spread (使)传播, (使)散布through radio, television, records, film, and print, and consumed消耗,耗尽by the mass public.music is a major component成分, 组成部分, 部件, 元件in religious宗教的services, theater剧场,戏院,, and entertainment 娱乐, 文娱节目, 表演会of all sorts. the most universal use of music is as a part of religious rituals仪式. in some tribal[?tra?b?l] 部落的societies, music appears to serve as a special form of communication with supernatural超自然的;鬼、神或幻术所引起的beings, and its prominent显著的; 突出的use in modern christian基督教徒and jewish犹太人的;犹太教徒的services may be the leftover of just such an original原始的purpose. another less obvious function of music is social adherence遵守;遵循;坚持. for most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol象征, 标志. members of most societies share keen热衷的, 热心的, feelings as to what kind of music they belong to. indeed, some minorities少数, 小部分including, in the u. s.a., black americans and euro-americangroups use music as a major symbol of group identity身份. music also symbolizes象征;作为…的象征 military军事的, 军用的;, patriotic [?p?tri??tik]爱国的, 有爱国心的and funeral葬礼, 丧礼moods心情, 情绪 and events. in a more general普遍的, 全面的; sense, music may express the central最重要的, 主要的, 首要social values of a society. in western culture, the interrelationship相互关系of conductor and orchestra[??:kistr?]管弦乐队symbolizes the need for strong cooperation 合作, 协作among various kinds of specialists 专家, 行家 in a modern industrial society.1. in what culture is music regarded as good by birth?c in western culture2. which of the following is performed by professionals?b classical music and popular music3. which of the following is not true according to the passage?c music is a special form of communication with supernatural being in asia4. according to the passage, what is the most universal use of music? d religious ritual 宗教仪式5. which of the following is not symbolized 象征 by music? d friendshiplesson 2w: yeah. but wed better get moving赶快;快些开始.q: what does the woman suggest they do? a hurry3. m: im thinking of getting a new printer. w: id invest in在…上投资, 在…投入(时间、精力等) a laser [?leiz?激光] printer. the print quality is much better.q: what does the woman mean?c the man should buy a high- quality printer. 4. w: ive got a coupon [?ku:p?n] 配给券;(购物)票证;(购物)优惠券forhalf-off五折dinner at that new restaurant down the street. i think ill use it when my cousin [?k?zn]堂[表]兄弟[姊妹] comes for a visit this weekend. m: where did you get it? i wouldnt mind( trying that place out too)试验. q: what does the man want to know? c where the woman got coupon5. w: whats laura doing here today? i thought she was supposed 料想; 猜想; 以为 to be out of离开了the office on mondays.w: she decided shed rather have fridays off instead. q: what can be inferred about laura? a she has changed her schedule6. m: i need to find a new roommate 英室友,住在同室的人.w: so johns going to california after all.q: what can be inferred from the conversation?b the man’s current roommate is moving 7. m: my math assignments工作, 任务due 到期的tomorrow morning and i havent even started it yet.w: ill miss想念, 惦记you at the party tonight.q: what does the woman imply? d the man won’t be able to go to the party 8. w: those packages包, 包裹, 包在一起的东西 took forever长久地;(与动词进行时连用)老是,没完没了地to arrive.m: but they did arrive, didnt they? q: what does the man say about the packages?b they eventually arrived9. m: my parents are coming to see our apartment一套房间, 一户this weekend.w: looks as if id better lend you my vacuum [?v?kju?m]〈口〉真空吸尘器cleaner 净化器then.【篇二:新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说学生用书听力原文及答案上】ss=txt>听力原文lesson 1 music1. m: by the way, jane, did you talk to the consultant顾问about our new health program?w: i contacted联系 his office but his secretary said he would (be out for)试图得到 lunch until two.q: what does the woman mean? b. she couldn’t talk to the consultant before two2. w: we need to let everyone know about the charity [?t??riti] n. 慈爱concert, but we dont have much money for advertising.m: how about using the school radio station? they broadcast free public service服务announcements. 通告q: what does the man suggest they do? c. ask the school radio station for help 3. w: i dont understand why this self-study自学book doesnt have answers to the questions.m: but it does. you can find them at the back of the book.q: what does the man say about the self-study book?d. the book does include the answer4. m: the new sales manager says he has never met you before.w: weve been introduced about three times. he seems a little forgetful.q: what do we learn about the new sales manager?b. he probably has a poor memory 5. m: have you had the brakes[breik] n制动器; 闸; 刹车. and tires checked? and do you have enough money?w: i have taken care of everything. and im sure its going to bea wonderful极好的, 精彩的, 绝妙的trip.q: whats the woman going to do? d. spend some timetravelling 6. m: ive had my new stereo立体声for a whole week, but i havent yet figured out想到how to record music.w: didnt an instruction manual [?m?nju?l] 手册形式的,像手册的;教范性质的come with it?q: what does the woman imply? b the man should refer to the instruction manual7. w: i want to pay you for that long-distance call i made. but, i suppose you havent gotten your phone bill yet, m: oh, but i have.q: what does the man mean? a he has received his telephone bill. 8. m: professor smith assigned us three more novels to read.w: he must think you dont have any other classes.q: what can be inferred about professor smith?b he assigns too much work9. m: lets go watch the fireworks烟花 tonight.w: i have tickets to the theater.q: what does the woman mean?b he’ll go and watch the fireworks10. m: i am exhausted筋疲力尽的. i stayed up熬夜the whole night studying for my history midterm exam.w: why do you always wait till the last minute?q: what can be inferred about the man? a he had bad study habitsq: what does the woman imply? d casual dress will be appropriate12. w: im going to the snack [sn?k] 小吃; 点心; 快餐bar for a cup of coffee. would you like me to bring you back something? m: not from the snack bar, but could you pick up a paper for me?q: what does the man mean? c he wants her to get him a newspaper13. m: i dont understand how this budget wascalculated[?k?lkjuleit] 计算, 估计, 核算.w: let me have a look, ok?q: what does the woman mean? c she’ll try to see wh at method was used 14. w: we need a fourth player for tennis this morning. do you want to join us?m: ive got a class at nine, but carol is free and she is really good.q: what does the man suggest the woman do?b ask carol to play tennis15. w: have you saved enough to buy that new printer for your computer yet?m: you know, money seems to be burning a hole in my pocket lately. maybe next month.q: what does the man mean? a he is likely to buy a new printer the passage ii: american musicone of americas most important exports出口 is her modern music. american music is played all over the world. it is enjoyed by the people of all ages in all countries. although the lyrics [liriks] 歌词are english, people not speaking english can enjoy it too. the reasons for its popularity普遍,流行; are its fast pace [peis步子;节奏and rhythmic [?r?em?k] 有韵律的, 有节奏的beat[bi:t]节拍, 拍子.the music has many origins [??rid?in]起点; 来源in the united states. country music, coming from the rural农村的,乡村的areas in the southern united states, is one source来源, 出处. country music features以…为物色是…特征 simple themes 题目,主题,and melodies 曲调, 歌曲 describing day-to-day situations形势; 情况 and the feelings of country people. many people appreciate欣赏, 赏识, this music because of the emotions 情感,感情expressed by country music songs. a second origin of american popular music is the blues[blu:z]布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲. it depicts描述 mostly sad feelings reflecting表达; 反映 the difficult lives of american blacks. it is usually played and sung by black musicians, but it is popular with all americans. (rock music)摇滚音乐is a newer form of music. this music style风格, featuring .以…为物色是…特征 fast and repetitious重复的;反复的rhythms节奏, was influenced by the blues布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲and country music. it was first known as rock-and-roll in the 1950s. since then there have been many forms of rock music: hard rock, soft rock, and others. many performers of popular music are young musicians.american popular music is marketed在市场上出售某物 to a demanding(顾客的)需求、需要 audience观众, 听众; 读者. now popular songs are heard on the radio several times a day. some songs have become popular all over the world. people hear these songs sung in their original起初的; 原来的english or sometimes translated into other languages.the words may differ but the enjoyment of the music is universal普遍的.1. which group of people enjoy american music?d all of the above2. why is american music so popular in all countries?d because it has a fast pace and rhythmic beat3. what can be learned from the passage? c the blues is usually played by black musicians4. what do you know from the passage? c rock music was influenced by the blues and country music5. which of the following is not true according to the passage?c the words of songs differ, and so does the enjoyment of american pop music passage iii: music in different cultures in western culture music is regarded as good by birth在血统上,生来, and sounds that are welcome are said to be music to theears. in some other cultures文化-- for example, islamic伊斯兰的,伊斯兰教的culture -- it is of little value, associated (使)发生联系, (使)联合; 结交, 结伙with sin [sin]罪恶, 罪孽and evil罪恶. in the west and in the high cultures of asia, it is said that there are three types of music. first, classical古典的, 经典的music, composed 组成, 构成 and performed by trained professionals具有某专业资格的人,专业人士originally最初under the support of courts 宫廷, 宫室and religious宗教的establishments建立, 确立; second, folk music民间音乐, shared by the population at large and passed on传递; 传授orally口头上地,口述地, and third, popular music, performed by professionals, spread (使)传播, (使)散布through radio, television, records, film, and print, and consumed消耗,耗尽by the mass public.music is a major component成分, 组成部分, 部件, 元件in religious宗教的services, theater剧场,戏院,, and entertainment 娱乐, 文娱节目, 表演会of all sorts. the most universal use of music is as a part of religious rituals仪式. in some tribal[?tra?b?l] 部落的societies, music appears to serve as a special form of communication with supernatural超自然的;鬼、神或幻术所引起的beings, and its prominent显著的; 突出的use in modern christian基督教徒and jewish犹太人的;犹太教徒的services may be the leftover of just such an original原始的purpose. another less obvious function of music is social adherence遵守;遵循;坚持. for most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol象征, 标志. members of most societies share keen热衷的, 热心的, feelings as to what kind of music they belong to. indeed, some minorities少数, 小部分including, in the u. s.a., black americans and euro-americangroups use music as a major symbol of group identity身份. music also symbolizes象征;作为…的象征 military军事的, 军用的;, patriotic [?p?tri??tik]爱国的, 有爱国心的and funeral葬礼, 丧礼moods心情, 情绪 and events. in a more general普遍的, 全面的; sense, music may express the central最重要的, 主要的, 首要social values of a society. in western culture, the interrelationship相互关系of conductor and orchestra[??:kistr?]管弦乐队symbolizes the need for strong cooperation 合作, 协作among various kinds of specialists 专家, 行家 in a modern industrial society.1. in what culture is music regarded as good by birth?c in western culture2. which of the following is performed by professionals?b classical music and popular music3. which of the following is not true according to the passage?c music is a special form of communication with supernatural being in asia4. according to the passage, what is the most universal use of music? d religious ritual 宗教仪式5. which of the following is not symbolized 象征 by music? d friendshiplesson 21. m: do you still want to go to the graduate研究生的school after you get out of college?w: ive changed my mind about that.i want to start working before i go back to school.q: what does the woman mean? b she ‘s not going to graduated school immediately after graduation.2. m: weve got a whole hour before the browns come by来串门, 来访to pick us up安排接取; 使搭乘; 搭救.w: yeah. but wed better get moving赶快;快些开始.q: what does the woman suggest they do? a hurry3. m: im thinking of getting a new printer. w: id invest in在…上投资, 在…投入(时间、精力等) a laser [?leiz?激光] printer. the print quality is much better.q: what does the woman mean?c the man should buy a high- quality printer. 4. w: ive got a coupon [?ku:p?n] 配给券;(购物)票证;(购物)优惠券for half-off五折dinner at that new restaurant down the street. i think ill use it when my cousin [?k?zn]堂[表]兄弟[姊妹] comes for a visit this weekend. m: where did you get it? i wouldnt mind( trying that place out too)试验. q: what does the man want to know? c where the woman got coupon5. w: whats laura doing here today? i thought she was supposed 料想; 猜想; 以为 to be out of离开了the office on mondays.w: she decided shed rather have fridays off instead.q: what can be inferred about laura? a she has changed her schedule6. m: i need to find a new roommate 英室友,住在同室的人.w: so johns going to california after all.q: what can be inferred from the conversation?b the man’s current roommate is moving 7. m: my math assignments工作, 任务due 到期的tomorrow morning and i havent even started it yet.w: ill miss想念, 惦记you at the party tonight.q: what does the woman imply? d the man won’t be able to go to the party 8. w: those packages包, 包裹, 包在一起的东西 took forever长久地;(与动词进行时连用)老是,没完没了地to arrive.m: but they did arrive, didnt they? q: what does the man say about the packages?b they eventually arrived9. m: my parents are coming to see our apartment一套房间, 一户this weekend.w: looks as if id better lend you my vacuum [?v?kju?m]〈口〉真空吸尘器cleaner 净化器then.【篇三:新世纪研究生公共英语教材阅读b课后答案1-10课】p class=txt>p8 i comprehension check1-5 dcdab 6-10 ddcabp10 vocabulary studyi 1-5 cbadb 6-10 cdbcdii 1.etiquette 2.looped 3.unaccountable 4.told off 5. conspicuously 6. pesky 7.let loose 8.racy9.murky 10.ticklishp11iii translationto invite eminent persons to help make advertisements should be regarded as one of the best advertising strategies and could, of course, produce a spectacular(powerful) vip effect, privided that those celebrities are perfectly willing to accept the invitation and, more importantly, the products to be advertised are genuine and of fair prices. sometimes, while a commodity is of inferior quality, the advertisement is full of words lavishing praise on it, if a celebrity shows up as an image agent for such a product, the advertisement could, ifany, be temporarily successful before it turns the brand of the product in question notorious and, more disastrously, ruins the reputation of the eminent person thereafter. so, the famous are well advised to think more than twice before they agree to appear on the commercial.p13 key to supplementary readingsa.1-5 ffftt 6-10 ftfttb.1-5 ftftf 6-10 ftftfunit two the new singlesp29 i comprehension check1-5 bdbdc 6-10 accadp31 vocabulary studyi 1.neo-realist 2.neo-nazis 3.neo-fascist 4.neocolonialism 5. neologisms 6.neo-darwinist7.neoclassical 8. neonatesii 1.fostering 2.reaved 3.holy grail 4.mainstay 5.twenty-somethings 6.heterosexuals 7.mandatory8.embracing 9.meditating 10.fusionp32iii translationnowadays in the city’s tonier residential districts there are peple named as singles, who are usually young, rich and tech-savvy professionals and choose independently their own lifesyles. the number of singles has increased dramatically over the recent years. the reasons of remaining single are various:some may be busy exploring careers without putting their marriage into the agenda, some may indulge in their jobs, travel, entertainment, physical fitness or friendship, more than 80% of them have not abandoned the value of marriage, and they say they aspire to marry or they want to be married someday, but they are patient and feel content being single until they meet the right person.key to supplementary readings(略)unit three doctor’s dilemma:treat or let die?p51 comprehension check1-5 bccbd 6-10 dcdadp53 vocabulary studyi 1.outstrip 2.limbo 3.ceased 4. in the wake of 5. paramount6.ethical7.prolonged8. thorny9.congenital 10.subsequentlyii 1.euthanasia 2.salvaged 3.deformity 4.defects 5. handicaps 6.lingering 7. grapple 8. allegedly9.acquitted 10.frontiersiii translationpeople who are energetic, happy, and relaxed are less likely to catch a cold than those who are depressed, nervous, or angry. when the brain is “happy”, it sends messages to our organs that help keep the body healthy and sound. your chance of developing the common cold, pneumonia, or even cancer may very well be decreased by keeping your brain in a healthy state. in addition, happy and relaxed people are prone to better health practices than their negative and stressed counterparts. they are more likely to get plenty of sleep and to engaged in regular exercise, and have been shown to have lower levels of certain stress hormones.p59 key to supplementary readingsa. 1-5 ftftf 6-10 tttftb 1-5 ffttf 6-10 tftffunit four the cultural patterning of spacep71 comprehension check1-5 babcc 6-9 dddbp73 vocabulary studyi 1-5 begja 6-10 hcifdii 1.anthropologists 2. patterns 3.tangible 4. persistent 5. infringe 6. integrate 7. secular 8. spatial9.florist’s 10.architectureiii translationas one travels abroad and examines the ways in which space is handled, startling variations are discovered; differrences which we react to vigorously. since none of us are taught to look at space as isolated from other associations, feelings cued by the handling of space are often attributed to something else. in growing up people learn literarily thousands of spatial cues, all of which have their own meanings in their own contexts.当人们到海外旅游时,如果留心观察外国人如何处理空间关系,就会发现许多令人惊讶的不同之处;而这些不同之处总让我们反应强烈。
河海大学:新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说学生用书听力原文
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(上)听力原文LESSON 1Music1. M: By the way, Jane, did you talk to the consultant顾问about our new health program?W: I contacted联系his office but his secretary said he would (be out for)试图得到lunch until two.Q: What does the woman mean?2. W: We need to let everyone know about the charity [ˈtʃæriti] n. 慈爱concert, but we don't have much money for advertising.M: How about using the school radio station? They broadcast free public service服务announcements.通告Q: What does the man suggest they do?3. W: I don't understand why this self-study自学book doesn't have answers to the questions.M: But it does. You can find them at the back of the book.Q: What does the man say about the self-study book?4. M: The new sales manager says he has never met you before.W: We've been introduced about three times. He seems a little forgetful.Q: What do we learn about the new sales manager?5. M: Have you had the brakes[breik] n制动器; 闸; 刹车. and tires checked? And do you have enough money?W: I have taken care of everything. And I'm sure it's going to be a wonderful极好的, 精彩的, 绝妙的trip.Q: What's the woman going to do?g. M: I've had my new stereo立体声for a whole week, but I haven't yet figured out想到how to record music.W: Didn't an instruction manual [ˈmænjuəl] 手册形式的,像手册的;教范性质的come with it?Q: What does the woman imply?7. W: I want to pay you for that long-distance call I made. But, I suppose you haven't gotten your phone bill yet,M: Oh, but I have.Q: What does the man mean?8. M: Professor Smith assigned us three more novels to read.W: He must think you don't have any other classes.Q: What can be inferred about Professor Smith? 9. M: Let's go watch the fireworks烟花tonight.W: I have tickets to the theater.Q: What does the woman mean?10. M: I am exhausted筋疲力尽的. I stayed up熬夜the whole night studying for my history midterm exam.W: Why do you always wait till the last minute?Q: What can be inferred about the man?11. M: I'll be coming straight from work, so I'll have to pack包装;捆扎a change of clothes.W: It's only a barbecue [ˈbɑ:bikju:] (常用于室外的)金属烤架. Jeans and T-shirts will be fine.Q: What does the woman imply?12. W: I'm going to the snack [snæk] 小吃; 点心; 快餐bar for a cup of coffee. Would you like me to bring you back something?M: Not from the snack bar, but could you pick up a paper for me?Q: What does the man mean?13. M: I don't understand how this budget was calculated[ˈkælkjuleit] 计算, 估计, 核算.W: Let me have a look, OK?Q: What does the woman mean?14. W: We need a fourth player for tennis this morning. Do you want to join us?M: I've got a class at nine, but Carol is free and she is really good.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do? 15. W: Have you saved enough to buy that new printer for your computer yet?M: You know, money seems to be burning a hole in my pocket lately. Maybe next month.Q: What does the man mean?PART B Intensive加强的Listening: MusicPassage I: Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart沃尔夫冈·阿马多伊斯·莫扎特Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart (1756-1791) was one of the most human and lovable [ˈlʌvəbəl]可爱的,惹人爱的of the great composers[kəmˈpəʊzə] (尤指古典音乐)作曲家,创作者,作曲者. The period in which he lived was one of romantic interest, and his early life as a musical音乐的, 用于音乐的, 有音乐的child genius [ˈdʒi:njəs]天才, 天赋before the principal最重要的; 主要的courts of Europe reads like a fairy [ˈfɛəri]仙人, 小仙子, 小精灵tale传说;陈述.(At no time)决不in the history of the world has the court life of Europe been so wasteful [ˈweɪstfəl]浪费的;挥霍的;耗费的as during the later half of the eighteenth century. One of the great child geniuses [ˈdʒi:njəs]天才, 天赋the world has ever known, the boy Mozart, and his sister Maria Anna, soon became the court favorites [ˈfeivərit]特别喜欢的人(或物),喜欢的事物,亲信,心腹,幸运儿and traveled not onlyin Austria, but to France and Italy as well. It was but natural天生的, 生来的,本来的,与生俱来的that the youthful 青年人的; 青春的; genius [ˈdʒi:njəs]天才, 天赋should be influenced by these experiences. There is a delicacy[ˈdelɪkəsi:] 精致, 精美;娇嫩and refinement [rɪˈfaɪnmənt]精炼;提炼;提纯in Mozart's musical expression which is not found in the works of his master男教师; 院长, Haydn. From his seventh year until his death at the age ofthirty-five, Mozart's genius (poured forth)连续不断地流出a free stream of over a thousand melodious [məˈləʊdi:əs]有旋律的,产生旋律的compositions创作, 写作, 作曲, many of which were never published. Mozart wrote all forms for all instruments仪器. Of his forty-nine symphonies[ˈsimfəni]交响乐, 交响曲, the two greatest are G-minor and C-major. These works were both written in six weeks during the summer of 1788.As a composer (尤指古典音乐)作曲家,创作者,作曲者of opera [ˈɔpərə]歌剧, Mozart still remains pre-eminent卓越的,优秀的. His dramatic戏剧性的works show great individual个别的, 单独的, 个人的genius天才, 天赋, but little regard for the previous先前的, 以前的reforms改革, 改良, 改造of Gluck. His areas have never been surpassed 超过; 优于; 多于; 非…所能办到and his dramatic戏剧的, 剧本的simplicity[simˈplisiti]简单, 朴素, 率直has rarely been equaled by succeeding composers作曲家. Mozart's greatest operas歌剧, "The Marriage of Figaro费加罗的婚礼", "Don Giovanni' and "The Magic Flute" are still popular favorites with singers歌手;歌唱家and the public as well. Gifted with a marvelous free melody, Mozart's music, even in his strictest compositions,possesses[pəˈzes].具有 a simplicity简单, 朴素, 率直and naive grace优雅which charms[tʃɑ:m]使高兴, 使着迷; 吸引all hearers.1. Which of the following countries had NOT been visited by Mozart and his sister?2. How many symphonies交响乐did Mozart create?3. Which word could be used to describe描写, 叙述the period in which Mozart lived?4. In which period did Mozart live?5. How long did Mozart engage in参加; 从事; 忙于composing?II.1. ( F ) Like his master Haydn, Mozart created his works with refinement细微的改良; (精细的)改进, 改善and delicacy精致, 精美;娇嫩.2. ( T ) Mozart composed all forms of music for all instruments.3. ( F ) In Mozart's works, much attention was paid to the previous先前的, 以前的reforms of Gluck格卢克.4. ( T ) Mozart's areas have never been surpassed超过; 优于.5. (T) Simplicity简单, 朴素, 率直is one of the characteristics特征in Mozart's music.Passage II: American MusicOne of America's most important exports出口is her modern music. American music is played all over the world. It is enjoyed by the people of all ages in all countries. Although the lyrics ['liriks]歌词are English, people not speaking English can enjoy it too. The reasons for its popularity普遍,流行; are its fast pace [peis步子;节奏and rhythmic [ˈrɪðmɪk] 有韵律的, 有节奏的beat[bi:t]节拍, 拍子.The music has many origins [ˈɔridʒin]起点; 来源in the United States. Country music, coming from the rural农村的,乡村的areas in the southern United States, is one source来源, 出处. Country music features以…为物色是…特征simple themes 题目,主题,and melodies 曲调, 歌曲describing day-to-day situations形势; 情况and the feelings of country people. Many people appreciate欣赏, 赏识, this music because of the emotions 情感,感情expressed by country music songs.A second origin of American popular music is theblues[blu:z]布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲. It depicts描述mostly sad feelings reflecting表达; 反映the difficult lives of American blacks. It is usually played and sung by black musicians, but it is popular with all Americans.(Rock music)摇滚音乐is a newer form of music. This music style风格, featuring .以…为物色是…特征fast and repetitious重复的;反复的rhythms节奏, was influenced by the blues布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲and country music. It was first known as rock-and-roll in the 1950s. Since then there have been many forms of rock music: hard rock, soft rock, and others. Many performers of popular music are young musicians.American popular music is marketed在市场上出售某物to a demanding(顾客的)需求、需要audience观众, 听众; 读者. Now popular songs are heard on the radio several times a day. Some songs have become popular all over the world. People hear these songs sung in their original 起初的; 原来的English or sometimes translated into other languages. The words may differ but the enjoyment of the music is universal普遍的.I.1. Which group of people enjoy American music?2. Why is American music so popular in all countries?3. What can be learned from the passage?4. What do you know from the passage?5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage? Passage III: Music in Different CulturesIn western culture music is regarded as good by birth在血统上,生来, and sounds that are welcome are said to be "music to the ears". In some other cultures文化-- for example, Islamic伊斯兰的,伊斯兰教的culture -- it is of little value, associated (使)发生联系, (使)联合; 结交, 结伙with sin [sin]罪恶, 罪孽and evil罪恶. In the West and in the high cultures of Asia, it is said that there are three types of music. First, classical古典的, 经典的music, composed 组成, 构成and performed by trained professionals具有某专业资格的人, 专业人士originally最初under the support of courts 宫廷, 宫室and religious宗教的establishments建立, 确立; second, folk music民间音乐, shared by the population at large and passed on传递; 传授orally口头上地,口述地, and third, popular music, performed by professionals, spread (使)传播, (使)散布through radio, television, records, film, and print, and consumed消耗,耗尽by the mass public.Music is a major component成分, 组成部分, 部件, 元件in religious宗教的services, theater剧场,戏院,, and entertainment娱乐, 文娱节目, 表演会of all sorts. The most universal use of music is as a part of religious rituals仪式. In some tribal [ˈtraɪbəl]部落的societies, music appears to serve as a special form of communication with supernatural超自然的;鬼、神或幻术所引起的beings, and its prominent显著的; 突出的use in modern Christian基督教徒and Jewish犹太人的;犹太教徒的services may be the leftover of just such an original原始的purpose. Another less obvious function of music is social adherence遵守;遵循;坚持. For most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol象征, 标志. Members of most societies share keen热衷的, 热心的, feelings as to what kind of music they "belong to". Indeed, some minorities少数, 小部分including, in the U. S.A., black Americans and Euro-American groups use music as a major symbol of group identity身份. Music also symbolizes象征;作为…的象征military军事的, 军用的;, patriotic [ˈpætriˈɔtik]爱国的, 有爱国心的and funeral葬礼, 丧礼moods心情, 情绪and events. In a more general普遍的, 全面的; sense, music may express the central最重要的, 主要的, 首要social values of a society. In western culture, the interrelationship相互关系of conductor and orchestra [ˈɔ:kistrə]管弦乐队symbolizes the need for strong cooperation合作, 协作among various kinds of specialists 专家, 行家in a modern industrial society.I.1. In what culture is music regarded as good by birth?2. Which of the following is performed by professionals?3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?4. According to the passage, what is the most universal use of music?5. Which of the following is NOT symbolized by music? II.1. In some other cultures, music is of low value, associated with sin and evil.2. For most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol. Members of most societies share keen feelings as to what kind of music they "belong to".3. In a more general sense, music may express the central social values of a society. In Western culture, the interrelationship between conductor and orchestra symbolizes the need for strong cooperation among various kinds of specialists in a modern industrial society.PART C(1)Practical (2)Religious(3)Sunday School(4)Piano(5)a walk (6)join them(7)other people (8)go to the cinema(9)at the time (10)duty(11)gentle (12)discussion(13)penniless (14)vivid(15)greeted (16)love and warmth(17)come home (18)principles(19)applyingLESSON 21. M: Do you still want to go to the graduate研究生的school after you get out of college?W: I've changed my mind about that. I want to start working before I go back to school.Q: What does the woman mean?2. M: We've got a whole hour before the Browns come by来串门, 来访to pick us up安排接取; 使搭乘; 搭救.W: Yeah. But we'd better get moving赶快;快些开始. Q: What does the woman suggest they do?3. M: I'm thinking of getting a new printer.W: I'd invest in在…上投资, 在…投入(时间、精力等) a laser [ˈleizə激光] printer. The print quality is much better.Q: What does the woman mean?4. W: I've got a coupon [ˈku:pɔn]配给券;(购物)票证;(购物)优惠券for half-off五折dinner at that new restaurant down the street. I think I'll use it when my cousin [ˈkʌzn]堂[表]兄弟[姊妹] comes for a visit this weekend.M: Where did you get it? I wouldn't mind(trying that place out too)试验.Q: What does the man want to know?5. W: What's Laura doing here today? I thought she was supposed 料想; 猜想; 以为to be out of离开了the office on Mondays.W: She decided she'd rather have Fridays off instead. Q: What can be inferred about Laura?6. M: I need to find a new roommate <英>室友,住在同室的人.W: So John's going to California after all.Q: What can be inferred from the conversation?7. M: My math assignment's工作, 任务due 到期的tomorrow morning and I haven't even started it yet. W: I'll miss想念, 惦记you at the party tonight.Q: What does the woman imply?8. W: Those packages包, 包裹, 包在一起的东西took forever长久地;(与动词进行时连用)老是,没完没了地to arrive. M: But they did arrive, didn't they?Q: What does the man say about the packages?9. M: My parents are coming to see our apartment一套房间, 一户this weekend.W: Looks as if I'd better lend you my vacuum [ˈvækjuəm]〈口〉真空吸尘器cleaner 净化器then.Q: What does the woman imply?10. M: Sarah, did you have a chance to buy that new novel you wanted?W: No, but I had Doris get it for me.Q: What does Sarah say about the novel?11. M: I've been waiting all week for this concert. The philharmonic [filɑ:ˈmɔnik]交响乐团is supposed to be excellent and with our student discoun [ˈdiskaunt]数目, 折扣t the tickets will be really cheap.W: Uh -- uh, I'm afraid I left my student ID in my other purse钱包.Q: What does the woman imply?暗示, 暗指12. M: The university bookstore opens at 9 in the morning.W: Oh, dear. I need a textbook教科书, 课本for my eight o'clock class today.Q: What does the woman mean?13. M: The storm暴风雨[雪] last night damaged some of the neighbor's roofs.W: no wonder不足为奇.Q: What does the woman mean?14. M: You've certainly无疑地; 确定地;肯定地been reading that one page for a long time now.W: Well, I'm being tested on it tomorrow.Q: What does the woman imply暗示?15. W: Another thing we need to do is show the new students around town. You know, show them all the sights视野;风景of the area.M: I don't see why we need to do that ourselves. I understand the visitors' center offers a wonderful bus tour旅行, 观光.Q: What does the man suggest they do?PART BPassage I:People in the US get a two-week paid有报酬的;领取报酬的vacation from their job every year. Most British people have four or five weeks paid holiday a year. Americans often complain抱怨, 诉苦; 投诉that two weeks is not enough especially when they hear about the longer holidays that Europeans enjoy. In addition, there are eight days in each European country, which are public holidays (the British call Bank Holiday) and many of these fall on落到, 轮到a Monday giving people a long weekend.What do people do in Britain and the US when they are on holidays? In the US, outdoor vacations are popular, for example, at the Grand Canyon峡谷or Yellowstone or other national parks or forests. Young people may go walking or camping 宿营, 露营in the mountains. Many people have small trailers拖车, 挂车in which to travel, or if they are in a car, they may stay at motels汽车旅馆on the journey旅行; 行程;. Disneyland and Disney world are also popular and people can go skiing in the Rocky洛矶Mountains of Colorado科罗拉多州, Wyoming怀俄明州and Montana蒙大纳(美国州名). Some children go to summer camp for a holiday during the summer vacation from school, where they do special activities, such as sports or crafts技巧;技能;技艺. When Americans want a holiday for fun in the sun, they usually go to Florida, Hawaii, Mexico or the Caribbean. They may go to Europe for culture, for example, to see art, plays, and places of historic历史上著名(或重要)的interest.In Britain, many people like to go to the seaside for holidays. There are places near the sea, such as Backpool, Scarborough斯卡波罗and Bournemouth伯恩茅斯, where there is plenty充裕, 大量, 富庶to do even when it rains. People also like to go to the country, especially to walk, in places like Scotland, Wales and the Lake湖泊District. When the British go abroad they usually want to go somewhere warm. Spain and the Spanish islands of Majorea and Ibiza伊比沙岛are popular as are other places in southern Europe. For skiing, people often go to the Alps阿尔卑斯山.1. How long a paid vacation can Americans enjoy every year?2. How many days are there about public holidays for Europeans in a year? weeks.3. Where do Americans usually go for fun in the sun?4. Where do Americans usually spend their holidays for culture?5. British people usually go to Spain for holidays. What for?l. ( ) Many of the public holidays are on Friday in Britain.2. ( ) Americans like to have outdoor activities during their vacations.3. ( ) Some American children do some special activities in the summer camps during their vacations.4. ( ) When British people go abroad, they usually go for culture.5. ( ) For the British, the Alps is a skiing resort度假胜地,旅游胜地.Passage II:Every country in the world celebrates New Year but not everyone does it on the same day. The countries of North and South America and Europe welcome the New Year on January 1. This practice began with the Romans. Julius Caesar, a Roman ruler, changed the date of the New Year from the first day of March to the first day of January. In the Middle East, New Year is on the day when spring begins. People in China celebrate it on the Spring Festival, which is the first day of their lunar [ˈlju:nə] 月的, 月球的;按阴历的calendar[ˈkælində] 日历, 月历. The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19. Rosh Hashana犹太新年, which is the Jewish New Year, comes at the end of summer.In all of these cultures, there is a tradition of making noise. People made noise in ancient times to drive away the evil邪恶的, 坏的,恶毒的spirits神灵, 幽灵from home. Many people do it with fire-works. In Japan, people go from house to house making noise with drums 鼓, 鼓状物and bamboo竹, 竹竿sticks棍, 棒. Young people in Denmark丹麦throw broken pieces of jars罐子, 广口瓶or pots against the sides of friends' houses.In the United States, many people stay up until midnight on New Year's Eve前日, 前夕to watch the clock pass from one year to the next. Friends often gather together at a party on New Year's Eve, and when the New Year comes, all ring环状物, 圆圈bells钟, 铃, 电铃, blow吹horns[hɔ:n]号, 号角, blow whistle哨子, 汽笛songs, and kiss each other.In many European countries, families start the new year by first attending church services, which is followed by paying calls on friends and relatives. Italian boys and girls receive gifts of money on New Year's Day.New Year's Day is more joyful快乐的, 高兴的than Christmas圣诞节in France and Scotland. In these countries Christmas is a religious holiday only, while the New Year is the time for gifts-giving, parties, and visits.1. Who changed the date of the New Year from March 1 to January 172. When does the Jewish New Year begin?3. Why did people make noise in ancient times when they celebrated the New Year?4. According to the speaker, how do the children in Denmark celebrate the New Year?5. In which country do children receive gifts of money on New Year's Day?1. ( ) People in the Middle East welcome the New Year on January 1.2. ( )The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19.3. ( ) On New Year's Day, many people make noise with fireworks.4. ( ) In all European countries, families start the new year by paying calls on friends and relatives.5. ( ) Christmas is the most joyful and important festival of the year in France.Passage 3:Hundreds of years ago in England, many children dressed up as adults on Valentine's Day and they went singing from home to home. In Wales, wooden love spoons were carved and given as gifts on February 14th.Hearts, keys and keyholes were favorite decorations on the spoons. The decoration meant, "You unlock my heart!" In the Middle Ages, young men and women drew names from a bowl to see who their valentines would be. They would wear these names on their sleeves for one week. To wear your heart on your sleeve now means that it is easy for other people to know how you are feeling. In some countries, a young woman may receive a gift of clothing from a young man. If she keeps the gift, it means she will marry him. Some people used to believe that if a woman saw a robin flying overhead on Valentine's Day, it meant she would marry a sailor. If she saw a sparrow, she would marry a poor man and be very happy. If she saw a goldfinch, she would marry a millionaire.A love seat is a wide chair. It was first made to seat one woman and her wide dress. Later, the love seat or courting seat had two sections, often in an S-shape. In this way, a couple could sit together -- but not too closely! Think of five or six names of boys or girls you might marry. As you twist the stem of an apple, recite the names until the stem comes off. You will marry the person whose name you were saying when the stem fell off. Pick a dandelion that has gone to seed. Take a deep breath and blow the seeds into the wind. Count the seeds that remain on the stem. That is the number of children you will have. If you cut an apple in half and count how many seeds are inside, you will also know how many children you will have.1. According to the passage, who would dress up on Valentine's Day hundreds of years ago in England?2. What are NOT mentioned as the favorite decorations on the carved spoons?3. According to the passage, what kind of person woulda woman marry if she saw4. Why was a love seat made?5. According to the passage, when a woman twists the stem of an apple, what does the woman want to see? 1.(T) To wear your heart on your sleeve means that it's easy for other people to know how you are feeling.2. (T) If a woman keeps the gift of clothing from a young man, it means that she will marry him.3. (F) A love seat was made in an S-shape for a couple to sit on comfortably.4. (F) Nowadays, we think that if a woman sees a sparrow flying overhead on Valentine's Day, she will marry a poor man and be very happy.5. ( T ) According to the passage, you can guess how many children you will have with the help of an apple or a dandelion.PART C1) 1947 2) Yale Law School 3) a brave face 4) family life 5) stood by 6) on her husband's behalf 7) highlight 8) the White House9) relationship 10) her marriage 11)all Americans 12) the First Lady 13) 1996 14) law firm15) public stage 16)everybody 17) the same thing 18) in private 19) public responsibilities 20) a true home LESSON 31. W: The report says all departments are making a profit except the Asian department.M: Well, Mr. Smith seems to be the wrong person to head that department. One more step wrong and he will be removed from that office.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?2. W: During the last thunderstorm, I noticed several leaks in my bedroom ceiling and they really caused a mess.M: Maybe you have some broken tiles. I have the phone number of a good roofing company that could do a good repair job for you at a reasonable price.Q: What can we conclude from this conversation? 3. W: How did you do on the math exam, John?M: I barely made it. It was just a passing score but better than I had expected.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?4. M: I wonder what makes Mother so upset these days?W: Father is canceling his vacation trip. He promised to take her abroad last year, but the company is again asking father to postpone his vacation.Q: Why is their mother unhappy?5. W: Friday's speaker is supposed to be wonderful. Are you going to attend the seminar that day?M: Yes, but I haven't been able to get a ticket yet. Since the lecture is open to the public, I imagine the tickets may have already been sold out.Q: Why is the man afraid he won't be able to attend the seminar?6. M: Could you lend me your biology notes?W: Do you think you'll be able to make out my handwriting?Q: What does the woman imply about the notes? 7. W: Did you pick up my books from Ron's house? M: Sorry. It slipped my mind.Q: What does the man mean?8. W: Would you like to go to the movies with us tonight?M: To the movies? Tonight is the biggest concert of the year.Q: What does the man mean?9. M: Just one person in the whole class got an A on the test! YOU!W: ALL RIGHT!!!Q: What does the woman mean?10. W: We are having a party at our house on the weekend of the 30th. Would you like to join us?M: That sounds like a lot of fun. But I'll need to check my calendar first.Q: What does the man imply?11. M: I've been running a mile every afternoon for the past month. But I still haven't been able to lose more than a pound or two. I wonder if it's worth it.W: Oh, don't give up now. It always seems hard when you are just starting out.Q: What does the woman mean? 12. M: I'm going to the vegetable stand today. Can I pick up anything for you?W: No, thanks. I just came back from the market myself.Q: What does the woman mean?13. M: I don't understand why I received such a low grade on my term paper.W: You should make an appointment with the professor to discuss it.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?14. M: The sound of all that traffic is driving me out of my mind.W: It is had. But the highway will reopen tomorrow, then we won't have all those cars passing by any more. Q: What does the woman imply?15. W: I invited your mother to lunch yesterday. But she said she didn't have any free time.M: Yeah. She just got a new job.Q: What does the man mean?Passage I:Established on January 1, 1995, World Trade Organization is the successor to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). It exists to promote afree-market international trade system. The WTO promotes trade by:1. reducing tariffs;2. prohibiting import or export bans or quotas;3. eliminating discrimination against foreign products and services;4. eliminating other impediments to trade, commonly called "non-tariff trade barriers''.With China's successful entry into WTO in Nov 2001, it currently has 135 member countries, accounting for over 90% of world trade. Over 30 others are negotiating membership. The WTO's top-level decision-making body is the ministerial conference which meets at least once every two years. Over three-quarters of WTO members are developing countries. Special provisions for thesemembers are included in the WTO's agreements. GATT is now the WTO's principal rule-book.Decisions are made by the entire membership by consensus or majority vote. The WTO's agreements have been ratified in all members' parliaments. If a trade barrier is found to be unfair, the WTO can authorize the imposition of trade sanctions to force a change in that country's law. The WTO exempts trade barriers which are designed to conserve natural resources or protect health.Critics say the WTO credits agreements are skewed in favor of rich countries. The west may preach trade liberalization, but it has used negotiations to prize third world market while keeping its own barriers intact.1.When was the World Trade Organization established?2. What is the aim of establishing the WTO?3. According to the passage, how many member countries does the WTO currently have?4. Which of the following statements is NOT true?5. What does the WTO do if a trade barrier is found to be unfair in a certain country?1.GATT,2.over 90%,3.the ministerial conference,4.conserve natural resources, protect health,5.in favor of rich countries.Passage IIWorld financial circles affirm that this year has witnessed the most forceful economic growth over the past 13 years. The growth rate is expected to reach 4.7 percent, much higher than the 2.5 percent in 1998 and the 3.3 percent in 1999. The average economic growth rate of developed countries may reach 4.2 percent this year. The US economy continues to lead the tide of the world economic growth, with its economic growth rate getting close to 5.2 percent. The European economic situation is also better than that in previous years, and the average growth rate of the 11 countries in the Euro zone is to reach 3.5 percent. The Japanese economy has freed itself from a slump, and its growth rate this year may reach 1.9 percent, higher than the average growth rate in the past 10 years.The average economic growth rate of the developing countries this year can reach 5.6 percent. The economic development in the Asian developing regions has attracted people's attention. Their growth rate this year may reach 7.1 percent. The Russian economy has had an unexpected, strong recovery from the 1998 crisis, with the growth rate possibly reaching 6 percent.Among the many factors that have boosted world economic growth, the growing information technological industry is playing an increasingly outstanding role. The information technological industry is becoming a leading industry in the national economy and a new economic growth point. According to experts' estimate, file current contribution rate of the information technological industry to the world economic growth is 18.2 percent. Its ratio in the growth of the US economy is even higher, standing at one-third. The information technological industry is currently the world, economic sector experiencing rapid development and is creating ever-more wealth, The integration of the traditional economy and the web economy has become the present development trend of the world economy.1.They affirm that the year 2000 has witnessed the most forceful economic growth over the past 13 years.2.The Russian economy.3.18.2%.4.The information technological industry.5.The present development trend of the world economy is the integration of the traditional economy and the web economy.1) 4.2%, 2) 5.2%, 3) 3.5%, 4) 1.9%, 5) 5.6%, 6) 7.1%, 7) 6%Passage III:President Jiang Zemin said on November 16, 2000 that in the development of a "New Economy", it is essential to take advantage of the latest developments in science and technology. He made this address at the eighth informal meeting of leaders of the APEC forum. He。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(上)【全】原文、解析、答案
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(上)听力原文Lesson 1 Music1. M: By the way, Jane, did you talk to the consultant 顾问about our new health program?W: I contacted联系his office but his secretary said he would (be out for)试图得到lunch until two.Q:What does the woman mean?B. she couldn’t talk to the consultant before two2. W: We need to let everyone know about the charity [ˈtʃæriti] n. 慈爱concert, but we don't have much money for advertising.M: How about using the school radio station? They broadcast free public service服务announcements. 通告Q:What does the man suggest they do?c. Ask the school radio station for help3. W: I don't understand why this self-study自学book doesn't have answers to the questions.M: But it does. You can find them at the back of the book.Q: What does the man say about the self-study book?d. the book does include the answer4. M: The new sales manager says he has never met you before.W: We've been introduced about three times. He seems a little forgetful.Q: What do we learn about the new sales manager?B. He probably has a poor memory5. M: Have you had the brakes[breik] n制动器; 闸; 刹车. and tires checked? And do you have enough money?W: I have taken care of everything. And I'm sure it's going to be a wonderful极好的, 精彩的, 绝妙的trip.Q: What's the woman going to do?D. spend some time travelling6. M: I've had my new stereo立体声for a whole week, but I haven't yet figured out想到how to record music.W: Didn't an instruction manual [ˈmænjuəl] 手册形式的,像手册的;教范性质的come with it?Q: What does the woman imply?B the man should refer to the instruction manual7. W: I want to pay you for that long-distance call I made. But, I suppose you haven't gotten your phone bill yet,M: Oh, but I have.Q:What does the man mean?A he has received his telephone bill.8. M: Professor Smith assigned us three more novels to read.W: He must think you don't have any other classes.Q: What can be inferred about Professor Smith?B he assigns too much work9. M: Let's go watch the fireworks烟花tonight.W: I have tickets to the theater.Q:What plan does the man has that night?B he’ll go and watch the fireworks10. M: I am exhausted筋疲力尽的. I stayed up熬夜the whole night studying for my history midterm exam.W: Why do you always wait till the last minute?Q: What can be inferred about the man?A he had bad study habits11. M: I'll be coming straight from work, so I'll have to pack包装;捆扎a change of clothes.W: It's only a barbecue [ˈbɑ:bikju:] (常用于室外的)金属烤架. Jeans and T-shirts will be fine.Q: What does the woman imply?D Casual dress will be appropriate12. W: I'm going to the snack [snæk] 小吃; 点心; 快餐bar for a cup of coffee. Would you like me to bring you back something?M: Not from the snack bar, but could you pick up a paper for me?Q:What does the man mean?C he wants her to get him a newspaper13. M: I don't understand how this budget was calculated[ˈkælkjuleit] 计算, 估计, 核算.W: Let me have a look, OK?Q:What does the woman mean?C she’ll try to see what method was used14. W: We need a fourth player for tennis this morning. Do you want to join us?M: I've got a class at nine, but Carol is free and she is really good.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?B ask Carol to play tennis15. W: Have you saved enough to buy that new printer for your computer yet?M: You know, money seems to be burning a hole in my pocket lately. Maybe next month.Q:What does the man likely to do the following month?A he is likely to buy a new printer the following month.Passage II: American MusicOne of America's most important exports出口is her modern music. American music is played all over the world. It is enjoyed by the people of all ages in all countries. Although the lyrics ['liriks] 歌词are English, people not speaking English can enjoy it too. The reasons for its popularity普遍,流行; are its fast pace [peis步子;节奏and rhythmic [ˈrɪðmɪk] 有韵律的, 有节奏的beat[bi:t]节拍, 拍子.The music has many origins [ˈɔridʒin]起点; 来源in the United States. Country music, coming from the rural 农村的,乡村的areas in the southern United States, is one source来源, 出处. Country music features以…为物色是…特征simple themes 题目,主题,and melodies 曲调, 歌曲describing day-to-day situations形势; 情况and the feelings of country people. Many people appreciate欣赏, 赏识, this music because of the emotions 情感,感情expressed by country music songs.A second origin of American popular music is the blues[blu:z]布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲. It depicts描述mostly sad feelings reflecting表达; 反映the difficult lives of American blacks. It is usually played and sung by black musicians, but it is popular with all Americans.(Rock music)摇滚音乐is a newer form of music. This music style风格, featuring .以…为物色是…特征fast and repetitious重复的;反复的rhythms节奏, was influenced by the blues布鲁斯歌曲;蓝调歌曲and country music. It was first known asrock-and-roll in the 1950s. Since then there have been many forms of rock music: hard rock, soft rock,and others. Many performers of popular music are young musicians.American popular music is marketed在市场上出售某物to a demanding(顾客的)需求、需要audience 观众, 听众; 读者. Now popular songs are heard on the radio several times a day. Some songs havebecome popular all over the world. People hear these songs sung in their original起初的; 原来的English or sometimes translated into other languages. The words may differ but the enjoyment of the music is universal普遍的.1. Which group of people enjoy American music?D All of the above2. Why is American music so popular in all countries?D Because it has a fast pace and rhythmic beat3. What can be learned from the passage?C The blues is usually played by black musicians4. What do you know from the passage?C Rock music was influenced by the blues and country music5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?C The words of songs differ, and so does the enjoyment of American pop musicPassage III: Music in Different CulturesIn western culture music is regarded as good by birth在血统上,生来, and sounds that are welcome are said to be "music to the ears". In some other cultures文化-- for example, Islamic伊斯兰的,伊斯兰教的culture -- it is of little value, associated (使)发生联系, (使)联合; 结交, 结伙with sin [sin]罪恶, 罪孽and evil罪恶. In the West and in the high cultures of Asia, it is said that there are three types of music. First, classical古典的, 经典的music, composed 组成, 构成and performed by trained professionals具有某专业资格的人, 专业人士originally最初under the support of courts 宫廷, 宫室and religious宗教的establishments建立, 确立; second, folk music民间音乐, shared by the population at large and passed on传递; 传授orally口头上地,口述地, and third, popular music, performed by professionals, spread (使)传播, (使)散布through radio, television, records, film, and print, and consumed消耗,耗尽by the mass public. Music is a major component成分, 组成部分, 部件,元件in religious宗教的services, theater剧场,戏院,, and entertainment娱乐, 文娱节目, 表演会of all sorts. The most universal use of music is as a part of religious rituals仪式. In some tribal [ˈtraɪbəl] 部落的societies, music appears to serve as a special form of communication with supernatural超自然的;鬼、神或幻术所引起的beings, and its prominent显著的; 突出的use in modern Christian基督教徒and Jewish犹太人的;犹太教徒的services may be the leftover of just such an original原始的purpose. Another less obvious function of music is social adherence遵守;遵循;坚持. For most social groups, music can serve as a powerful symbol象征, 标志. Members of most societies share keen热衷的, 热心的, feelings as to what kind of music they "belong to". Indeed, some minorities少数, 小部分including, in the U. S.A., black Americans and Euro-American groups use music as a major symbol of group identity身份. Music also symbolizes 象征;作为…的象征military军事的, 军用的;, patriotic [ˌpætriˈɔtik]爱国的, 有爱国心的and funeral 葬礼, 丧礼moods心情, 情绪and events. In a more general普遍的, 全面的; sense, music may express the central最重要的, 主要的, 首要social values of a society. In western culture, the interrelationship相互关系of conductor and orchestra [ˈɔ:kistrə]管弦乐队symbolizes the need for strong cooperation合作, 协作among various kinds of specialists 专家, 行家in a modern industrial society.1. In what culture is music regarded as good by birth?C In Western culture2. Which of the following is performed by professionals?B Classical music and popular music3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?C Music is a special form of communication with supernatural being in Asia4. According to the passage, what is the most universal use of music?D Religious ritual 宗教仪式5. Which of the following is NOT symbolized 象征by music?D Friendship Lesson 2 Holidays1. M: Do you still want to go to the graduate研究生的school after you get out of college?W: I've changed my mind about that. I want to start working before I go back to school.Q:What does the woman mean?B She ‘s not going to graduated school immediately after graduation.2. M: We've got a whole hour before the Browns come by来串门, 来访to pick us up安排接取; 使搭乘; 搭救.W: Yeah. But we'd better get moving赶快;快些开始.Q: What does the woman suggest they do?A Hurry3. M: I'm thinking of getting a new printer.W: I'd invest in在…上投资, 在…投入(时间、精力等) a laser [ˈleizə激光] printer. The print quality is much better.Q: What does the woman mean?C The man should buy a high- quality printer.4. W: I've got a coupon [ˈku:pɔn] 配给券;(购物)票证;(购物)优惠券for half-off五折dinner at that new restaurant down the street. I think I'll use it when my cousin [ˈkʌzn]堂[表]兄弟[姊妹] comes for a visit this weekend.M: Where did you get it? I wouldn't mind(trying that place out too)试验.Q: What does the man want to know?C Where the woman got coupon5. W: What's Laura doing here today? I thought she was supposed 料想; 猜想; 以为to be out of离开了the office on Mondays.W: She decided she'd rather have Fridays off instead.Q: What can be inferred about Laura?A She has changed her schedule6. M: I need to find a new roommate <英>室友,住在同室的人.W: So John's going to California after all.Q: What can be inferred from the conversation?B the man’s current roommate is moving7. M: My math assignment's工作, 任务due 到期的tomorrow morning and I haven't even started it yet. W: I'll miss想念, 惦记you at the party tonight. Q: What does the woman imply?D the man won’t be able to go to the party8. W: Those packages包, 包裹, 包在一起的东西took forever长久地;(与动词进行时连用)老是,没完没了地to arrive.M: But they did arrive, didn't they?Q: What does the man say about the packages?B They eventually arrived9. M: My parents are coming to see our apartment一套房间, 一户this weekend.W: Looks as if I'd better lend you my vacuum[ˈvækjuəm]〈口〉真空吸尘器cleaner 净化器then. Q: What does the woman imply?D The man’s apartment is dirty10. M: Sarah, did you have a chance to buy that new novel you wanted?W: No, but I had Doris get it for me.Q:What does Sarah say about the novel?D Doris purchased it for her11. M: I've been waiting all week for this concert. The philharmonic [filɑ:ˈmɔnik]交响乐团is supposed to be excellent and with our student discoun [ˈdiskaunt]数目, 折扣t the tickets will be really cheap.W: Uh -- uh, I'm afraid I left my student ID in my other purse钱包.Q: What does the woman imply? 暗示, 暗指C She won’t be able to get the student discount12. M: The university bookstore opens at 9 in the morning.W: Oh, dear. I need a textbook教科书, 课本for my eight o'clock class today.Q: What does the woman mean?A She won’t be able to get the book before class13. M: The storm暴风雨[雪] last night damaged some of the neighbor's roofs.W: no wonder不足为奇.Q: What is the woman reaction to the man says?C She isn’t surprised14. M: You've certainly无疑地; 确定地;肯定地been reading that one page for a long time now.W: Well, I'm being tested on it tomorrow.Q: What does the woman imply暗示?C she needs to read the page carefully15. W: Another thing we need to do is show the new students around town. You know, show them all the sights视野;风景of the area.M: I don't see why we need to do that ourselves. I understand the visitors' center offers a wonderful bus tour旅行, 观光Q:What does the man suggest they do?B Send the new students on a bus tour of cityPART BPassage I:People in the US get a two-week paid有报酬的;领取报酬的vacation from their job every year. Most British people have four or five weeks paid holiday a year. Americans often complain抱怨, 诉苦; 投诉that two weeks is not enough especially when they hear about the longer holidays that Europeans enjoy. Inaddition, there are eight days in each European country, which are public holidays (the British call Bank Holiday) and many of these fall on落到, 轮到a Monday giving people a long weekend.What do people do in Britain and the US when they are on holidays? In the US, outdoor vacations are popular, for example, at the Grand Canyon峡谷or Yellowstone or other national parks or forests. Young people may go walking or camping 宿营, 露营in the mountains. Many people have small trailers拖车, 挂车in which to travel, or if they are in a car, they may stay at motels汽车旅馆on the journey旅行; 行程;. Disneyland and Disney world are also popular and people can go skiing in the Rocky洛矶Mountains of Colorado科罗拉多州, Wyoming怀俄明州and Montana蒙大纳(美国州名).Some children go to summer camp for a holiday during the summer vacation from school, where they do special activities, such as sports or crafts技巧;技能;技艺. When Americans want a holiday for fun in the sun, they usually go to Florida, Hawaii, Mexico or the Caribbean. They may go to Europe for culture, for example, to see art, plays, and places of historic历史上著名(或重要)的interest.In Britain, many people like to go to the seaside for holidays. There are places near the sea, such as Backpool, Scarborough斯卡波罗and Bournemouth伯恩茅斯, where there is plenty充裕, 大量, 富庶to do even when it rains. People also like to go to the country, especially to walk, in places like Scotland, Wales and the Lake湖泊District. When the British go abroad they usually want to go somewhere warm. Spain and the Spanish islands of Majorea and Ibiza伊比沙岛are popular as are other places in southern Europe. For skiing, people often go to the Alps阿尔卑斯山.1. How long a paid vacation can Americans enjoy every year?A Two weeks2. How many days are there about public holidays for Europeans in a year?C Eight days3.Where do Americans usually go for fun in the sun?D Florida4. Where do Americans usually spend their holidays for culture?C Europe5. British people usually go to Spain for holidays. What for?B For skiingPassage II:Every country in the world celebrates New Year but not everyone does it on the same day. The countries of North and South America and Europe welcome the New Year on January 1. This practice began with the Romans. Julius Caesar, a Roman ruler, changed the date of the New Year from the first day of March to the first day of January. In the Middle East, New Year is on the day when spring begins. People in China celebrate it on the Spring Festival, which is the first day of their lunar [ˈlju:nə] 月的, 月球的;按阴历的calendar[ˈkælində] 日历, 月历. The Spring Festival usually comes between January 21 and February 19. Rosh Hashana犹太新年, which is the Jewish New Year, comes at the end of summer.In all of these cultures, there is a tradition of making noise. People made noise in ancient times to drive away the evil邪恶的, 坏的,恶毒的spirits神灵, 幽灵from home. Today ,many people do it withfire-works. In Japan, people go from house to house making noise with drums 鼓, 鼓状物and bamboo 竹, 竹竿sticks棍, 棒. Young people in Denmark丹麦throw broken pieces of jars罐子, 广口瓶or pots against the sides of friends' houses.In the United States, many people stay up until midnight on New Year's Eve前日, 前夕to watch the clock pass from one year to the next. Friends often gather together at a party on New Year's Eve, and when the New Year comes, all ring环状物, 圆圈bells 钟, 铃, 电铃, blow吹horns[hɔ:n]号, 号角, blow whistle哨子, 汽笛songs, and kiss each other.In many European countries, families start the new year by first attending church services, which is followed by paying calls on friends and relatives. Italian boys and girls receive gifts of money on New Year's Day.New Year's Day is more joyful快乐的, 高兴的than Christmas圣诞节in France and Scotland. In these countries Christmas is a religious holiday only, while the New Year is the time for gifts-giving, parties, and visits.1. Who changed the date of the New Year from March 1 to January 17A Roman ruler2. When does the Jewish New Year begin?D At the end of summer3. Why did people make noise in ancient times when they celebrated the New Year?D To drive a way evil spirits from their home4. According to the speaker, how do the children in Denmark celebrate the New Year?A They throw broken piece of jars or pots against the sides of friends’ houses 5. In which country do children receive gifts of money on New Year's Day?B Italyimportant festival of the year in France.Lesson 3 Economy1. W: The report says all departments are making a profit except the Asian department.M: Well, Mr. Smith seems to be the wrong person to head that department. One more step wrong and he will be removed from that office.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?A.Mr.Smith will be replaced if he makes another mistake.2. W: During the last thunderstorm, I noticed several leaks in my bedroom ceiling and they really caused a mess.M: Maybe you have some broken tiles. I have the phone number of a good roofing company that could do a good repair job for you at a reasonable price.Q: What can we conclude from this conversation?A.The roof of the woman’s house needs to be repaired.3. W: How did you do on the math exam, John?M: I barely made it. It was just a passing score but better than I had expected.Q: What do we learn from the conversation?B.John did better than he thought he was able to.4. M: I wonder what makes Mother so upset these days?W: Father is canceling his vacation trip. He promised to take her abroad last year, but the company is again asking father to postpone his vacation.Q: Why is their mother unhappy?A.Their father is unable to keep his promise.5. W: Friday's speaker is supposed to be wonderful. Are you attending the seminar that day?M: Yes, but I haven't been able to get a ticket yet. Since the lecture is open to the public, I imagine the tickets may have already been sold out.Q: Why is the man afraid he won't be able to attend the seminar?D.He thinks that there might not be an more tickets available.6. M: Could you lend me your biology notes?W: Do you think you'll be able to make out my handwriting?Q: What does the woman imply about the notes?C.They might be hard to read.7. W: Did you pick up my books from Ron's house? M: Sorry. It slipped my mind.Q: What does the man mean?B.He forgot to get the books.8. W: Would you like to go to the movies with us tonight?M: To the movies? Tonight is the biggest concert of the year.Q: What does the man likely to do at that night?A.He is likely to go to the concert.9. M: Just one person in the whole class got an A on the test! YOU!W: ALL RIGHT!!!Q: What does the woman feel on hear what the man says?D.She is very pleased.10. W: We are having a party at our house on the weekend of the 30th. Would you like to join us?M: That sounds like a lot of fun. But I'll need to check my calendar first.Q: What does the man imply?B.He may already have plans.11. M: I've been running a mile every afternoon for the past month. But I still haven't been able to lose more than a pound or two. I wonder if it's worth it.W: Oh, don't give up now. It always seems hard when you are just starting out.Q: What does the man do according to the woman’s advice?D.Continue his exercise program.12. M: I'm going to the vegetable stand today. Can I pick up anything for you?W: No, thanks. I just came back from the market myself.Q: Why does the woman decline the man’s offer?C.She has been to the market.13. M: I don't understand why I received such a low grade on my term paper.W: You should make an appointment with the professor to discuss it.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?A.See his professor about the paper.14. M: The sound of all that traffic is driving me out of my mind.W: It is had. But the highway will reopen tomorrow, then we won't have all those cars passing by any more.Q: What does the woman imply?D.The traffic won’t detour after the following day.15. W: I invited your mother to lunch yesterday. But she said she didn't have any free time.M: Yeah. She just got a new job.Q: What does the man mean?D.His mother’s new job keeps her busy.Passage I:Established on January 1, 1995, World Trade Organization is the successor to the General Agreement on Tariffs(关税)and Trade (GATT). It exists to promote a free-market international trade system. The WTO promotes trade by:1. reducing tariffs;2. prohibiting import or export bans or quotas(定量);3. eliminating discrimination against foreign products and services;4. eliminating other impediments to trade, commonly called "non-tariff trade barriers''.With China's successful entry into WTO in Nov 2001, it currently has 135 member countries, accounting for over 90% of world trade. Over 30 others are negotiating membership. The WTO's top-level decision-making body is the ministerial conference which meets at least once every two years. Over three-quarters of WTO members are developing countries. Special provisions for these members are included in the WTO's agreements. GATT is now the WTO's principal rule-book.Decisions are made by the entire membership by consensus or majority vote. The WTO's agreements have been ratified in all members' parliaments. If a trade barrier is found to be unfair, the WTO can authorize the imposition of trade sanctions to force a change in that country's law. The WTO exempts trade barriers which are designed to conserve natural resources or protect health.Critics say the WTO credits agreements are skewed in favor of rich countries. The west may preach trade liberalization, but it has used negotiations to prize third world market while keeping its own barriers intact.1.When was the World Trade Organization established? B.On January 1,1995.2. What is the aim of establishing the WTO?D.To promote a free-market international trade system.3. According to the passage, how many member countries does the WTO currently have?A.134.4. Which of the following statements is NOT true?C.The WTO’s top level decision-making body meets at least once each year.5. What does the WTO do if a trade barrier is found to be unfair in a certain country?A.The WTO authorizes the imposition of trade sanctions on the country.1.GATT,2.over 90%,3.the ministerial conference,4.conserve natural resources, protect health,5.in favor of rich countries.Passage IIWorld financial circles affirm that this year has witnessed the most forceful economic growth over the past 13 years. The growth rate is expected to reach 4.7 percent, much higher than the 2.5 percent in 1998 and the 3.3 percent in 1999. The average economic growth rate of developed countries may reach 4.2 percent this year. The US economy continues to lead the tide of the world economic growth, with its economic growth rate getting close to 5.2 percent. The European economic situation is also better than that in previous years, and the average growth rate of the 11 countries in the Euro zone is to reach 3.5 percent. The Japanese economy has freed itself from a slump, and its growth rate this year may reach 1.9 percent, higher than the average growth rate in the past 10 years.The average economic growth rate of the developing countries this year can reach 5.6 percent. The economic development in the Asian developing regions has attracted people's attention. Their growth rate this year may reach 7.1 percent. The Russian economy has had an unexpected, strong recovery from the 1998 crisis, with the growth rate possibly reaching 6 percent.Among the many factors that have boosted world economic growth, the growing information technological industry is playing an increasingly outstanding role. The information technological industry is becoming a leading industry in the national economy and a new economic growth point. According to experts' estimate, file current contribution rate of the information technological industry to the world economic growth is 18.2 percent. Its ratio in the growth of the US economy is even higher, standing at one-third. The information technological industry is currently the world, economic sector experiencing rapid development and is creating ever-more wealth, The integration of the traditional economy and the web economy has become the present development trend of the world economy.1.They affirm that the year 2000 has witnessed the most forceful economic growth over the past 13 years.2.The Russian economy.3.18.2%.4.The information technological industry.5.The present development trend of the world economy is the integration of the traditional economy and the web economy.1) 4.2%, 2) 5.2%, 3) 3.5%, 4) 1.9%, 5) 5.6%, 6) 7.1%, 7) 6% Passage III:President Jiang Zemin said on November 16, 2000 that in the development of a "New Economy", it isessential to take advantage of the latest developments in science and technology. He made this address at the eighth informal meeting of leaders of the APEC forum. He explained that the "New Economy" refers to the kind of economy initiated and sustained by new technologies and hi-tech industries. The advancement of technology, led by IT and biotechnology industries, is giving rise to a new industrial revolution, Jiang said.Developing countries are faced with the difficult task of both transforming their traditional industries and developing new industries, Jiang noted, adding that continued expansion of the 'digital divide" has widened the wealth gap between North and South and may trigger new imbalances in the world economy."Against the background of accelerated economic globalization and the dynamic progress of science and technology, we must facilitate cooperation between developed and developing countries on exchanges of human resources, technology and infrastructure, and we must help countries develop independently to narrow the North-South gap. "Today, the development, application and impact of science and technology far transcends national boundaries. For example, every major breakthrough made in the human genome project is a crystallization of cooperation between scientists from a number of countries. Only when applied in a global context can the achievements of science and technology benefit people", Jiang said. He also noted that economic globalization should stress the popularization of scientific and technological knowledge.The protection of intellectual property rights should be guided by market rules in such away that the rules will be helpful to the spread of scientific and technological knowledge, so that all countries may benefit, he added.1.On November 16, 2000.2.It is essential to take advantage of the latest developments in science and technology.3.It refers to the kind of economy initiated and sustained by new technologies and hi-tech industries.4.They are faced with the task of both transforming their traditional industries and developing new industries.5.It should stress the popularization of scientific and technological knowledge.1.the eighth informal meeting of leaders2.bio-technology industries, a new industrial revolution3.has widened the wealth gap, North and South, new imbalances in the world economy4.developed and developing countries, human resources, technology5.intellectual property rights, the spread of scientific and technological knowledge, all countries may benefit.PART C1) opportunity, 2) distinguished guests, 3) his family, 4) Washington, 5) campaign, 6) the very best, 7) differences, 8) involvement, 9) first lady, 10) vice president, 11) cooperation, 12)politics, 13) values, 14) Democrats, 15) unity, 16) foundation, 17) details, 18) consensus, 19) common ground, 20) one nation。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。
新世纪研究生公共英语教材听说(下)第二版听力全文主编:李玉璞上海外语教育出版社Table of ContentsLESSON ONE Resources and Energy (5)PART A (5)PART B (6)Passage I: (6)Passage II: (7)Part D (8)Lesson Two Crime and Punishment (8)Part A (8)Part B (9)Passage I (9)Passage II (10)Passage III. (11)Part D (12)Lesson Three Computers and the Internet (12)Part A (12)Part B (13)Passage I (13)Passage II (14)Passage III (15)Part D (16)LESSON FOUR Finance (16)PART A (16)Part B (17)Passage I (17)Passage II. Functions of Money (18)Passage III Credit Cards (19)Part D (20)LESSON FIVE Places to See in Britain (20)Part A (20)Part B (21)Passage I: (21)Passage Ⅱ: (22)Part D (23)LESSON SIX Education (23)Part A (23)Part B (24)Passage I SAT Examination (24)PART II Medical Education (25)LESSON SEVEN Business (26)Part A (26)Part B (28)Passage I How to Increase Business Profits (28)LESSON EIGHT Aspects of Life (30)Part A (30)Part B (32)PASSAGE I Tax (32)PASSAGE II Religion (33)LESSON NINE College Life (34)PART A (34)PART B (35)PASSAGE I College Search (35)PASSAGE II How to Get a Master's degree (37)LESSON TEN Women (38)PART A (38)PART B (39)PASSAGE I Women in Southern Europe (39)PASSAGE II American Women (41)LESSON ELEVEN Famous People (42)PART A (42)PART B (44)PASSAGE I William Jefferson Clinton (44)PASSAGE II William Shakespeare (45)LESSON TWELVE Culture (47)PART A (47)Part B (48)Passage I Beijing’s Hutongs (48)Passage II The White Wedding Dress (50)LESSON THIRTEEN Science and Technology (51)PART B (51)PASSAGE I Cloning Mount Vernon's Trees (51)PASSAGE II Dinosaur Noses (52)LESSON FOURTEEN Sports (53)PART B (53)Passage I The Famous Bicycle Racer (53)PASSAGE II The Williams Sisters (54)LESSON FIFTEEN Reform and Development (55)PART B (55)Passage I (55)Passage II (56)KEYS TO EXERCISESUnit 1 (57)Part A (57)Part B (57)Unit 2 (57)Part A (58)Part B (58)Unit 3 (58)Part A (58)Part B (58)Unit 5 (60)Part A (60)Part B (60)Part C (61)Part D (61)Unit 6 (62)Part A (62)Part B (62)Unit 7 (63)Part A (63)Part B (64)Part D (65)Unit 8 (65)Part A (65)Part B (66)Part D (66)Unit 10 (67)Part A (67)Part B (67)Unit 11 (68)Part A (68)Part B (68)Unit 12 (70)Part A (70)Part B (70)Part D (70)Unit 14 (71)Part A (71)Part B (71)Part D (72)LESSON ONE Resources and EnergyPART A1.W: Could you mail these letters for me, please?M: More letters? Your friends are going to be very happy to hear from you.Q: What does the man imply about the woman?2.W: Does Professor Ford always come to class?M: Is ice cold?Q: What do you learn about Professor Ford?3.W: Would you have some time this week to go over these questions with me?M: How does tomorrow sound?Q: What does the man mean?4.M: Hey? John! John!W: Save your breath. He's out of earshot.Q: What is true about John, according to the woman?5. W: You only have water to serve your guests?M: This isn't just water. This is imported mineral water.Q: What is the implication of the woman?6. M: Could I borrow a twenty to tide me over till payday next Tuesday?W: You are in luck. I just cashed the check.Q: What will the woman probably do next?7. M: Jean, didn't you get my messages? I left two on your answering machine.W: Hmm? Oh, sorry, Tom. I've been meaning to get back in touch with you. It just slipped my mind.Q: Why didn’t the woman return the man’s calls?8. W: I'm sorry, sir, but you're allowed only one piece of luggage on the plane. You'll have to check in one of your suitcases at the package counter.M: Actually, one of these belongs to the woman up ahead. I'm just giving her a hand. Q: Why is the man carrying an extra suitcase?9. W: We need to drive to the city tonight, but the doctor said this medicine might make me drowsy.M: In that case, I'd better drive.Q: What does the man think the woman should do?10. M: Look at all the pollution going into the air from those factories. Do you think they'll ever get under control?W: With the new laws and social awareness, we'll turn things around.Q: What does the woman predict will happen?11. W: Aren't you cold? Why aren't you wearing a jacket?M: I overslept this morning, so I ran out of the house without listening to the forecast.Q: Why isn’t the man wearing a jacket?12. M: prof. Jones, last night when I was putting the finishing touches on my paper that electrical storm completely wiped out my computer files. Do you think I couldhave another day to retype it?W: I'm sorry, Steven. I’m leaving for a conference tomorrow, and I'll be away for 2 weeks. I suppose you could send it to me there.Q: What will the professor probably allow the student to do?13. W: Do you know if Mary has come by the office this morning?M: I just got here myself, so I'm not the one to ask.Q: What does the woman want to know?14. M: I really enjoyed that TV special about "wealth" last night. Did you get to home in time to see it?W: Well, yes. But I wish I could have stayed awake long enough to see the whole thing.Q: What does the woman mean?15. W: Take two of these pills three times a day and you shouldn't take them on an empty stomach.M: What if I don't have an appetite?Q: What can be inferred about the man?PART BPassage I:The population of the world has been increasing faster and faster. In 10,000 B.C., there were probably 10 million people. In A.D. 1, there were 300 million. It took 1750 years for the population to reach 625 million, a little more than double the A.D. 1 figure. In 1990, there were 5.3 billion people. By the year 2000, the world's population was over 6 billion, and by 2050, it is expected to reach 10 billion. Does the earth have enough natural resources to support this many people? Different scientists give different answers to this question. Some say that there are enough resources to support more than 6 billion people. However, the richest countries, with a small percentage of the world's population, use most of the resources. If these resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enough for everyone. Other scientists say that we must limit population growth because our resources are limited. Only 10 percent of the earth's land can be used for farming and another 20 percent for raising animals. It is possible to increase the amount of farmland, but only a little. Some land in developing countries could be more productive if people started using modern farming methods, but this would not increase worldwide production by much, We all know that there is a limited amount of petroleum. There are also limits to the amounts of metals. There is a limit to the amount of water we can use since most of the earth's water is salt water, and most of the fresh water is frozen at the North and South Poles. It is difficult to say how many people the earth can support, but it will help everyone if we can limit population growth before serious shortages develop. The problem is how to do it.1. Between 1990 and 2000, what changes did the world population have?2. According to some scientists, which of the following is true?3. Why can't most of the earth's water be used?4. In developing countries, what does the use of medern farming methods result in?5. According to the author, what can you infer from the passage?II 1.There were probably 10 million people.2.It is expected to be 10 billion.3.If the resources could be distributed more equally around the world, there would be enoueh for everyone.4.Only 10 percent.5. It is how to limit population growth.Passage II:Fresh water, life itself, has never come easy in the Middle East. Ever since the Old Testament when God punished man with 40 days and 40 nights of rain, water supplies here have been dwindling. The rainfall only comes in winter and drains quickly through the semiarid land, leaving the soil to bake and to thirst for next November. The region's accelerating population growth, expanding agriculture, industrialization, and higher living standards demand more fresh water. Drought and pollution limit its availability. War and mismanagement squander it. Nations like Israel and Jordan are swiftly sliding into that zone where they are using all the water resources available to them. They have only 15 to 20 years left before their agriculture, and ultimately their food security, is threatened. Even amid the scarcity there are haves and have-nots. Compared with the United States, which has a freshwater potential of 10,000 cubic meters a year for each citizen. Iraq has 5,500. Turkey has 4,000, and Syria has little more than 2,800. Egypt's potential is only 1,100. Israel has 460, and Jordan has less than 260. But these are not firm figures, because upstream use of river water can dramatically alter the potential downstream. Scarcity is only one element of the Middle East’s water crisis. Inefficiency is another, as is the reluctance of some water-poor nations to change priorities from agriculture to less water-intensive enterprises. Some experts suggest that if these nations would share both water technology and resources, they could satisfy the region's population, currently 159 million. But in this patchwork of ethnic and religious rivalries, the water crisis is not a clear-cut issue. It is entangled in the politics that keep people from trusting and seeking help from one another. Here, where water, like truth, is precious, each nation tends to find its own water and supply its own truth.1. When does the rainfall come in the Middle East?2. What is the cause of the water crisis?3. How many years are left for Israel and Jordan before their agriculture is threatened?4. What is the current population in the Middle East according to the passage?5. According to some experts' suggestion, what should the nations do in order to avoid a water crisis ?II 1) 10,000 2) 5,500 4) More than 2,8003) 4,000 5) Egypt 6) 460 7) Less than 260Part D1) award, 3) profit, 5) dedication, 7) moment, 9) physical, 11) conflict, 13)worth, 15) heart, 17) compassion, 19) lust,2) glory, 4) trust, 6) significance, 8) anguish, 10) spirit, 12) alone, 14) room, 16) honor, 18) curse, 20) valueLesson Two Crime and PunishmentPart A1.M: Hello?W: Hello. This is Dr. Grey's office. We are calling to remind you of your 4:15 appointment for your annual checkup tomorrow.M: Oh, thanks. It's a good thing you called. I thought it was 4:15 today.Q: Why is the office calling the man?2. W: How wonderful! You won the scholarship. Can you believe it?M: No. It's almost too good to be true.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: Excuse me, Professor Davidson. But I was hoping to talk to you about my class project for economics.M: I have a class in a few minutes. Why don't you come and see me during office hours tomorrow?Q: When will the woman discuss her project with Professor Davidson?4. M: How are you feeling? W: The stuff the nurse gave me seemed to have helped. But it's making me awfully drowsy.Q: What do you learn about the woman?5. M: Bill Smith has volunteered to write a summary of the proposals we've agreed on. W: Will I have a chance to review it?Q: What does the woman want to know?6.M: The view is spectacular. Could you take a picture of me with the mountains in the background?W: I'm afraid I just ran out of film.Q: What problem does the woman have?7. W: Excuse me, we're ready to order now.M: I'll be with you in just a minute.Q: What does the man mean?8. W: I think I forgot my umbrella. Did you notice if it is raining outside?M: Yeah, it is. And I just realized I left my car window open.Q: What will the man probably do next?9. W: How does your daughter like her new school?M: Fine. She seems to have made new friends in no time.Q: What can be inferred about the man's daughter?10. W: There's an article here in this magazine you might find interesting. It's about buying running shoes.M: If it's not chemistry and it's not on the final exam, I can't read it now.Q: What is the man probably doing?11. M: You're washing your car even on vacation. It makes me feel guilty.W: You shouldn’t, it’s just that I have nothing better to do at this moment.Q: What do you think of the woman?12. M: My doctor told me I need to go for some expensive treatments for my injured knee.W: Are you sure? Maybe you need a second opinion.Q: What does the woman suggest the man do?13. W: Hello. Could you fit me in for an appointment today? I need a stylist who is good at cutting curly hair.M: Julia is good at that. She is the owner. How about noon?Q: What will the woman probably do?14. W: There's nothing I like more than a good mystery novel when I've got some spare time.M: I like to read, too. But I prefer non-fiction, history, social commentary and stuff like that.Q: What does the man imply?15. M: I'm not an expert, but that noise in your refrigerator doesn't sound good. Maybe you should call and have it checked out.W: You're right. And I suppose I've put it off long enough.Q: What will the woman probably do?Part BPassage IPurse snatching is an increasingly common crime. There are estimated 50 to 100 purse snatchings each month in the New York City subways, the number often swinging widely because of the depredations of a single teenager. When such a professional is in custody, the snatches can decrease by more than 50 a month. One of the favored techniques is to stand between two subway cars and, as a train starts pulling out of the station, reach out and pull free a woman's purse.Recently, a crime analysis officer for the New York Police Department found that purse stealing in Manhattan's top restaurants was up 35 percent over the previous year. When a woman puts her purse on an empty chair at a table or at her feet beside her chair, she is inviting a purse snatcher to take it. Purse snatchers often work in pairs. When a target in a restaurant is seen, one of them will create some kind of disturbance to gain the victim's attention. While the woman is looking away from her table, theactual snatcher will lift the purse. A popular technique is for the thief to carry an umbrella with the curved handle down. The umbrella handle suddenly hooks the bag and in an instant it is on the thief's wrist, or under the coat over his arm if he is a man, and on its way out of the restaurant. Police advise that women in restaurants keep their purse either on their laps or on the floor between their legs.Other purse snatchers who operate in theaters are called "seat tippers", victimizing women who put their purses down on a neighboring empty seat. Others specialize in snatching purses from ladies' rooms. When a woman is in a toilet stall, her purse should never be placed on the floor or hung on the coat hook on the door. Thieves simply dive under the door and grab the purse on the floor, or stand on the toilet in the next stall and reach over and take the purse off the hook. The snatcher has enough time to escape since the victim can't immediately pursue the thief.I. 1. When does the number of purse snatchings decrease most dramatically?2. Where does a purse snatcher like to commit crimes in subway stations?3. When women are in restaurants, where are they advised to put their purses?4. What does a thief often use to snatch purses in restaurants?5. According to this passage, where does purse snatching not usually occur?II. crime analysis officer; take it; purses; in pairs; top restaurants; an empty chair; to some kind of disturbance; coat hook; snatching never be placed; in the next stall; enough time to escapePassage IIOn the afternoon of July4,1995, Mrs.Beatrice Weinberger brought her one-month old baby back from an outing. She left the pram outside her house and hurried inside to get the baby a clean nappy. When she returned a few moments later, the pram was empty and a scrawled note was lying where her baby had been. The note said: "Attention. I badly need money, and can't get it any other way. Don't tell the police about this, otherwise I will kill the baby." "Just put $2,000 in small bills in a brown envelope, and place it next to the road lamp at the corner of Albamarle Rd. at exactly 10 o'clock tomorrow (Thursday) morning." "If everything goes smooth, I will bring the baby back and leave him on the same corner 'safe and happy' at exactly 12 noon. No excuse, I can not wait! Your baby-sitter." Despite the kidnapper's warning, Mrs. Weinbarger contacted the police. A small parcel containing broken pieces of newspaper was placed on the comer the following morning. But the kidnapper did not show up. He failed to keep two other” appointments" with the Weinbergers, and left a second note signed "Your baby-sitter'. By then, the police felt that the baby was no longer alive. The FBI was called in, and the handwriting experts set to work to try to track down the kidnapper. In both notes an unusual z-shaped stroke was placed at the front of the y in words such as "money" and "baby". Starting with the New York State Police Office, the experts spent the next six weeks carefully going over local records at police offices, factories, hotels, clubs and schools and examining handwriting samples and comparing them with the writing on the kidnapper's notes. Then, in the middle of August, the experts' hard efforts paid off. The handwriting of John RushBlake matched that of the kidnapper's, especially in the peculiar formation of the y's. Not long after, John Blake was arrested for making illegal alcohol. On being shown the handwriting samples, he confessed to kidnapping the baby. He told the police that he had left the baby alive and well in a nearby park on the day after the kidnapping. But when officers hurried to the place, all they found was the baby's dead body. The criminal was later put into New York's Sing Sing Prison. Even if John Blake had tried to disguise his handwriting he would still have been caught. No matter how hard someone may try to disguise his handwriting characteristics, the "individuality" of the writer shows through, the very angle at which he or she holds a pen, the way a t is crossed and an i is dotted, the height and size of capital and small letters, the amount of space between words, the use (or misuse) of punctuation marks. All these can identify a person as surely as fingerprints.I. 1. What happened to Mrs. Weinberger on the afternoon of July 4th, 1995?2. According to the message left by the kidnapper, on what condition could Mrs. Weinberger have her baby back?3. What did Mrs. Weinberger do after reading the note?4. How did the FBI catch the criminal?5. Which of the following words can best describe people's handwriting characteristics?II. 1. ( T ) When Mrs. Weinberger came back from an outing something terrible happened to her.2. ( T ) Someone kidnapped her baby because he lacked money.3. ( F ) The kidnapper did not confess to die kidnapping of the baby in the face of the handwriting sample.4. ( T ) It was the handwriting expert that broke the case.5. ( F ) At last, the police found the baby and he was safe and happy.Passage III.Timothy McVaigh placed a powerful bomb near a federal government building in Oklahoma City in 1995. The explosion killed 168 people, including 19 children. Arguments are increasing in the United States both for and against the death penalty. The increasing death penalty debate is caused by the planned execution of convicted murderer McVeigh. He is to be the first person executed by the federal government since 1963. 38 states permit the death sentence. Last year 85 people were executed in the United States. Recent public opinion studies show that more than 75 percent of Americans supper McVeigh's execution. These include many Americans who usually oppose the death sentence. Kent Scheidegger is with the Criminal Justice Legal Foundation in Califomia. It is a victim's rights organization that supports the death penalty. Mr. Scheidegger says McVeigh is a perfect example of why there is a need for a federal death penalty. He says anything less than the death of McVeigh would show a complete lack of justice. Groups opposed to the death penalty say the approval of the execution of McVeigh does not show an increase in general public support for the death penalty. Opinion studies show that support for the death penalty hasdecreased. Studies show 77 percent of Americans supported it five years ago, now only about 63 percent do, Opponents of the death penalty have always argued that it was unfair. They say poor people who can not pay for good legal help receive the death penalty more often than others. And they say courts order the death penalty more often when the accused is a member of a racial minority group.Part D1)generous 2)company 3)hospitality 4)reception 5)reputation6)anniversary7)suspicion 8)mutual 9)vastest10)communication 11)commerce 12)contact 13)1975 14)openness 15)potential 16)secure 17)lure 18)astonish 19)reach 20)confidentLesson Three Computers and the Internet Part A1.M: This report is due tomorrow. Would you be able to work on it with me tonight? W: Unfortunately, I have another commitment.Q: What is the woman saying?2. W: I wonder where the books I ordered are. I expected to receive the package several days ago.M: Maybe you'd better check it out with the company. They could be temporarily out of stock.Q: What does the man suggest the woman do?3. M: I just have to type this last page and then I'm through.W: By then, I'll be done, too.Q: What can be learned about the woman?4. W: Did you read the editorial in the paper about the mayor's speech?M: I sure did. But I think they twisted the meaning of what he said.Q: What does the man say about the editorial?5. W: Why don't we go to see a movie tonight? A good comedy might cheer you up. M: I would. But the reason that I've been so down is all this work I have to do.Q: What can be inferred about the man?6. W: So, are you going to see the students' play tonight?M: I doubt it. I'm still getting over the flu.Q: What is true about the man?7. M: Gordon needs to find another place to live. The apartment he rents now has been sold to a new owner.W: He'd better start looking right away. When all the students come back in a few weeks, he won't find any near the campus.Q: What does the woman suggest Gordon do?8. W: Mind if I borrow your Spanish workbook?M: Not as long as I have it back in time to take to class this evening.Q: What does the man mean?9. W: You don't believe in diets, do you?M: There is nothing wrong with them per se but they have to be combined with exercise to do any good.Q: What is the man's attitude towards diets ?10. W: I don't know which color folder to use, white or brown.M: What difference does it make? It's the content that's important.Q: What is the implication of the man?11. W: You know, I've heard that Professor Martin's Introduction to Chemistry class is too demanding for first year students. They say it's the most difficult course for graduate students.M: Yeah, but a lot of students will tell you otherwise. Go talk to anyone who has gone to an advanced course, like Organic Chemistry, or who studied chemistry in graduate school. They're really glad they started out with Professor Martin.Q: What does the man imply about Professor Martin?12. W: Hey, Mark. Have you been able to sell your old piano, yet?M: Hmm, you were right. Just posting notices on bulletin boards at a couple of supermarkets wasn't enough. I think I'll have to place an advertisement in the local newspaper.Q: Which of the following is true according to the conversation?13. W: I'm amazed that you still haven't gotten to know your neighbors.M: They tend to keep to themselves.Q: Why hasn't the man gotten to know his neighbors?14. W: Hi! Um, I think something is wrong with the washing machine. It works, and I just did my laundry, but it makes some strange noises. Maybe you should call someone to fix it.M: Oh, don't worry. Someone from the repair shop is already on the way over to take a look at it.Q: What is the implication of the man?15. W: It's so thoughtful of you to offer to drop me off at the train station. Are you sure it's not out of your way?M: Not at all. The station is really close to where I'm going.Q: What can be learned about the man?Part BPassage IThe Application of Computers in Education The best method for improving educational standards is to utilize every tool available, including state-of-the-art technology. Computers and the internet have expanded the way in which informationcan be delivered to the students of today. Today's networking technologies provide a valuable opportunity to practise new learning techniques. Educators are discovering that computers are facilitating learning. Computer-based communications, or telecommunications, can offer many educational opportunities; therefore, educators will need to adapt current teaching methods to incorporate this new media into the classroom. Computers have made a fundamental impact on most industries, providing a competitive advantage that has come to be essential to many businesses. Therefore, schools must also use technology to improve the educational process. School systems often consider purchasing a computer network, and justify its purchase by applying it to routine administrative tasks, such as attendance records and grading. While these tasks are very important, they only show a small part of what technology can do for a school. Technology must go further than simply keeping attendance; it must focus on keeping students interested and productive. Since computers and the Internet have expanded the ways in which education can be delivered to students, it is currently possible to engage in "distance education" through the Internet. Distance education involves audio and video links between teachers and students in remote areas. Video conferencing allows groups to communicate with each other. Desktop video conferencing promises to bring students together from geographic and cultural distances face to face via computer. Not only will the teacher talk to the students, but the students will be able to interact with each other. This will make students more interested in learning.I. 1. According to the passage, what are educators discovering?2. What do schools usually purchase computer networks for?3. According to the author, what should computers be mainly used for?4. Which of the following is NOT a feature of video conferencing?5. Which of the following is true according to the passage?II. fundamental impact; be essential; improve the educational process; justify its purchase; attendance records; what technology can doPassage IIE-Commerce The Internet, as a means for commerce, did not become reality until the 1990s. Before this time, it was mainly a tool for the army, and a research device for some American universities. Its popularity grew when it proved to be a fast and efficient means to conduct long distance transactions, as well as an effective way to distribute information. The first advantage that e-commerce possesses is speed. With increased speeds of communication, the delivery time is expedited and that makes the whole transaction from start to finish more efficient. Also, you can find practically any product available for sale on the Internet. Even more significant is the fact that information appearing on the Internet can be changed rapidly. This gives business owners the ability to inform customers of any changes to the service that they are offering. The second advantage of electronic commerce is the opportunity it offers to save on costs. By using the Internet, marketing, distribution, personnel, phone, postage and printing costs, among many others, can be reduced. You can start。